kunthawat/moreminimore-marketing
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Base code

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Kunthawat Greethong
2026-01-08 22:39:53 +07:00
parent 697115c61a
commit c35fa52117
2169 changed files with 626670 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

379
docs-site/docs/features/ai/assistive-writing.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
# Assistive Writing
ALwrity's Assistive Writing feature revolutionizes content creation by providing AI-powered writing assistance that helps you create high-quality, engaging content with minimal effort. This intelligent writing companion understands context, maintains consistency, and adapts to your unique writing style.
## Visuals
<p align="center">
<img src="../../assests/assistive-1.png" alt="Assistive writing selection tools" width="45%">
<img src="../../assests/assistive-2.png" alt="Inline fact checking and quick edits" width="45%">
</p>
## Quick Reference
1. Enable: Toggle “Assistive Writing” in the LinkedIn Writer header
2. Write: Type at least 5 words
3. Wait: 5 seconds for the first automatic suggestion
4. Accept/Dismiss: Use buttons in the suggestion card
### How It Works
- First suggestion: Automatic (5 words + 5 seconds)
- More suggestions: Click “Continue writing”
- Daily limit: 50 suggestions (resets every 24 hours)
### Best Practices
- Write specific, clear content
- Review source links before accepting
- Use manual “Continue writing” for additional suggestions
- Don’t expect suggestions for very short text
- Don’t ignore source verification
### Common Issues (Quick Table)
| Problem | Solution |
| --- | --- |
| No suggestions | Write 5+ words, then wait 5 seconds |
| “API quota exceeded” | Wait 24 hours or upgrade plan |
| “No relevant sources” | Be more specific in your writing |
| Suggestions not relevant | Try different wording or topics |
## What is Assistive Writing?
Assistive Writing is an AI-powered feature that provides real-time writing assistance, suggestions, and enhancements to help you create compelling content. It combines advanced natural language processing with contextual understanding to offer intelligent recommendations that improve your writing quality and efficiency.
### Key Capabilities
- **Real-time Suggestions**: Instant writing recommendations as you type
- **Style Consistency**: Maintains your brand voice and writing style
- **Grammar and Style**: Advanced grammar checking and style improvements
- **Content Enhancement**: Suggestions for better engagement and clarity
- **Context Awareness**: Understands your content goals and audience
## Core Features
### Intelligent Writing Assistance
#### Real-Time Suggestions
- **Word Choice**: Suggest better vocabulary and phrasing
- **Sentence Structure**: Improve sentence flow and readability
- **Tone Adjustment**: Modify tone to match your brand voice
- **Clarity Enhancement**: Make complex ideas more accessible
- **Engagement Optimization**: Increase reader engagement
#### Style Consistency
- **Brand Voice**: Maintain consistent brand personality
- **Writing Style**: Adapt to your preferred writing style
- **Format Consistency**: Ensure consistent formatting and structure
- **Terminology**: Use consistent industry terminology
- **Tone Matching**: Match tone across all content pieces
### Content Enhancement
#### Readability Improvement
- **Sentence Length**: Optimize sentence length for readability
- **Paragraph Structure**: Improve paragraph organization
- **Transition Words**: Add smooth transitions between ideas
- **Active Voice**: Convert passive voice to active voice
- **Clarity**: Make content more clear and understandable
#### Engagement Optimization
- **Hook Creation**: Craft compelling opening sentences
- **Call-to-Action**: Suggest effective CTAs
- **Storytelling**: Enhance narrative elements
- **Emotional Appeal**: Add emotional resonance
- **Reader Connection**: Build stronger reader relationships
### Grammar and Language
#### Advanced Grammar Checking
- **Grammar Rules**: Check for grammatical errors
- **Punctuation**: Correct punctuation usage
- **Spelling**: Identify and correct spelling mistakes
- **Syntax**: Improve sentence structure
- **Style Issues**: Address style and clarity problems
#### Language Enhancement
- **Vocabulary**: Suggest more precise word choices
- **Conciseness**: Eliminate unnecessary words
- **Variety**: Add sentence and word variety
- **Flow**: Improve overall content flow
- **Impact**: Increase content impact and memorability
## Writing Modes
### Content Types
#### Blog Writing
- **Article Structure**: Optimize article organization
- **SEO Integration**: Incorporate SEO best practices
- **Readability**: Ensure blog-friendly readability
- **Engagement**: Increase reader engagement
- **Call-to-Action**: Add effective CTAs
#### Social Media
- **Platform Optimization**: Adapt content for each platform
- **Character Limits**: Work within platform constraints
- **Hashtag Integration**: Suggest relevant hashtags
- **Engagement Tactics**: Increase social engagement
- **Visual Elements**: Coordinate with visual content
#### Email Marketing
- **Subject Lines**: Craft compelling subject lines
- **Email Body**: Optimize email content
- **Personalization**: Add personalization elements
- **CTA Placement**: Optimize call-to-action placement
- **Mobile Optimization**: Ensure mobile-friendly content
#### Professional Writing
- **Business Communication**: Professional tone and style
- **Report Writing**: Structured and analytical content
- **Proposal Writing**: Persuasive and compelling proposals
- **Presentation Content**: Clear and engaging presentation text
- **Documentation**: Technical and user-friendly documentation
### Writing Styles
#### Conversational
- **Casual Tone**: Friendly and approachable language
- **Personal Pronouns**: Use "you" and "we" appropriately
- **Questions**: Include engaging questions
- **Stories**: Incorporate personal anecdotes
- **Humor**: Add appropriate humor and personality
#### Professional
- **Formal Tone**: Professional and authoritative language
- **Industry Terms**: Use appropriate technical terminology
- **Data-Driven**: Support claims with evidence
- **Structured**: Clear organization and flow
- **Credible**: Establish authority and expertise
#### Creative
- **Imaginative**: Creative and original language
- **Metaphors**: Use effective metaphors and analogies
- **Descriptive**: Rich and vivid descriptions
- **Emotional**: Evoke emotions and feelings
- **Unique**: Stand out with original content
## AI-Powered Features
### Context Understanding
#### Content Analysis
- **Topic Recognition**: Understand content subject matter
- **Audience Analysis**: Adapt to target audience needs
- **Purpose Identification**: Recognize content goals
- **Tone Matching**: Match appropriate tone for context
- **Style Adaptation**: Adapt to content requirements
#### Intent Recognition
- **Informational**: Educational and informative content
- **Persuasive**: Convincing and compelling content
- **Entertaining**: Engaging and enjoyable content
- **Transactional**: Action-oriented content
- **Relationship Building**: Community and connection content
### Learning and Adaptation
#### Personal Style Learning
- **Writing Patterns**: Learn your writing patterns
- **Preference Recognition**: Understand your preferences
- **Style Evolution**: Adapt to style changes
- **Feedback Integration**: Learn from your corrections
- **Consistency Maintenance**: Maintain style consistency
#### Brand Voice Adaptation
- **Brand Personality**: Understand brand characteristics
- **Voice Consistency**: Maintain brand voice across content
- **Tone Matching**: Match brand tone requirements
- **Message Alignment**: Align with brand messaging
- **Value Integration**: Incorporate brand values
## Workflow
```text
1. ENABLE ASSISTIVE WRITING
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ Toggle "Assistive │
│ Writing" ON (blue) │
└─────────────────────────┘
│
▼
2. START WRITING
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ Type at least 5 words │
│ in the text area │
└─────────────────────────┘
│
▼
3. WAIT FOR AI ANALYSIS
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ Wait 5 seconds │
│ AI analyzes your text │
└─────────────────────────┘
│
▼
4. RECEIVE FIRST SUGGESTION
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ Suggestion card appears │
│ near your cursor │
│ │
│ [Accept] [Dismiss] │
└─────────────────────────┘
│
▼
5. AFTER FIRST SUGGESTION
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ "Continue writing" │
│ prompt appears │
│ │
│ [Continue writing] │
│ [Dismiss] │
└─────────────────────────┘
│
▼
6. MANUAL SUGGESTIONS
┌─────────────────────────┐
│ Click "Continue writing"│
│ to get more suggestions │
│ (saves costs) │
└─────────────────────────┘
```
### Step-by-Step
- Enable → Start writing (5+ words) → Wait 5s
- First suggestion shows: suggested text, confidence score, source links, Accept/Dismiss
- After first suggestion, trigger more via “Continue writing”
## Integration with Other Features
### Blog Writer Integration
- **Content Creation**: Assist in blog post creation
- **SEO Optimization**: Integrate SEO best practices
- **Research Integration**: Use research data for better content
- **Performance Optimization**: Optimize for engagement
- **Quality Assurance**: Ensure high content quality
### SEO Dashboard Integration
- **Keyword Integration**: Naturally incorporate keywords
- **Readability Optimization**: Improve SEO readability scores
- **Meta Content**: Optimize meta descriptions and titles
- **Internal Linking**: Suggest relevant internal links
- **Content Structure**: Optimize for search engines
### Content Strategy Integration
- **Persona Alignment**: Align content with target personas
- **Goal Support**: Support content marketing goals
- **Brand Consistency**: Maintain brand consistency
- **Message Alignment**: Align with strategic messaging
- **Performance Optimization**: Optimize for performance
## Best Practices
### Effective Usage
#### Writing Process
1. **Start with Outline**: Create content structure first
2. **Use Suggestions**: Accept helpful AI suggestions
3. **Maintain Voice**: Keep your unique writing voice
4. **Review Changes**: Review all AI suggestions
5. **Final Polish**: Add final personal touches
#### Quality Control
1. **Review Suggestions**: Evaluate all AI recommendations
2. **Maintain Authenticity**: Keep content authentic
3. **Check Facts**: Verify all factual information
4. **Test Readability**: Ensure content is readable
5. **Proofread**: Final proofreading and editing
### Optimization Tips
#### Content Enhancement
- **Use Varied Suggestions**: Try different AI suggestions
- **Experiment with Tone**: Test different tones
- **Improve Flow**: Focus on content flow and transitions
- **Enhance Engagement**: Use engagement optimization features
- **Maintain Consistency**: Keep style consistent throughout
#### Performance Improvement
- **Track Changes**: Monitor content performance changes
- **A/B Test**: Test different writing approaches
- **Gather Feedback**: Collect reader feedback
- **Analyze Results**: Review performance analytics
- **Iterate**: Continuously improve based on results
## Advanced Features
### Customization Options
#### Style Preferences
- **Writing Style**: Set preferred writing style
- **Tone Preferences**: Define tone requirements
- **Vocabulary Level**: Set appropriate vocabulary level
- **Formality Level**: Choose formality level
- **Industry Terms**: Include industry-specific terminology
#### Brand Settings
- **Brand Voice**: Define brand personality
- **Message Guidelines**: Set messaging requirements
- **Tone Guidelines**: Establish tone standards
- **Style Guide**: Implement brand style guide
- **Quality Standards**: Set quality benchmarks
### Collaboration Features
#### Team Writing
- **Shared Styles**: Maintain team writing consistency
- **Brand Guidelines**: Enforce brand guidelines
- **Quality Standards**: Maintain quality standards
- **Review Process**: Facilitate content review
- **Approval Workflow**: Streamline approval process
#### Feedback Integration
- **Suggestion Review**: Review and accept suggestions
- **Feedback Learning**: Learn from user feedback
- **Improvement Tracking**: Track writing improvements
- **Performance Metrics**: Monitor writing performance
- **Skill Development**: Support writing skill development
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Suggestion Quality
- **Irrelevant Suggestions**: Adjust context and settings
- **Style Mismatch**: Update style preferences
- **Tone Issues**: Refine tone requirements
- **Over-Suggestions**: Adjust suggestion frequency
- **Under-Suggestions**: Increase suggestion sensitivity
#### Performance Issues
- **Slow Response**: Check internet connection
- **Inconsistent Results**: Review settings and preferences
- **Learning Problems**: Provide more feedback
- **Integration Issues**: Check feature integrations
- **Quality Concerns**: Review and adjust settings
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review feature documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch feature tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow best practice guides
- **Community**: Join user community
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Settings Review**: Regularly review settings
- **Feedback Provision**: Provide regular feedback
- **Usage Patterns**: Analyze usage patterns
- **Performance Monitoring**: Monitor performance metrics
- **Continuous Learning**: Keep learning and improving
---
*Ready to enhance your writing with AI assistance? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Blog Writer Features](../blog-writer/overview.md) to begin creating amazing content with assistive writing!*

334
docs-site/docs/features/ai/grounding-ui.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
# Grounding UI
ALwrity's Grounding UI feature provides AI-powered content verification and fact-checking capabilities, ensuring your content is accurate, reliable, and trustworthy. This advanced feature helps maintain content credibility by grounding AI-generated content in verified information sources.
## Visuals
<p align="center">
<img src="../../assests/assistive-2.png" alt="Inline fact checking with citations and claim statuses" width="60%">
</p>
## What is Grounding UI?
Grounding UI is an intelligent content verification system that connects AI-generated content with real-world data sources, ensuring accuracy and reliability. It provides visual indicators, source citations, and verification status to help you create trustworthy, fact-checked content.
## Implementation Overview (Concise)
- Backend service: `backend/services/hallucination_detector.py` (claim extraction → evidence search → verification)
- Models: `backend/models/hallucination_models.py`
- API router: `backend/api/hallucination_detector.py` (registered in `backend/app.py`)
- Frontend service: `frontend/src/services/hallucinationDetectorService.ts`
- UI: LinkedIn Writer selection menu + FactCheckResults modal
### API Endpoints (Summary)
- `POST /api/hallucination-detector/detect` – main fact-checking
- `POST /api/hallucination-detector/extract-claims` – claims only
- `POST /api/hallucination-detector/verify-claim` – single claim
- `GET /api/hallucination-detector/health` – health check
### Minimal Setup
- Backend env:
- `EXA_API_KEY=...` (evidence search)
- `OPENAI_API_KEY=...` (claim extraction + verification)
- Frontend env:
- `REACT_APP_API_URL=http://localhost:8000`
### Quick Usage (UI)
1) In LinkedIn Writer, select a passage (10+ chars)
2) Click “Check Facts” in the selection menu
3) Review claims, assessments (supported/refuted/insufficient), confidence, and sources in the results modal
### Quick Usage (API)
```bash
curl -X POST "$API_URL/api/hallucination-detector/detect" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{"text":"The Eiffel Tower is in Paris and built in 1889.","include_sources":true,"max_claims":5}'
```
### Key Benefits
- **Content Verification**: Verify facts and claims in real-time
- **Source Attribution**: Provide proper source citations
- **Credibility Enhancement**: Build trust with accurate content
- **Risk Mitigation**: Reduce misinformation and false claims
- **Quality Assurance**: Ensure content meets high standards
## Core Features
### Real-Time Fact Checking
#### Information Verification
- **Fact Validation**: Verify factual claims against reliable sources
- **Data Accuracy**: Check statistics and numerical data
- **Source Reliability**: Assess source credibility and authority
- **Claim Verification**: Validate specific claims and statements
- **Trend Analysis**: Verify current trends and developments
#### Source Integration
- **Multiple Sources**: Cross-reference information from multiple sources
- **Source Diversity**: Include various types of sources
- **Authority Assessment**: Evaluate source authority and expertise
- **Recency Check**: Ensure information is current and up-to-date
- **Bias Detection**: Identify potential bias in sources
### Visual Grounding Indicators
#### Verification Status
- **Verified**: Green indicators for verified information
- **Unverified**: Yellow indicators for unverified claims
- **Disputed**: Red indicators for disputed information
- **Outdated**: Orange indicators for outdated information
- **Source Missing**: Gray indicators for missing sources
#### Source Citations
- **Inline Citations**: Source links within content
- **Reference Lists**: Comprehensive reference sections
- **Source Types**: Different icons for different source types
- **Credibility Scores**: Visual credibility indicators
- **Last Updated**: Timestamp of last verification
### Content Enhancement
#### Accuracy Improvement
- **Fact Correction**: Suggest corrections for inaccurate information
- **Source Addition**: Recommend additional sources
- **Clarification**: Suggest clarifications for ambiguous content
- **Update Recommendations**: Suggest updates for outdated information
- **Bias Reduction**: Identify and suggest bias reduction
#### Trust Building
- **Transparency**: Show verification process and sources
- **Credibility Indicators**: Display content credibility scores
- **Expert Validation**: Highlight expert-reviewed content
- **Peer Review**: Show peer review status
- **Quality Metrics**: Display content quality indicators
## Integration with Research
### Web Research Integration
#### Real-Time Research
- **Live Data**: Access current information from web sources
- **Trend Monitoring**: Track real-time trends and developments
- **News Integration**: Include latest news and updates
- **Market Data**: Access current market information
- **Social Media**: Monitor social media discussions
#### Source Verification
- **Domain Authority**: Check website authority and credibility
- **Content Freshness**: Verify content recency
- **Author Credibility**: Assess author expertise and credentials
- **Publication Standards**: Evaluate publication quality
- **Fact-Checking Organizations**: Cross-reference with fact-checkers
### Database Integration
#### Knowledge Base
- **Internal Database**: Access internal knowledge base
- **Historical Data**: Reference historical information
- **Expert Knowledge**: Include expert-curated information
- **Industry Standards**: Reference industry best practices
- **Regulatory Information**: Include regulatory and compliance data
#### External Databases
- **Academic Sources**: Access academic and research databases
- **Government Data**: Include government and official sources
- **Industry Reports**: Reference industry research and reports
- **Statistical Databases**: Access statistical and data sources
- **News Archives**: Search historical news and information
## User Interface Features
### Visual Indicators
#### Status Icons
- **Checkmark**: Verified and accurate information
- **Warning**: Unverified or potentially inaccurate
- **Exclamation**: Disputed or controversial information
- **Clock**: Outdated or time-sensitive information
- **Question**: Missing or unclear information
#### Color Coding
- **Green**: Verified and reliable information
- **Yellow**: Requires verification or attention
- **Red**: Disputed or inaccurate information
- **Blue**: Source information and citations
- **Gray**: Neutral or informational content
### Interactive Elements
#### Hover Information
- **Source Details**: Show source information on hover
- **Verification Status**: Display verification details
- **Last Updated**: Show last verification timestamp
- **Credibility Score**: Display source credibility rating
- **Related Sources**: Show related source information
#### Click Actions
- **Source Links**: Direct links to source materials
- **Verification Details**: Detailed verification information
- **Source Analysis**: In-depth source analysis
- **Fact-Checking Reports**: Access to fact-checking reports
- **Update Requests**: Request content updates
## Content Types and Applications
### Blog Content
#### Fact-Checking
- **Statistical Claims**: Verify statistics and data
- **Historical Facts**: Check historical information
- **Expert Quotes**: Verify expert statements
- **Research Findings**: Validate research claims
- **Trend Analysis**: Verify trend information
#### Source Attribution
- **Research Citations**: Proper research citations
- **Expert References**: Expert opinion attribution
- **Data Sources**: Statistical data attribution
- **News References**: News and media citations
- **Industry Sources**: Industry-specific references
### Social Media Content
#### Quick Verification
- **Fact Checking**: Rapid fact verification
- **Source Links**: Quick access to sources
- **Credibility Indicators**: Visual credibility markers
- **Update Alerts**: Notifications for outdated information
- **Bias Warnings**: Bias detection and warnings
#### Engagement Enhancement
- **Trust Building**: Build audience trust
- **Transparency**: Show verification process
- **Credibility**: Enhance content credibility
- **Authority**: Establish thought leadership
- **Reliability**: Demonstrate content reliability
### Professional Content
#### Business Communications
- **Market Data**: Verify market information
- **Financial Data**: Check financial statistics
- **Regulatory Information**: Verify compliance data
- **Industry Standards**: Reference industry standards
- **Best Practices**: Validate best practice claims
#### Research and Analysis
- **Data Validation**: Verify research data
- **Methodology Review**: Check research methods
- **Source Evaluation**: Assess source quality
- **Bias Assessment**: Identify potential bias
- **Quality Assurance**: Ensure research quality
## Best Practices
### Content Creation
#### Verification Process
1. **Enable Grounding**: Activate grounding features
2. **Review Indicators**: Check verification status
3. **Verify Claims**: Ensure all claims are verified
4. **Add Sources**: Include proper source citations
5. **Update Regularly**: Keep information current
#### Quality Standards
1. **Source Diversity**: Use multiple source types
2. **Authority Sources**: Prioritize authoritative sources
3. **Current Information**: Ensure information is current
4. **Bias Awareness**: Be aware of potential bias
5. **Transparency**: Show verification process
### Source Management
#### Source Selection
- **Authority**: Choose authoritative sources
- **Recency**: Prefer recent information
- **Relevance**: Ensure source relevance
- **Diversity**: Include diverse perspectives
- **Credibility**: Verify source credibility
#### Citation Standards
- **Proper Attribution**: Give proper credit
- **Link Accessibility**: Ensure links work
- **Source Description**: Describe source context
- **Date Information**: Include publication dates
- **Author Information**: Include author details
## Advanced Features
### Customization Options
#### Verification Settings
- **Source Preferences**: Set preferred source types
- **Credibility Thresholds**: Define credibility standards
- **Update Frequency**: Set verification update frequency
- **Bias Sensitivity**: Adjust bias detection sensitivity
- **Quality Standards**: Set quality requirements
#### Display Options
- **Indicator Style**: Customize visual indicators
- **Color Schemes**: Choose color coding schemes
- **Information Density**: Adjust information display
- **Hover Details**: Customize hover information
- **Click Actions**: Set click action preferences
### Integration Features
#### API Integration
- **External APIs**: Connect to external data sources
- **Custom Databases**: Integrate custom databases
- **Real-Time Data**: Access real-time information
- **Automated Updates**: Enable automatic updates
- **Custom Sources**: Add custom source types
#### Workflow Integration
- **Content Review**: Integrate with content review process
- **Quality Gates**: Set quality checkpoints
- **Approval Workflow**: Include in approval process
- **Publishing Pipeline**: Integrate with publishing workflow
- **Performance Tracking**: Track verification performance
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Verification Problems
- **Source Unavailable**: Handle unavailable sources
- **Outdated Information**: Manage outdated content
- **Bias Detection**: Address bias concerns
- **Credibility Issues**: Resolve credibility problems
- **Update Delays**: Manage update delays
#### Technical Issues
- **API Connectivity**: Resolve API connection issues
- **Data Synchronization**: Fix data sync problems
- **Performance Issues**: Address performance concerns
- **Display Problems**: Fix visual indicator issues
- **Integration Errors**: Resolve integration problems
### Environment & Health
- “EXA_API_KEY not found” → add key to backend `.env`, restart server
- “OpenAI API key not found” → add `OPENAI_API_KEY`, verify credits
- Health check: `GET /api/hallucination-detector/health`
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review feature documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch grounding UI tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow best practice guides
- **Community**: Join user community discussions
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Settings Review**: Regularly review settings
- **Source Management**: Maintain source quality
- **Update Monitoring**: Monitor update status
- **Performance Tracking**: Track verification performance
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve process
---
*Ready to enhance your content credibility with grounding UI? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Blog Writer Features](../blog-writer/overview.md) to begin creating verified, trustworthy content!*

1519
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/api-reference.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

442
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/implementation-overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
# Blog Writer Implementation Overview
The ALwrity Blog Writer is a comprehensive AI-powered content creation system that transforms research into high-quality, SEO-optimized blog posts through a sophisticated multi-phase workflow.
## 🏗️ Architecture Overview
The Blog Writer follows a modular, service-oriented architecture with clear separation of concerns:
```mermaid
graph TB
A[Blog Writer API Router] --> B[Task Manager]
A --> C[Cache Manager]
A --> D[Blog Writer Service]
D --> E[Research Service]
D --> F[Outline Service]
D --> G[Content Generator]
D --> H[SEO Analyzer]
D --> I[Quality Assurance]
E --> J[Google Search Grounding]
E --> K[Research Cache]
F --> L[Outline Cache]
F --> M[AI Outline Generation]
G --> N[Enhanced Content Generator]
G --> O[Medium Blog Generator]
G --> P[Blog Rewriter]
H --> Q[SEO Analysis Engine]
H --> R[Metadata Generator]
I --> S[Hallucination Detection]
I --> T[Content Optimization]
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style D fill:#f3e5f5
style E fill:#e8f5e8
style F fill:#fff3e0
style G fill:#fce4ec
style H fill:#f1f8e9
style I fill:#e0f2f1
```
## 📋 Core Components
### 1. **API Router** (`router.py`)
- **Purpose**: Main entry point for all Blog Writer operations
- **Key Features**:
- RESTful API endpoints for all blog writing phases
- Background task management with polling
- Comprehensive error handling and logging
- Cache management endpoints
### 2. **Task Manager** (`task_manager.py`)
- **Purpose**: Manages background operations and progress tracking
- **Key Features**:
- Asynchronous task execution
- Real-time progress updates
- Task status tracking and cleanup
- Memory management (1-hour task retention)
### 3. **Cache Manager** (`cache_manager.py`)
- **Purpose**: Handles research and outline caching for performance
- **Key Features**:
- Research cache statistics and management
- Outline cache operations
- Cache invalidation and clearing
- Performance optimization
### 4. **Blog Writer Service** (`blog_writer_service.py`)
- **Purpose**: Main orchestrator coordinating all blog writing operations
- **Key Features**:
- Service coordination and workflow management
- Integration with specialized services
- Progress tracking and error handling
- Task management integration
## 🔄 Blog Writing Workflow
The Blog Writer implements a sophisticated 6-phase workflow:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
Start([User Input: Keywords & Topic]) --> Phase1[Phase 1: Research & Discovery]
Phase1 --> P1A[Keyword Analysis]
Phase1 --> P1B[Google Search Grounding]
Phase1 --> P1C[Source Collection]
Phase1 --> P1D[Competitor Analysis]
Phase1 --> P1E[Research Caching]
P1A --> Phase2[Phase 2: Outline Generation]
P1B --> Phase2
P1C --> Phase2
P1D --> Phase2
P1E --> Phase2
Phase2 --> P2A[Content Structure Planning]
Phase2 --> P2B[Section Definition]
Phase2 --> P2C[Source Mapping]
Phase2 --> P2D[Word Count Distribution]
Phase2 --> P2E[Title Generation]
P2A --> Phase3[Phase 3: Content Generation]
P2B --> Phase3
P2C --> Phase3
P2D --> Phase3
P2E --> Phase3
Phase3 --> P3A[Section-by-Section Writing]
Phase3 --> P3B[Citation Integration]
Phase3 --> P3C[Continuity Maintenance]
Phase3 --> P3D[Quality Assurance]
P3A --> Phase4[Phase 4: SEO Analysis]
P3B --> Phase4
P3C --> Phase4
P3D --> Phase4
Phase4 --> P4A[Content Structure Analysis]
Phase4 --> P4B[Keyword Optimization]
Phase4 --> P4C[Readability Assessment]
Phase4 --> P4D[SEO Scoring]
Phase4 --> P4E[Recommendation Generation]
P4A --> Phase5[Phase 5: Quality Assurance]
P4B --> Phase5
P4C --> Phase5
P4D --> Phase5
P4E --> Phase5
Phase5 --> P5A[Fact Verification]
Phase5 --> P5B[Hallucination Detection]
Phase5 --> P5C[Content Validation]
Phase5 --> P5D[Quality Scoring]
P5A --> Phase6[Phase 6: Publishing]
P5B --> Phase6
P5C --> Phase6
P5D --> Phase6
Phase6 --> P6A[Platform Integration]
Phase6 --> P6B[Metadata Generation]
Phase6 --> P6C[Content Formatting]
Phase6 --> P6D[Scheduling]
P6A --> End([Published Blog Post])
P6B --> End
P6C --> End
P6D --> End
style Start fill:#e3f2fd
style Phase1 fill:#e8f5e8
style Phase2 fill:#fff3e0
style Phase3 fill:#fce4ec
style Phase4 fill:#f1f8e9
style Phase5 fill:#e0f2f1
style Phase6 fill:#f3e5f5
style End fill:#e1f5fe
```
### Phase 1: Research & Discovery
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/research/start`
**Process**:
1. **Keyword Analysis**: Analyze provided keywords for search intent
2. **Google Search Grounding**: Leverage Google's search capabilities for real-time data
3. **Source Collection**: Gather credible sources and research materials
4. **Competitor Analysis**: Analyze competing content and identify gaps
5. **Research Caching**: Store research results for future use
**Key Features**:
- Real-time web search integration
- Source credibility scoring
- Research data caching
- Progress tracking with detailed messages
### Phase 2: Outline Generation
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/outline/start`
**Process**:
1. **Content Structure Planning**: Create logical content flow
2. **Section Definition**: Define headings, subheadings, and key points
3. **Source Mapping**: Map research sources to specific sections
4. **Word Count Distribution**: Optimize word count across sections
5. **Title Generation**: Create multiple compelling title options
**Key Features**:
- AI-powered outline generation
- Source-to-section mapping
- Multiple title options
- Outline optimization and refinement
### Phase 3: Content Generation
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/section/generate`
**Process**:
1. **Section-by-Section Writing**: Generate content for each outline section
2. **Citation Integration**: Automatically include source citations
3. **Continuity Maintenance**: Ensure content flow and consistency
4. **Quality Assurance**: Implement quality checks during generation
**Key Features**:
- Individual section generation
- Automatic citation integration
- Content continuity tracking
- Multiple generation modes (draft/polished)
### Phase 4: SEO Analysis & Optimization
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/seo/analyze`
**Process**:
1. **Content Structure Analysis**: Evaluate heading structure and organization
2. **Keyword Optimization**: Analyze keyword density and placement
3. **Readability Assessment**: Check content readability and flow
4. **SEO Scoring**: Generate comprehensive SEO scores
5. **Recommendation Generation**: Provide actionable optimization suggestions
**Key Features**:
- Comprehensive SEO analysis
- Real-time progress updates
- Detailed scoring and recommendations
- Visualization data for UI integration
### Phase 5: Quality Assurance
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/quality/hallucination-check`
**Process**:
1. **Fact Verification**: Check content against research sources
2. **Hallucination Detection**: Identify potential AI-generated inaccuracies
3. **Content Validation**: Ensure factual accuracy and credibility
4. **Quality Scoring**: Generate content quality metrics
**Key Features**:
- AI-powered fact-checking
- Source verification
- Quality scoring and metrics
- Improvement suggestions
### Phase 6: Publishing & Distribution
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/publish`
**Process**:
1. **Platform Integration**: Support for WordPress and Wix
2. **Metadata Generation**: Create SEO metadata and social tags
3. **Content Formatting**: Format content for target platform
4. **Scheduling**: Support for scheduled publishing
**Key Features**:
- Multi-platform publishing
- SEO metadata generation
- Social media optimization
- Publishing scheduling
## 🚀 Advanced Features
### Medium Blog Generation
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/generate/medium/start`
A streamlined approach for shorter content (≤1000 words):
- Single-pass content generation
- Optimized for quick turnaround
- Cached content reuse
- Simplified workflow
### Content Optimization
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/section/optimize`
Advanced content improvement:
- AI-powered content enhancement
- Flow analysis and improvement
- Engagement optimization
- Performance tracking
### Blog Rewriting
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/rewrite/start`
Content improvement based on feedback:
- User feedback integration
- Iterative content improvement
- Quality enhancement
- Version tracking
## 📊 Data Flow Architecture
The Blog Writer processes data through a sophisticated pipeline with caching and optimization:
```mermaid
flowchart LR
User[User Input] --> API[API Router]
API --> TaskMgr[Task Manager]
API --> CacheMgr[Cache Manager]
TaskMgr --> Research[Research Service]
Research --> GSCache[Research Cache]
Research --> GSearch[Google Search]
TaskMgr --> Outline[Outline Service]
Outline --> OCache[Outline Cache]
Outline --> AI[AI Models]
TaskMgr --> Content[Content Generator]
Content --> CCache[Content Cache]
Content --> AI
TaskMgr --> SEO[SEO Analyzer]
SEO --> SEOEngine[SEO Engine]
TaskMgr --> QA[Quality Assurance]
QA --> FactCheck[Fact Checker]
GSCache --> Research
OCache --> Outline
CCache --> Content
Research --> Outline
Outline --> Content
Content --> SEO
SEO --> QA
QA --> Publish[Publishing]
style User fill:#e3f2fd
style API fill:#e1f5fe
style TaskMgr fill:#f3e5f5
style CacheMgr fill:#f3e5f5
style Research fill:#e8f5e8
style Outline fill:#fff3e0
style Content fill:#fce4ec
style SEO fill:#f1f8e9
style QA fill:#e0f2f1
style Publish fill:#e1f5fe
```
## 📊 Data Models
### Core Request/Response Models
**BlogResearchRequest**:
```python
{
"keywords": ["list", "of", "keywords"],
"topic": "optional topic",
"industry": "optional industry",
"target_audience": "optional audience",
"tone": "optional tone",
"word_count_target": 1500,
"persona": PersonaInfo
}
```
**BlogOutlineResponse**:
```python
{
"success": true,
"title_options": ["title1", "title2", "title3"],
"outline": [BlogOutlineSection],
"source_mapping_stats": SourceMappingStats,
"grounding_insights": GroundingInsights,
"optimization_results": OptimizationResults,
"research_coverage": ResearchCoverage
}
```
**BlogSectionResponse**:
```python
{
"success": true,
"markdown": "generated content",
"citations": [ResearchSource],
"continuity_metrics": ContinuityMetrics
}
```
## 🔧 Technical Implementation
### Background Task Processing
- **Asynchronous Execution**: All long-running operations use background tasks
- **Progress Tracking**: Real-time progress updates with detailed messages
- **Error Handling**: Comprehensive error handling and graceful failures
- **Memory Management**: Automatic cleanup of old tasks
### Caching Strategy
- **Research Caching**: Cache research results by keywords
- **Outline Caching**: Cache generated outlines for reuse
- **Content Caching**: Cache generated content sections
- **Performance Optimization**: Reduce API calls and improve response times
### Integration Points
- **Google Search Grounding**: Real-time web search integration
- **AI Providers**: Support for multiple AI providers (Gemini, OpenAI, etc.)
- **Platform APIs**: Integration with WordPress and Wix APIs
- **Analytics**: Integration with SEO and performance analytics
## 🎯 Performance Characteristics
### Response Times
- **Research Phase**: 30-60 seconds (depending on complexity)
- **Outline Generation**: 15-30 seconds
- **Content Generation**: 20-40 seconds per section
- **SEO Analysis**: 10-20 seconds
- **Quality Assurance**: 15-25 seconds
### Scalability Features
- **Background Processing**: Non-blocking operations
- **Caching**: Reduced API calls and improved performance
- **Task Management**: Efficient resource utilization
- **Error Recovery**: Graceful handling of failures
## 🔒 Quality Assurance
### Content Quality
- **Fact Verification**: Source-based fact checking
- **Hallucination Detection**: AI accuracy validation
- **Continuity Tracking**: Content flow and consistency
- **Quality Scoring**: Comprehensive quality metrics
### Technical Quality
- **Error Handling**: Comprehensive error management
- **Logging**: Detailed operation logging
- **Monitoring**: Performance and usage monitoring
- **Testing**: Automated testing and validation
## 📈 Future Enhancements
### Planned Features
- **Multi-language Support**: Content generation in multiple languages
- **Advanced Analytics**: Detailed performance analytics
- **Custom Templates**: User-defined content templates
- **Collaboration Features**: Multi-user content creation
- **API Extensions**: Additional platform integrations
### Performance Improvements
- **Caching Optimization**: Enhanced caching strategies
- **Parallel Processing**: Improved concurrent operations
- **Resource Optimization**: Better resource utilization
- **Response Time Reduction**: Faster operation completion
---
*This implementation overview provides a comprehensive understanding of the Blog Writer's architecture, workflow, and technical capabilities. For detailed API documentation, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

832
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/implementation-spec.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,832 @@
# Blog Writer Implementation Specification
This technical specification document outlines the implementation details, architecture, and technical requirements for ALwrity's Blog Writer feature.
## Architecture Overview
### System Architecture
The Blog Writer is built on a microservices architecture with the following key components:
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Frontend Layer"
UI[React UI Components]
State[Redux State Management]
Router[React Router]
end
subgraph "Backend Layer"
API[FastAPI Application]
Auth[Authentication Service]
Cache[Redis Cache]
Queue[Celery Task Queue]
end
subgraph "AI Services Layer"
Gemini[Google Gemini API]
Research[Research Services]
SEO[SEO Analysis Engine]
Content[Content Generation]
end
subgraph "Data Layer"
DB[(PostgreSQL Database)]
Files[File Storage]
Logs[Application Logs]
end
subgraph "External APIs"
Tavily[Tavily Research API]
Serper[Serper Search API]
GSC[Google Search Console]
end
UI --> API
State --> API
Router --> API
API --> Auth
API --> Cache
API --> Queue
API --> Gemini
API --> Research
API --> SEO
API --> Content
Research --> Tavily
Research --> Serper
SEO --> GSC
API --> DB
Content --> Files
API --> Logs
style UI fill:#e3f2fd
style API fill:#f3e5f5
style Gemini fill:#e8f5e8
style DB fill:#fff3e0
```
### Technology Stack
#### Frontend
- **Framework**: React 18+ with TypeScript
- **UI Library**: Material-UI (MUI) v5
- **State Management**: Redux Toolkit
- **Routing**: React Router v6
- **HTTP Client**: Axios
- **Form Handling**: React Hook Form
- **Rich Text Editor**: TinyMCE or Quill
#### Backend
- **Framework**: FastAPI (Python 3.10+)
- **Database**: PostgreSQL with SQLAlchemy ORM
- **Authentication**: JWT with Clerk integration
- **API Documentation**: OpenAPI/Swagger
- **Background Tasks**: Celery with Redis
- **Caching**: Redis
- **File Storage**: AWS S3 or local storage
#### AI Services
- **Primary AI**: Google Gemini API
- **Research**: Tavily, Serper, Metaphor APIs
- **SEO Analysis**: Custom algorithms + external APIs
- **Image Generation**: Stability AI
- **Content Moderation**: Custom + external services
## API Endpoints
### Core Blog Writer Endpoints
#### Content Generation
```http
POST /api/blog-writer/generate
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer {api_key}
{
"topic": "AI in Digital Marketing",
"target_audience": "Marketing professionals",
"content_type": "how-to-guide",
"word_count": 1500,
"tone": "professional",
"keywords": ["AI", "digital marketing", "automation"],
"research_depth": "comprehensive",
"include_seo_analysis": true
}
```
#### Research Integration
```http
POST /api/blog-writer/research
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer {api_key}
{
"topic": "Content Strategy",
"research_depth": "comprehensive",
"sources": ["web", "academic", "industry"],
"language": "en",
"date_range": "last_12_months"
}
```
#### SEO Analysis
```http
POST /api/blog-writer/seo/analyze
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer {api_key}
{
"content": "Your blog post content here...",
"target_keywords": ["content strategy", "digital marketing"],
"competitor_urls": ["https://example.com"],
"analysis_depth": "comprehensive"
}
```
### Response Formats
#### Success Response
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"content": {
"title": "AI in Digital Marketing: A Comprehensive Guide",
"body": "Generated content here...",
"word_count": 1500,
"reading_time": "6 minutes"
},
"research": {
"sources": [...],
"key_facts": [...],
"trends": [...]
},
"seo_analysis": {
"score": 85,
"recommendations": [...],
"keyword_analysis": {...}
},
"metadata": {
"generated_at": "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z",
"processing_time": "45 seconds",
"ai_model": "gemini-pro"
}
}
}
```
#### Error Response
```json
{
"success": false,
"error": {
"code": "CONTENT_GENERATION_FAILED",
"message": "Failed to generate content",
"details": {
"reason": "AI service timeout",
"suggestion": "Try again with a shorter content length"
}
}
}
```
## Database Schema
### Core Tables
#### Blog Posts
```sql
CREATE TABLE blog_posts (
id UUID PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
user_id UUID NOT NULL REFERENCES users(id),
title VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
content TEXT NOT NULL,
status VARCHAR(50) DEFAULT 'draft',
word_count INTEGER,
reading_time INTEGER,
seo_score INTEGER,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
updated_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
published_at TIMESTAMP
);
CREATE INDEX idx_blog_posts_user_id ON blog_posts(user_id);
CREATE INDEX idx_blog_posts_status ON blog_posts(status);
CREATE INDEX idx_blog_posts_created_at ON blog_posts(created_at);
```
#### Research Data
```sql
CREATE TABLE research_data (
id UUID PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
blog_post_id UUID REFERENCES blog_posts(id),
source_url VARCHAR(500),
source_title VARCHAR(255),
content TEXT,
credibility_score INTEGER,
relevance_score INTEGER,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
);
CREATE INDEX idx_research_data_blog_post_id ON research_data(blog_post_id);
CREATE INDEX idx_research_data_credibility ON research_data(credibility_score);
```
#### SEO Analysis
```sql
CREATE TABLE seo_analysis (
id UUID PRIMARY KEY DEFAULT gen_random_uuid(),
blog_post_id UUID REFERENCES blog_posts(id),
overall_score INTEGER,
keyword_score INTEGER,
content_score INTEGER,
technical_score INTEGER,
readability_score INTEGER,
recommendations JSONB,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
);
CREATE INDEX idx_seo_analysis_blog_post_id ON seo_analysis(blog_post_id);
```
## AI Integration
### Google Gemini Integration
#### Configuration
```python
import google.generativeai as genai
class GeminiService:
def __init__(self, api_key: str):
genai.configure(api_key=api_key)
self.model = genai.GenerativeModel('gemini-pro')
async def generate_content(self, prompt: str, **kwargs) -> str:
try:
response = await self.model.generate_content_async(
prompt,
generation_config=genai.types.GenerationConfig(
temperature=kwargs.get('temperature', 0.7),
max_output_tokens=kwargs.get('max_tokens', 2048),
top_p=kwargs.get('top_p', 0.8),
top_k=kwargs.get('top_k', 40)
)
)
return response.text
except Exception as e:
raise ContentGenerationError(f"Gemini API error: {str(e)}")
```
#### Prompt Engineering
```python
class BlogWriterPrompts:
@staticmethod
def generate_blog_post(topic: str, audience: str, word_count: int) -> str:
return f"""
Write a comprehensive blog post about "{topic}" for {audience}.
Requirements:
- Word count: {word_count} words
- Tone: Professional and engaging
- Structure: Introduction, main sections, conclusion
- Include actionable insights and examples
- Use subheadings for better readability
- Include a compelling call-to-action
Please ensure the content is:
- Well-researched and factual
- SEO-friendly
- Engaging and valuable to readers
- Free from plagiarism
"""
@staticmethod
def generate_outline(topic: str, audience: str) -> str:
return f"""
Create a detailed outline for a blog post about "{topic}" for {audience}.
Include:
- Compelling headline
- Introduction hook
- 3-5 main sections with sub-points
- Conclusion with call-to-action
- Suggested word count for each section
"""
```
### Research Service Integration
#### Multi-Source Research
```python
class ResearchService:
def __init__(self):
self.tavily_client = TavilyClient(api_key=settings.TAVILY_API_KEY)
self.serper_client = SerperClient(api_key=settings.SERPER_API_KEY)
self.metaphor_client = MetaphorClient(api_key=settings.METAPHOR_API_KEY)
async def comprehensive_research(self, topic: str, depth: str = "comprehensive") -> Dict:
research_results = {
"web_sources": await self._web_research(topic),
"academic_sources": await self._academic_research(topic),
"industry_sources": await self._industry_research(topic),
"news_sources": await self._news_research(topic)
}
return self._process_research_results(research_results)
async def _web_research(self, topic: str) -> List[Dict]:
# Tavily web search
tavily_results = await self.tavily_client.search(
query=topic,
search_depth="advanced",
max_results=10
)
# Serper Google search
serper_results = await self.serper_client.search(
query=topic,
num_results=10
)
return self._merge_search_results(tavily_results, serper_results)
```
## Frontend Components
### React Components Structure
```
src/
├── components/
│ ├── BlogWriter/
│ │ ├── BlogWriterContainer.tsx
│ │ ├── TopicInput.tsx
│ │ ├── ContentEditor.tsx
│ │ ├── ResearchPanel.tsx
│ │ ├── SEOAnalysis.tsx
│ │ └── ContentPreview.tsx
│ ├── shared/
│ │ ├── LoadingSpinner.tsx
│ │ ├── ErrorBoundary.tsx
│ │ └── ProgressBar.tsx
│ └── ui/
│ ├── Button.tsx
│ ├── Input.tsx
│ └── Modal.tsx
```
### Main Blog Writer Component
```typescript
import React, { useState, useEffect } from 'react';
import { useDispatch, useSelector } from 'react-redux';
import { BlogWriterContainer } from './BlogWriterContainer';
import { ResearchPanel } from './ResearchPanel';
import { SEOAnalysis } from './SEOAnalysis';
import { ContentEditor } from './ContentEditor';
interface BlogWriterProps {
initialTopic?: string;
onContentGenerated?: (content: BlogContent) => void;
}
export const BlogWriter: React.FC<BlogWriterProps> = ({
initialTopic,
onContentGenerated
}) => {
const [currentStep, setCurrentStep] = useState<'input' | 'research' | 'generation' | 'editing' | 'analysis'>('input');
const [blogData, setBlogData] = useState<BlogData>({
topic: initialTopic || '',
audience: '',
wordCount: 1000,
tone: 'professional',
keywords: []
});
const dispatch = useDispatch();
const { content, research, seoAnalysis, loading, error } = useSelector(
(state: RootState) => state.blogWriter
);
const handleGenerateContent = async () => {
setCurrentStep('generation');
dispatch(generateBlogContent(blogData));
};
const handleResearchComplete = (researchData: ResearchData) => {
setBlogData(prev => ({ ...prev, research: researchData }));
setCurrentStep('generation');
};
return (
<div className="blog-writer">
<BlogWriterContainer
currentStep={currentStep}
blogData={blogData}
onDataChange={setBlogData}
onGenerate={handleGenerateContent}
/>
{currentStep === 'research' && (
<ResearchPanel
topic={blogData.topic}
onComplete={handleResearchComplete}
/>
)}
{currentStep === 'editing' && content && (
<ContentEditor
content={content}
onContentChange={(newContent) => setBlogData(prev => ({ ...prev, content: newContent }))}
/>
)}
{currentStep === 'analysis' && (
<SEOAnalysis
content={content}
targetKeywords={blogData.keywords}
onAnalysisComplete={(analysis) => setBlogData(prev => ({ ...prev, seoAnalysis: analysis }))}
/>
)}
</div>
);
};
```
## State Management
### Redux Store Structure
```typescript
interface BlogWriterState {
// Input data
topic: string;
audience: string;
wordCount: number;
tone: string;
keywords: string[];
// Generated content
content: BlogContent | null;
research: ResearchData | null;
seoAnalysis: SEOAnalysis | null;
// UI state
currentStep: 'input' | 'research' | 'generation' | 'editing' | 'analysis';
loading: boolean;
error: string | null;
// Progress tracking
generationProgress: number;
researchProgress: number;
}
// Actions
export const blogWriterSlice = createSlice({
name: 'blogWriter',
initialState,
reducers: {
setTopic: (state, action) => {
state.topic = action.payload;
},
setAudience: (state, action) => {
state.audience = action.payload;
},
setWordCount: (state, action) => {
state.wordCount = action.payload;
},
setTone: (state, action) => {
state.tone = action.payload;
},
setKeywords: (state, action) => {
state.keywords = action.payload;
},
setCurrentStep: (state, action) => {
state.currentStep = action.payload;
},
setLoading: (state, action) => {
state.loading = action.payload;
},
setError: (state, action) => {
state.error = action.payload;
},
setContent: (state, action) => {
state.content = action.payload;
},
setResearch: (state, action) => {
state.research = action.payload;
},
setSEOAnalysis: (state, action) => {
state.seoAnalysis = action.payload;
}
}
});
```
## Error Handling
### Error Types
```python
class BlogWriterError(Exception):
"""Base exception for Blog Writer errors"""
pass
class ContentGenerationError(BlogWriterError):
"""Error during content generation"""
pass
class ResearchError(BlogWriterError):
"""Error during research process"""
pass
class SEOAnalysisError(BlogWriterError):
"""Error during SEO analysis"""
pass
class ValidationError(BlogWriterError):
"""Input validation error"""
pass
```
### Error Handling Middleware
```python
from fastapi import HTTPException, Request
from fastapi.responses import JSONResponse
@app.exception_handler(BlogWriterError)
async def blog_writer_error_handler(request: Request, exc: BlogWriterError):
return JSONResponse(
status_code=400,
content={
"success": False,
"error": {
"code": exc.__class__.__name__,
"message": str(exc),
"details": getattr(exc, 'details', {})
}
}
)
@app.exception_handler(ValidationError)
async def validation_error_handler(request: Request, exc: ValidationError):
return JSONResponse(
status_code=422,
content={
"success": False,
"error": {
"code": "VALIDATION_ERROR",
"message": "Request validation failed",
"details": {
"field": exc.field,
"message": str(exc)
}
}
}
)
```
## Performance Optimization
### Caching Strategy
```python
from functools import lru_cache
import redis
class CacheService:
def __init__(self):
self.redis_client = redis.Redis(host='localhost', port=6379, db=0)
@lru_cache(maxsize=1000)
def get_research_cache(self, topic: str, depth: str) -> Dict:
cache_key = f"research:{topic}:{depth}"
cached_data = self.redis_client.get(cache_key)
if cached_data:
return json.loads(cached_data)
return None
def set_research_cache(self, topic: str, depth: str, data: Dict, ttl: int = 3600):
cache_key = f"research:{topic}:{depth}"
self.redis_client.setex(
cache_key,
ttl,
json.dumps(data)
)
```
### Background Processing
```python
from celery import Celery
celery_app = Celery('blog_writer')
@celery_app.task
def generate_blog_content_async(topic: str, audience: str, word_count: int):
"""Generate blog content asynchronously"""
try:
# Generate content
content = generate_content(topic, audience, word_count)
# Perform research
research = perform_research(topic)
# SEO analysis
seo_analysis = perform_seo_analysis(content)
return {
"content": content,
"research": research,
"seo_analysis": seo_analysis
}
except Exception as e:
raise ContentGenerationError(f"Async generation failed: {str(e)}")
```
## Security Considerations
### Input Validation
```python
from pydantic import BaseModel, validator
import re
class BlogGenerationRequest(BaseModel):
topic: str
audience: str
word_count: int
tone: str
keywords: List[str]
@validator('topic')
def validate_topic(cls, v):
if len(v) < 3 or len(v) > 200:
raise ValueError('Topic must be between 3 and 200 characters')
return v.strip()
@validator('word_count')
def validate_word_count(cls, v):
if v < 100 or v > 10000:
raise ValueError('Word count must be between 100 and 10,000')
return v
@validator('tone')
def validate_tone(cls, v):
allowed_tones = ['professional', 'casual', 'friendly', 'authoritative', 'conversational']
if v not in allowed_tones:
raise ValueError(f'Tone must be one of: {", ".join(allowed_tones)}')
return v
```
### Rate Limiting
```python
from slowapi import Limiter, _rate_limit_exceeded_handler
from slowapi.util import get_remote_address
from slowapi.errors import RateLimitExceeded
limiter = Limiter(key_func=get_remote_address)
app.state.limiter = limiter
app.add_exception_handler(RateLimitExceeded, _rate_limit_exceeded_handler)
@app.post("/api/blog-writer/generate")
@limiter.limit("10/minute")
async def generate_blog_content(request: Request, data: BlogGenerationRequest):
# Implementation
pass
```
## Testing Strategy
### Unit Tests
```python
import pytest
from unittest.mock import Mock, patch
from blog_writer.services import BlogWriterService
class TestBlogWriterService:
@pytest.fixture
def blog_writer_service(self):
return BlogWriterService()
@patch('blog_writer.services.GeminiService')
def test_generate_content_success(self, mock_gemini, blog_writer_service):
# Mock Gemini response
mock_gemini.return_value.generate_content.return_value = "Generated content"
# Test content generation
result = blog_writer_service.generate_content(
topic="AI in Marketing",
audience="Marketing professionals",
word_count=1000
)
assert result["content"] == "Generated content"
assert result["word_count"] == 1000
def test_validate_input_data(self, blog_writer_service):
# Test input validation
with pytest.raises(ValidationError):
blog_writer_service.validate_input({
"topic": "", # Empty topic
"word_count": 50 # Too short
})
```
### Integration Tests
```python
import pytest
from fastapi.testclient import TestClient
from app import app
client = TestClient(app)
def test_blog_generation_endpoint():
response = client.post(
"/api/blog-writer/generate",
json={
"topic": "AI in Digital Marketing",
"audience": "Marketing professionals",
"word_count": 1000,
"tone": "professional"
},
headers={"Authorization": "Bearer test_token"}
)
assert response.status_code == 200
data = response.json()
assert data["success"] is True
assert "content" in data["data"]
```
## Deployment Configuration
### Docker Configuration
```dockerfile
# Dockerfile
FROM python:3.10-slim
WORKDIR /app
COPY requirements.txt .
RUN pip install -r requirements.txt
COPY . .
EXPOSE 8000
CMD ["uvicorn", "app:app", "--host", "0.0.0.0", "--port", "8000"]
```
### Environment Variables
```bash
# .env
DATABASE_URL=postgresql://user:password@localhost/alwrity
REDIS_URL=redis://localhost:6379
GEMINI_API_KEY=your_gemini_api_key
TAVILY_API_KEY=your_tavily_api_key
SERPER_API_KEY=your_serper_api_key
METAPHOR_API_KEY=your_metaphor_api_key
STABILITY_API_KEY=your_stability_api_key
SECRET_KEY=your_secret_key
CORS_ORIGINS=http://localhost:3000
```
### Kubernetes Deployment
```yaml
apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
name: blog-writer-api
spec:
replicas: 3
selector:
matchLabels:
app: blog-writer-api
template:
metadata:
labels:
app: blog-writer-api
spec:
containers:
- name: blog-writer-api
image: alwrity/blog-writer-api:latest
ports:
- containerPort: 8000
env:
- name: DATABASE_URL
valueFrom:
secretKeyRef:
name: alwrity-secrets
key: database-url
- name: GEMINI_API_KEY
valueFrom:
secretKeyRef:
name: alwrity-secrets
key: gemini-api-key
```
---
*This implementation specification provides the technical foundation for building a robust, scalable Blog Writer feature. For more details on specific components, refer to the individual feature documentation.*

334
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
# Blog Writer Overview
The ALwrity Blog Writer is a powerful AI-driven content creation tool that helps you generate high-quality, SEO-optimized blog posts with minimal effort. It's designed for users with medium to low technical knowledge, making professional content creation accessible to everyone.
## Key Features
### 🤖 AI-Powered Content Generation
- **Research Integration**: Automated web research with source verification
- **Smart Outlines**: AI-generated content outlines that you can customize
- **Section-by-Section Writing**: Generate content one section at a time
- **Multiple Writing Styles**: Choose from different tones and styles
### 📊 Research & Analysis
- **Web Research**: Real-time research with source citations
- **Fact Checking**: Built-in hallucination detection and verification
- **Content Optimization**: AI-powered content improvement suggestions
- **SEO Integration**: Built-in SEO analysis and recommendations
### 🎯 User-Friendly Features
- **Visual Editor**: Easy-to-use WYSIWYG editor with markdown support
- **Progress Tracking**: Real-time progress monitoring for long tasks
- **Title Suggestions**: AI-generated title options to choose from
- **Publishing Tools**: Direct publishing to various platforms
## How It Works
### Complete 6-Phase Workflow
ALwrity Blog Writer transforms your ideas into publish-ready content through a sophisticated, AI-powered workflow that ensures quality, accuracy, and SEO optimization at every step.
```mermaid
flowchart TD
A[Start: Keywords & Topic] --> B[Phase 1: Research & Strategy]
B --> C[Phase 2: Intelligent Outline]
C --> D[Phase 3: Content Generation]
D --> E[Phase 4: SEO Analysis]
E --> F[Phase 5: SEO Metadata]
F --> G[Phase 6: Publish & Distribute]
B --> B1[Google Search Grounding]
B --> B2[Competitor Analysis]
B --> B3[Keyword Intelligence]
C --> C1[AI Outline Generation]
C --> C2[Source Mapping]
C --> C3[Title Generation]
D --> D1[Section-by-Section Writing]
D --> D2[Context Memory]
D --> D3[Flow Analysis]
E --> E1[SEO Scoring]
E --> E2[Actionable Recommendations]
E --> E3[AI-Powered Refinement]
F --> F1[Comprehensive Metadata]
F --> F2[Open Graph & Twitter Cards]
F --> F3[Schema.org Markup]
G --> G1[Multi-Platform Publishing]
G --> G2[Scheduling]
G --> G3[Version Management]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#e8f5e8
style C fill:#fff3e0
style D fill:#fce4ec
style E fill:#f1f8e9
style F fill:#e0f2f1
style G fill:#f3e5f5
```
#### Phase 1: Research & Strategy
AI-powered comprehensive research with Google Search grounding, competitor analysis, and keyword intelligence.
#### Phase 2: Intelligent Outline
AI-generated outlines with source mapping, grounding insights, and optimization recommendations.
#### Phase 3: Content Generation
Section-by-section content generation with SEO optimization, context memory, and engagement improvements.
#### Phase 4: SEO Analysis
Advanced SEO analysis with actionable recommendations and AI-powered optimization.
#### Phase 5: SEO Metadata
Optimized metadata generation for titles, descriptions, Open Graph, Twitter Cards, and structured data.
#### Phase 6: Publish & Distribute
Direct publishing to WordPress, Wix, Medium, and other platforms with scheduling capabilities.
### Phase Features At a Glance
| Phase | Key Features | Target Benefits | Best For |
|-------|-------------|-----------------|----------|
| **Phase 1: Research** | Google Search grounding, Competitor analysis, Keyword intelligence, Content angles | Comprehensive data, Time savings, Market insights | All content creators |
| **Phase 2: Outline** | AI generation, Source mapping, Interactive refinement, Title suggestions | Structured content, SEO foundation, Editorial flexibility | Professional writers |
| **Phase 3: Content** | Context-aware writing, Flow analysis, Source integration, Medium mode | High quality, Consistency, Citation accuracy | Content teams |
| **Phase 4: SEO** | Multi-dimensional scoring, Actionable recommendations, AI refinement | Search visibility, Competitive edge, Performance tracking | SEO professionals |
| **Phase 5: Metadata** | Comprehensive SEO tags, Social optimization, Schema markup, Multi-format export | Complete optimization, Rich snippets, Cross-platform readiness | Digital marketers |
| **Phase 6: Publish** | Multi-platform support, Scheduling, Version management, Analytics integration | Efficiency, Strategic timing, Quality control | Solopreneurs & teams |
### What Happens Behind the Scenes
The Blog Writer leverages sophisticated AI orchestration to ensure quality at every stage:
- **Research Phase**: AI searches the web using Gemini's native Google Search integration for current, credible information and sources
- **Outline Generation**: Creates logical structure with headings, key points, and source mapping using parallel processing
- **Content Writing**: Generates engaging, context-aware content for each section with continuity tracking and flow analysis
- **SEO Optimization**: Runs comprehensive analysis with parallel non-AI analyzers plus AI insights for actionable recommendations
- **Metadata Generation**: Creates complete SEO metadata package with social media optimization in 2 AI calls maximum
- **Publishing**: Formats content for your chosen platform with scheduling and version management
### User-Friendly Features
- **Progress Tracking**: See real-time progress for all long-running tasks with detailed status updates
- **Visual Editor**: Easy-to-use WYSIWYG interface with markdown support and live preview
- **Title Suggestions**: Multiple AI-generated, SEO-scored title options to choose from
- **SEO Integration**: Comprehensive analysis with one-click "Apply Recommendations" for instant optimization
- **Context Memory**: Intelligent continuity tracking across sections for consistent, flowing content
- **Source Attribution**: Automatic citation integration with research source mapping
## Content Types
### Blog Posts
- **How-to Guides**: Step-by-step tutorials
- **Listicles**: Numbered list articles
- **Case Studies**: Real-world examples
- **Opinion Pieces**: Thought leadership content
### Long-form Content
- **Comprehensive Guides**: In-depth resources
- **White Papers**: Professional documents
- **E-books**: Extended content pieces
- **Research Reports**: Data-driven content
## SEO Features
### Keyword Optimization
- **Primary Keywords**: Main topic keywords
- **Secondary Keywords**: Supporting terms
- **Long-tail Keywords**: Specific phrases
- **LSI Keywords**: Semantically related terms
### Content Structure
- **Headings**: H1, H2, H3 hierarchy
- **Paragraphs**: Optimal length and structure
- **Lists**: Bulleted and numbered lists
- **Images**: Alt text and captions
### Meta Optimization
- **Title Tags**: SEO-optimized titles
- **Meta Descriptions**: Compelling descriptions
- **URL Structure**: Clean, readable URLs
- **Schema Markup**: Structured data
## Writing Styles
### Professional
- **Business Content**: Corporate communications
- **Technical Writing**: Industry-specific content
- **Academic Style**: Research-based content
- **Formal Tone**: Professional language
### Conversational
- **Blog Style**: Casual, engaging tone
- **Social Media**: Platform-optimized content
- **Personal Brand**: Authentic voice
- **Community Content**: Community-focused writing
## Integration Features
### Google Search Console
- **Performance Data**: Real search performance
- **Keyword Insights**: Actual search queries
- **Click-through Rates**: CTR optimization
- **Search Rankings**: Position tracking
### Analytics Integration
- **Google Analytics**: Traffic analysis
- **Content Performance**: Engagement metrics
- **User Behavior**: Reader interaction data
- **Conversion Tracking**: Goal completion
## Best Practices
### Content Quality
1. **Research Thoroughly**: Use multiple sources
2. **Original Content**: Avoid plagiarism
3. **Fact-checking**: Verify all information
4. **Regular Updates**: Keep content current
### SEO Optimization
1. **Keyword Density**: Natural keyword usage
2. **Content Length**: Optimal word count
3. **Internal Linking**: Strategic link placement
4. **External Links**: Authoritative sources
### User Experience
1. **Readable Format**: Clear structure
2. **Visual Elements**: Images and graphics
3. **Mobile Optimization**: Responsive design
4. **Loading Speed**: Fast page loads
## Advanced Features
### ✨ Assistive Writing & Quick Edits
- **Continue Writing**: AI-powered contextual suggestions as you type
- **Smart Typing Assist**: Automatic suggestions after 20+ words
- **Quick Edit Options**: Improve, expand, shorten, professionalize, add transitions, add data
- **Real-time Assistance**: Instant writing help without interrupting your flow
- **Cost-Optimized**: First suggestion automatic, then manual "Continue Writing" for efficiency
- **One-Click Improvements**: Select text and apply quick edits instantly
### 🔍 Fact-Checking & Quality Assurance
- **Hallucination Detection**: AI-powered verification of claims and facts
- **Source Verification**: Automatic cross-checking against research sources
- **Claim Analysis**: Detailed assessment of each verifiable statement
- **Evidence Support**: Links to supporting or refuting sources
- **Quality Scoring**: Overall confidence metrics for content accuracy
### 🖼️ Image Generation
- **Section-Specific Images**: Generate images per blog section from the outline
- **AI-Powered Prompts**: Auto-suggest images based on section content
- **Advanced Options**: Stability AI, Hugging Face, Gemini
- **Blog Optimization**: Sizes and formats for platform publishing
- **Integrated Workflow**: Generate inside the outline editor
### 📝 SEO Metadata Generation
- **Comprehensive Package**: Title, description, tags, categories, hashtags in 2 AI calls
- **Social Optimization**: Open Graph & Twitter Cards
- **Structured Data**: Schema.org JSON-LD for rich snippets
- **Multi-Format Export**: WordPress, Wix, HTML, JSON-LD
- **Live Preview**: Google, Facebook, Twitter
### Automation & Integration
- **Multi-Platform Publishing**: One-click to WordPress, Wix, Medium
- **Version Management**: Track changes and revisions
- **Scheduled Publishing**: Set future publish dates
- **Google Analytics Integration**: Track content performance
- **Search Console**: Monitor search visibility
## Who Benefits Most
### For Technical Content Writers
- **Research Automation**: Save hours of manual research with AI-powered Google Search grounding
- **Source Attribution**: Automatic citation management and credibility scoring
- **Quality Assurance**: Built-in fact-checking and hallucination detection
- **Citation Integration**: Seamless source references throughout content
### For Solopreneurs
- **Time Efficiency**: Complete blog creation workflow in minutes instead of hours
- **SEO Expertise**: Professional-grade optimization without hiring specialists
- **Multi-Platform Publishing**: One workflow, multiple destinations (WordPress, Wix, Medium)
- **Scheduling & Automation**: Strategic content distribution and timing optimization
### For Digital Marketing & SEO Professionals
- **Comprehensive SEO**: Multi-dimensional scoring with actionable insights
- **Competitive Intelligence**: AI-powered competitor analysis and content gap identification
- **Performance Tracking**: Integration with Google Analytics and Search Console
- **ROI Optimization**: Data-driven content strategy and performance analytics
## How to Use Advanced Features
### Using Assistive Writing (Continue Writing)
```mermaid
flowchart LR
A[Start Typing] -->|20+ words| B[Auto Suggestion]
B --> C{Accept or Reject?}
C -->|Accept| D[Suggestion Inserted]
C -->|Reject| E[Dismiss Suggestion]
D --> F[Continue Writing Button]
E --> F
F -->|Click| G[Manual Suggestion]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#e8f5e8
style G fill:#fff3e0
```
**Quick Steps - Continue Writing:**
1. Type 20+ words in any blog section
2. First suggestion appears automatically below your text
3. Click **"Accept"** to insert or **"Dismiss"** to skip
4. Use **"✍️ Continue Writing"** for more suggestions
5. Suggestions include source citations for fact-checking
**Quick Steps - Text Selection Edits:**
1. Select any text in your content
2. Context menu appears automatically
3. Choose quick edit: **Improve**, **Expand**, **Shorten**, **Professionalize**, **Add Transition**, or **Add Data**
4. Text updates instantly with your selected improvement
### Using Fact-Checking
1. Select a paragraph or claim in your blog content
2. Right-click to open context menu
3. Click **"🔍 Fact Check"**
4. Wait 15-30 seconds for analysis
5. Review results: claims, confidence, supporting/refuting sources
6. Click **"Apply Fix"** to insert source links
### Using Image Generation
1. In **Phase 2: Intelligent Outline**, click **"🖼️ Generate Image"** on any section
2. Modal opens with auto-generated prompt (editable)
3. Click **"Suggest Prompt"** for AI-optimized suggestions
4. Optionally open **"Advanced Image Options"**
5. Generate image (Stability AI, Hugging Face, or Gemini)
6. Image auto-inserts into outline and metadata
### Using SEO Metadata Generation
1. In **Phase 5: SEO Metadata**, open the modal
2. Click **"Generate All Metadata"** (max 2 AI calls)
3. Review tabs: Preview, Core, Social, Structured Data
4. Edit any field; previews update live
5. Copy formats for WordPress, Wix, or custom
6. Images from Phase 2 auto-fill Open Graph
## Getting Started
1. **[Research Integration](research.md)** - Comprehensive Phase 1 research capabilities
2. **[Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md)** - Step-by-step 6-phase workflow walkthrough
3. **[SEO Analysis](seo-analysis.md)** - Phase 4 & 5 optimization strategies
4. **[Implementation Spec](implementation-spec.md)** - Technical architecture and API details
5. **[Best Practices](../../guides/best-practices.md)** - Advanced optimization tips
## Related Features
- **[SEO Dashboard](../seo-dashboard/overview.md)** - Comprehensive SEO tools
- **[Content Strategy](../content-strategy/overview.md)** - Strategic planning
- **[LinkedIn Writer](../linkedin-writer/overview.md)** - Social content
- **[AI Features](../ai/assistive-writing.md)** - Advanced AI capabilities
---
*Ready to create amazing blog content? Check out our [Research Integration Guide](research.md) to get started!*

386
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/research.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
# Phase 1: Research & Strategy
ALwrity's Blog Writer Phase 1 provides powerful AI-powered research capabilities that automatically gather, analyze, and verify information to create well-researched, accurate, and comprehensive blog content. This foundation phase sets the stage for all subsequent content creation.
## Overview
Phase 1: Research & Strategy leverages Gemini's native Google Search grounding to conduct comprehensive topic research in a single API call, delivering competitor intelligence, keyword analysis, and content angles to inform your entire blog creation process.
### Key Benefits
- **Comprehensive Research**: Gather information from multiple reliable sources with Google Search grounding
- **Competitive Intelligence**: Identify content gaps and opportunities through competitor analysis
- **Keyword Intelligence**: Discover primary, secondary, and long-tail keyword opportunities
- **Content Angles**: AI-generated unique content angles for maximum engagement
- **Time Efficiency**: Complete research in 30-60 seconds with intelligent caching
## Research Data Flow
```mermaid
flowchart LR
A[User Input:<br/>Keywords + Topic] --> B[Phase 1: Research]
B --> C{Cache Check}
C -->|Hit| D[Return Cached<br/>Research]
C -->|Miss| E[Google Search<br/>Grounding]
E --> F[Source Extraction]
F --> G[Keyword Analysis]
F --> H[Competitor Analysis]
F --> I[Content Angle<br/>Generation]
G --> J[Research Output]
H --> J
I --> J
D --> J
J --> K[Cache Storage]
J --> L[Phase 2: Outline]
style B fill:#e8f5e8
style E fill:#fff3e0
style J fill:#e3f2fd
style L fill:#fff3e0
```
## Research Process
### 1. Topic Analysis
#### Initial Research Setup
- **Topic Understanding**: AI analyzes your topic and identifies key aspects
- **Research Scope**: Determines the breadth and depth of research needed
- **Source Selection**: Identifies relevant and authoritative sources
- **Research Strategy**: Develops a comprehensive research approach
#### Research Parameters
```json
{
"topic": "AI in Digital Marketing",
"research_depth": "comprehensive",
"sources": ["web", "academic", "industry"],
"language": "en",
"date_range": "last_12_months",
"fact_checking": true
}
```
### 2. Google Search Grounding (Gemini Integration)
Phase 1 leverages Gemini's native Google Search grounding to access real-time web data with a single API call, eliminating the need for complex multi-source integrations.
#### Single API Call Efficiency
- **One Request**: Comprehensive research in a single Gemini API call with Google Search grounding
- **Live Web Data**: Real-time access to current information from the web
- **No Multi-Source Setup**: Eliminates need for multiple API integrations
- **Cost Effective**: Optimized token usage with focused research prompts
- **Caching Intelligence**: Automatic cache storage for repeat keyword research
#### Research Sources (via Google Search)
The research prompt instructs Gemini to gather information from:
- **Current News**: Latest industry news and developments (2024-2025)
- **Industry Reports**: Market research and industry analysis
- **Expert Articles**: Authoritative blogs and professional content
- **Academic Sources**: Research papers and studies
- **Case Studies**: Real-world examples and implementations
- **Statistics**: Key data points and numerical insights
- **Trends**: Current market trends and forecasts
#### Google Search Grounding Example
```python
research_prompt = """
Research the topic "AI in Digital Marketing" in the technology industry for digital marketers.
Provide comprehensive analysis including:
1. Current trends and insights (2024-2025)
2. Key statistics and data points with sources
3. Industry expert opinions and quotes
4. Recent developments and news
5. Market analysis and forecasts
6. Best practices and case studies
7. Keyword analysis: primary, secondary, and long-tail opportunities
8. Competitor analysis: top players and content gaps
9. Content angle suggestions: 5 compelling angles for blog posts
Focus on factual, up-to-date information from credible sources.
"""
```
### 3. Competitor Analysis
The research phase automatically identifies competing content and discovers content gaps where your blog can stand out.
#### Content Gap Identification
- **Top Competitors**: Identifies the most authoritative content on your topic
- **Coverage Analysis**: Maps what competitors have covered thoroughly vs. superficially
- **Gap Opportunities**: Highlights underexplored angles and missing information
- **Unique Positioning**: Suggests how to differentiate your content
- **Competitive Advantages**: Identifies areas where you can exceed competitor quality
#### Competitive Intelligence
- **Content Depth**: Analyzes how thoroughly competitors cover topics
- **Keyword Usage**: Identifies keyword strategies in competitor content
- **Content Structure**: Evaluates how competitors organize information
- **Engagement Patterns**: Notes what formats and angles work best
- **Market Positioning**: Understands where competitors sit in the market
### 4. Keyword Intelligence
Phase 1 provides comprehensive keyword analysis to optimize your content for search engines.
#### Primary, Secondary & Long-Tail Keywords
- **Primary Keywords**: Main topic keywords with highest search volume
- **Secondary Keywords**: Supporting terms that reinforce the main topic
- **Long-Tail Keywords**: Specific, less competitive phrases with high intent
- **Semantic Keywords**: Related terms that search engines associate with your topic
- **Search Intent**: Categorizes keywords by intent (informational, transactional, navigational)
#### Keyword Clustering & Grouping
- **Topic Clusters**: Groups related keywords for comprehensive coverage
- **Thematic Organization**: Organizes keywords by content themes
- **Density Recommendations**: Suggests optimal keyword usage throughout content
- **Priority Ranking**: Identifies which keywords to prioritize
- **Competition Analysis**: Assesses difficulty for ranking on each keyword
### 5. Content Angle Generation
AI generates unique content angles that make your blog stand out and engage your audience.
#### AI-Generated Angle Suggestions
- **5 Unique Angles**: Provides multiple distinct approaches to your topic
- **Trending Topics**: Identifies currently popular angles and discussions
- **Audience Pain Points**: Maps audience challenges to content angles
- **Viral Potential**: Assesses which angles have high shareability
- **Expert Opinions**: Synthesizes industry expert viewpoints into angles
#### Content Angle Example
For a topic like "AI in Marketing," research might suggest:
1. **Case Study Angle**: "10 Marketing Agencies Using AI to Double ROI"
2. **Practical Guide Angle**: "Implementing AI Marketing Tools in 2025: A Step-by-Step Roadmap"
3. **Trend Analysis Angle**: "The Future of AI Marketing: What Industry Leaders Predict"
4. **Problem-Solution Angle**: "Common AI Marketing Failures and How to Avoid Them"
5. **Debunking Angle**: "AI Marketing Myths Debunked: What Actually Works in 2025"
### 6. Information Processing
#### Data Collection & Extraction
- **Source Extraction**: Automatically extracts 10-20 credible sources from Google Search
- **Fact Identification**: Identifies key facts, statistics, and claims with citations
- **Quote Collection**: Gathers relevant expert quotes with attribution
- **Trend Identification**: Highlights current trends and patterns
- **Search Query Tracking**: Tracks AI-generated search queries for transparency
#### Source Credibility & Verification
- **Automatic Citation**: Extracts source URLs, titles, and metadata for proper attribution
- **Grounding Metadata**: Includes detailed grounding support scores and chunks
- **Source Diversity**: Ensures mix of authoritative sources (academic, industry, news)
- **Credibility Scoring**: Evaluates source authority and reliability
- **Cross-Reference**: Cross-references key facts across multiple sources
## Research Output Structure
### Comprehensive Research Results
Phase 1 returns a complete research package that feeds into all subsequent phases:
#### Structured Data Package
- **Sources**: 10-20 credible research sources with full metadata
- **Keyword Analysis**: Primary, secondary, long-tail, and semantic keywords
- **Competitor Analysis**: Top competing content and identified gaps
- **Content Angles**: 5 unique, AI-generated content approaches
- **Search Queries**: AI-generated search terms for transparency
- **Grounding Metadata**: Detailed grounding support scores and chunks
#### Research Summary Example
```json
{
"success": true,
"sources": [
{
"url": "https://example.com/research",
"title": "AI Marketing Trends 2025",
"credibility_score": 0.92
}
],
"keyword_analysis": {
"primary": ["AI marketing", "artificial intelligence digital marketing"],
"secondary": ["machine learning marketing", "automated advertising"],
"long_tail": ["how to implement AI marketing tools"],
"search_intent": "informational"
},
"competitor_analysis": {
"top_competitors": [...],
"content_gaps": ["practical implementation guides", "cost-benefit analysis"]
},
"suggested_angles": [
"10 Marketing Agencies Using AI to Double ROI",
"Implementing AI Marketing Tools: A Step-by-Step Roadmap"
]
}
```
## Use Cases for Different Audiences
### For Technical Content Writers
**Scenario**: Writing a technical deep-dive on "React Performance Optimization"
**Phase 1 Delivers**:
- Latest React documentation updates and best practices
- GitHub discussions and Stack Overflow solutions for optimization challenges
- Academic research on frontend performance optimization
- Real-world case studies from major tech companies
- Technical keyword opportunities: "React performance hooks", "memoization strategies"
**Value**: Eliminates hours of manual research across GitHub, documentation, and forums
### For Solopreneurs
**Scenario**: Creating content on "Starting an E-commerce Business in 2025"
**Phase 1 Delivers**:
- Current e-commerce market trends and statistics
- Competitor analysis of top e-commerce success stories
- Content gap: most content focuses on "how to start" but lacks "common pitfalls"
- Unique angle: "The 5 Mistakes That Kill 90% of New E-commerce Businesses"
- Long-tail keywords: "start ecommerce business 2025", "ecommerce business ideas"
**Value**: Provides business intelligence without expensive consultants
### For Digital Marketing & SEO Professionals
**Scenario**: Content strategy for "Local SEO Best Practices"
**Phase 1 Delivers**:
- Competitor analysis of top-ranking local SEO content
- Keyword gaps: competitors missing "Google Business Profile optimization"
- Trending angles: "Voice search local optimization" and "AI-powered local listings"
- Data-backed insights: "73% of local searches result in store visits"
- Content opportunity: "Local SEO Audit Template" (high search, low competition)
**Value**: Delivers competitive intelligence and keyword strategy in one research pass
## Performance & Caching
### Intelligent Caching System
Phase 1 implements a dual-layer caching strategy to optimize performance and reduce costs.
#### Cache Storage
- **Persistent Cache**: SQLite database stores research results for exact keyword matches
- **Memory Cache**: In-process cache for faster repeated access within a session
- **Cache Key**: Based on exact keyword match, industry, and target audience
- **Cache Duration**: Results stored indefinitely until invalidated
#### Cache Benefits
- **Cost Reduction**: Avoids redundant API calls for same topics
- **Speed**: Instant results for cached research (0-5 seconds vs. 30-60 seconds)
- **Consistency**: Ensures reproducible research results for same queries
- **Transparency**: Progress messages indicate cache hits: "✅ Using cached research"
### Performance Metrics
**Typical Research Timing**:
- **Cache Hit**: 0-5 seconds (instant return)
- **Fresh Research**: 30-60 seconds (Google Search + AI processing)
- **Sources Found**: 10-20 credible sources per research
- **Search Queries**: 5-10 AI-generated search terms tracked
## Best Practices
### Effective Research Setup
#### Keyword Strategy
1. **Be Specific**: Use 3-5 focused keywords rather than broad topics
2. **Industry Context**: Always specify industry for better context
3. **Audience Definition**: Define target audience clearly for tailored research
4. **Topic Clarity**: Provide a clear, concise topic description
5. **Word Count Target**: Set realistic word count goals (1000-3000 words optimal)
#### Research Quality Optimization
1. **Review Sources**: Always review the returned sources for credibility
2. **Use Content Angles**: Leverage AI-generated angles for unique positioning
3. **Explore Competitor Gaps**: Focus on content gaps for competitive advantage
4. **Keyword Variety**: Review all keyword types (primary, secondary, long-tail)
5. **Leverage Caching**: Reuse research for related topics to save time and cost
### Research-to-Content Pipeline
#### Phase 1 to Phase 2 Transition
1. **Validate Research**: Ensure research has 10+ credible sources before proceeding
2. **Review Angles**: Select compelling content angles for outline inspiration
3. **Check Keywords**: Verify keyword analysis aligns with your SEO goals
4. **Analyze Gaps**: Use competitor analysis to inform unique content positioning
5. **Source Quality**: Confirm grounding metadata shows high credibility scores (0.8+)
#### Research Output Utilization
1. **Source Mapping**: Use sources strategically across different sections
2. **Keyword Integration**: Naturally integrate primary and secondary keywords
3. **Angles to Sections**: Transform content angles into distinct content sections
4. **Gaps to Value**: Convert content gaps into unique selling propositions
5. **Trend Integration**: Weave current trends naturally throughout content
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues & Solutions
#### Low-Quality Research Results
**Problem**: Research returns fewer than 10 sources or low credibility scores
**Solutions**:
- **Refine Keywords**: Use more specific, focused keywords
- **Expand Topic**: Broaden topic slightly to increase source pool
- **Adjust Industry**: Ensure industry classification is accurate
- **Check Cache**: Clear cache if you're getting stale results
- **Retry Research**: Google Search grounding may need a second attempt
#### Insufficient Keyword Analysis
**Problem**: Limited keyword variety or missing long-tail opportunities
**Solutions**:
- **Add Topic Context**: Provide more detailed topic description
- **Specify Audience**: Better audience definition improves keyword targeting
- **Increase Word Count**: Target 2000+ words for richer keyword analysis
- **Review Persona Settings**: Industry and audience persona affects keyword discovery
#### Missing Competitor Data
**Problem**: Competitor analysis lacks depth or opportunities
**Solutions**:
- **Use Specific Keywords**: More targeted keywords reveal better competitors
- **Expand Industry Context**: Broad industry understanding improves competitive mapping
- **Review Content Angles**: Angles often highlight what competitors are NOT doing
- **Manual Review**: Top sources list shows main competitors worth reviewing
#### Cache Not Working
**Problem**: Research taking full time even for duplicate keywords
**Solutions**:
- **Check Exact Match**: Keywords, industry, and audience must match exactly
- **Verify Cache**: Check if persistent cache is enabled
- **Clear and Retry**: Sometimes clearing cache helps if data is corrupted
- **Check Logs**: Look for cache hit/miss messages in progress updates
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Workflow Guide**: [Complete 6-phase walkthrough](workflow-guide.md)
- **API Reference**: [Research API endpoints](api-reference.md)
- **Implementation Spec**: [Technical architecture](implementation-spec.md)
- **Best Practices**: [Advanced optimization tips](../../guides/best-practices.md)
#### Performance Optimization
- **Use Caching**: Leverage intelligent caching for repeat research
- **Keyword Precision**: More specific keywords yield better results
- **Industry Context**: Always provide industry for better data quality
- **Monitor Progress**: Review progress messages for efficiency insights
- **Batch Research**: Plan multiple blogs to maximize cache benefits
---
## Next Steps
Now that you understand Phase 1: Research & Strategy, move to the next phase:
- **[Phase 2: Intelligent Outline](workflow-guide.md#phase-2-intelligent-outline)** - Transform research into structured content plans
- **[Complete Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md)** - End-to-end 6-phase walkthrough
- **[Blog Writer Overview](overview.md)** - Overview of all 6 phases
- **[Getting Started Guide](../../getting-started/quick-start.md)** - Quick start for new users
---
*Ready to leverage Phase 1 research capabilities? Check out the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) to see how research flows into outline generation and beyond!*

478
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/seo-analysis.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
# SEO Analysis & Optimization (Phase 4 & 5)
ALwrity's Blog Writer includes comprehensive SEO analysis and metadata generation capabilities across Phases 4 and 5, automatically optimizing your content for search engines and preparing it for publication across platforms.
## Overview
SEO optimization in the Blog Writer happens in two complementary phases:
- **Phase 4: SEO Analysis** - Comprehensive scoring, recommendations, and AI-powered content refinement
- **Phase 5: SEO Metadata** - Complete metadata generation including Open Graph, Twitter Cards, and Schema.org markup
### Key Benefits
#### Phase 4: SEO Analysis
- **Multi-Dimensional Scoring**: Comprehensive SEO evaluation across 5 key categories
- **Actionable Recommendations**: Priority-ranked improvement suggestions with specific fixes
- **AI-Powered Refinement**: One-click "Apply Recommendations" for instant optimization
- **Parallel Processing**: Fast analysis using parallel non-AI analyzers plus AI insights
- **Performance Tracking**: Track SEO improvements and measure impact
#### Phase 5: SEO Metadata
- **Comprehensive Metadata**: Complete SEO metadata package in 2 AI calls maximum
- **Social Optimization**: Open Graph and Twitter Cards for rich social previews
- **Structured Data**: Schema.org markup for enhanced search results and rich snippets
- **Multi-Format Export**: Ready-to-use formats for WordPress, Wix, and custom platforms
- **Platform Integration**: One-click copy and direct platform publishing support
## Phase 4: SEO Analysis
Phase 4 provides comprehensive SEO evaluation with actionable recommendations and AI-powered content refinement.
### Parallel Processing Architecture
Phase 4 uses a sophisticated parallel processing approach for speed and accuracy:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
A[Blog Content] --> B[Phase 4: SEO Analysis]
B --> C[Parallel Non-AI Analyzers]
C --> D[Content Structure]
C --> E[Keyword Usage]
C --> F[Readability]
C --> G[Content Quality]
C --> H[Heading Structure]
D --> I[SEO Results]
E --> I
F --> I
G --> I
H --> I
I --> J[Single AI Analysis]
J --> K[Actionable Recommendations]
K --> L[Apply Recommendations]
L --> M[Refined Content]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#f1f8e9
style C fill:#fff3e0
style I fill:#e8f5e8
style L fill:#fce4ec
style M fill:#e1f5fe
```
### Multi-Dimensional SEO Scoring
Phase 4 evaluates your content across 5 key categories:
#### Overall SEO Score
- **Composite Rating**: Overall score (0-100) based on weighted category scores
- **Grade Assignment**: Automatically assigns grades (Excellent/Good/Needs Improvement)
- **Trend Tracking**: Compares to previous analysis to track improvements
- **Visual Feedback**: Color-coded UI provides instant visual assessment
#### Category Breakdown
- **Structure Score**: Heading hierarchy, content organization, section balance
- **Keywords Score**: Keyword density, placement, variation, long-tail usage
- **Readability Score**: Reading level, sentence complexity, clarity assessment
- **Quality Score**: Content depth, engagement potential, value delivery
- **Headings Score**: H1-H3 distribution, keyword integration in headings
### Actionable Recommendations
Phase 4 generates specific, priority-ranked recommendations for improvement.
#### Recommendation Categories
- **High Priority**: Critical SEO issues impacting search visibility
- **Medium Priority**: Significant improvements that boost rankings
- **Low Priority**: Nice-to-have optimizations for fine-tuning
#### Example Recommendations
1. **Structure**: "Add more H2 subheadings to improve content scannability and keyword distribution"
2. **Keywords**: "Increase primary keyword density from 0.8% to 1.5% for optimal SEO performance"
3. **Readability**: "Simplify complex sentences; aim for average 15-20 words per sentence"
4. **Content**: "Add more specific examples and case studies to support key arguments"
5. **Meta**: "Reduce meta description to 155 characters for better search result display"
### AI-Powered Content Refinement
The "Apply Recommendations" feature uses AI to automatically improve your content based on SEO analysis.
#### Intelligent Rewriting
- **Smart Application**: Applies recommendations while preserving your original intent
- **Natural Integration**: Optimizes keywords and structure without sounding forced
- **Context Preservation**: Maintains research accuracy and source alignment
- **Quality Maintenance**: Ensures readability while improving SEO metrics
#### Application Process
```mermaid
flowchart LR
A[Current Content] --> B[SEO Recommendations]
B --> C[AI Prompt Construction]
C --> D[LLM Text Generation]
D --> E[Normalization & Validation]
E --> F[Optimized Content]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#fff3e0
style D fill:#f1f8e9
style F fill:#e8f5e8
```
### Content Analysis Process
#### Initial Assessment
- **Content Structure**: Analyzes heading hierarchy, paragraph distribution, list usage
- **Keyword Distribution**: Maps keyword density and placement across sections
- **Readability Metrics**: Calculates Flesch Reading Ease, sentence length, complexity
- **Quality Indicators**: Evaluates depth, engagement potential, value delivery
- **Technical Elements**: Checks heading structure, meta elements, content length
#### Parallel Analysis Details
Each analyzer processes content independently:
- **ContentAnalyzer**: Structure, organization, section balance
- **KeywordAnalyzer**: Density, placement, variation, semantic coverage
- **ReadabilityAnalyzer**: Reading level, sentence complexity, word choice
- **QualityAnalyzer**: Depth, engagement, value, completeness
- **HeadingAnalyzer**: Hierarchy, distribution, keyword integration
Results are combined with AI insights for comprehensive recommendations.
## Phase 5: SEO Metadata Generation
Phase 5 generates comprehensive SEO metadata in maximum 2 AI calls, creating a complete optimization package ready for publication.
### Efficient Two-Call Architecture
Phase 5 minimizes AI calls for cost efficiency while delivering comprehensive metadata:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
A[Blog Content + SEO Analysis] --> B[Phase 5: Metadata Generation]
B --> C{Call 1: Core Metadata}
C --> D[SEO Title]
C --> E[Meta Description]
C --> F[URL Slug]
C --> G[Tags & Categories]
C --> H[Reading Time]
D --> I{Call 2: Social Metadata}
E --> I
F --> I
G --> I
H --> I
I --> J[Open Graph Tags]
I --> K[Twitter Cards]
I --> L[Schema.org JSON-LD]
J --> M[Complete Metadata Package]
K --> M
L --> M
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#e0f2f1
style C fill:#fff3e0
style I fill:#fce4ec
style M fill:#e8f5e8
```
### Core Metadata Generation
#### SEO-Optimized Elements
- **SEO Title** (50-60 chars): Front-loaded primary keyword, compelling, click-worthy
- **Meta Description** (150-160 chars): Keyword-rich with strong CTA in first 120 chars
- **URL Slug**: Clean, hyphenated, 3-5 words with primary keyword
- **Blog Tags** (5-8): Mix of primary, semantic, and long-tail keywords
- **Blog Categories** (2-3): Industry-standard classification
- **Social Hashtags** (5-10): Industry-specific with trending terms
- **Reading Time**: Calculated from word count (200 words/minute)
- **Focus Keyword**: Main SEO keyword selection
#### Metadata Personalization
Metadata is dynamically tailored based on:
- Research keywords and search intent
- Target audience and industry
- SEO analysis recommendations
- Blog content structure and outline
- Tone and writing style preferences
### Social Media Optimization
#### Open Graph Tags
- **og:title**: Optimized for social sharing
- **og:description**: Compelling social preview text
- **og:image**: Recommended image dimensions and sources
- **og:type**: Article/blog classification
- **og:url**: Canonical URL reference
#### Twitter Cards
- **twitter:card**: Summary card with large image support
- **twitter:title**: Concise, engaging headline
- **twitter:description**: Twitter-optimized summary
- **twitter:image**: Twitter-specific image optimization
- **twitter:site**: Website Twitter handle integration
### Structured Data (Schema.org)
#### Article Schema
```json
{
"@context": "https://schema.org",
"@type": "BlogPosting",
"headline": "SEO-optimized title",
"description": "Meta description",
"author": {
"@type": "Organization",
"name": "Your Brand"
},
"datePublished": "2025-01-20",
"dateModified": "2025-01-20",
"mainEntityOfPage": {
"@type": "WebPage"
}
}
```
#### Additional Schema Types
- **Organization Markup**: Brand and publisher information
- **Breadcrumb Schema**: Navigation structure for rich snippets
- **FAQ Schema**: Q&A structured data for featured snippets
- **Review Schema**: Ratings and review markup
### Multi-Format Export
Phase 5 outputs metadata in multiple formats for different platforms:
#### HTML Meta Tags
```html
<meta property="og:title" content="AI in Medical Diagnosis: Transforming Healthcare">
<meta name="description" content="Discover how AI is revolutionizing medical diagnosis...">
<meta name="keywords" content="AI healthcare, medical diagnosis, healthcare technology">
```
#### JSON-LD Structured Data
Ready-to-paste structured data for search engines
#### WordPress Export
WordPress-specific format with Yoast SEO compatibility
#### Wix Integration
Direct Wix blog API format for seamless publishing
## Analysis Results
### Phase 4 Output Structure
Phase 4 returns comprehensive analysis results:
```json
{
"overall_score": 82,
"grade": "Good",
"category_scores": {
"structure": 85,
"keywords": 88,
"readability": 78,
"quality": 80,
"headings": 84
},
"actionable_recommendations": [
{
"category": "Structure",
"priority": "High",
"recommendation": "Add H2 subheadings to improve scannability",
"impact": "Better keyword distribution and user experience"
},
{
"category": "Readability",
"priority": "Medium",
"recommendation": "Simplify complex sentences (average 20 words)",
"impact": "Improved readability score and engagement"
}
],
"keyword_analysis": {
"primary_keyword_density": 1.2,
"semantic_keyword_count": 15,
"long_tail_usage": 8,
"optimization_status": "Good"
}
}
```
## Use Cases for Different Audiences
### For Technical Content Writers
**Scenario**: Creating a technical deep-dive on "React Server Components"
**Phase 4 Delivers**:
- Structure score analysis: Identifies need for more code examples in H3 sections
- Readability assessment: Detects overly complex technical jargon
- Keyword optimization: Suggests semantic keywords like "React SSR" and "Next.js 13"
- Actionable fix: "Add 'why it matters' explanations for React Server Component concepts"
**Phase 5 Delivers**:
- SEO title: "React Server Components Explained: Complete 2025 Guide"
- Meta description: Includes CTA like "Master RSC implementation with practical examples"
- JSON-LD: Code schema markup for search engine code indexing
- Social tags: #React #WebDevelopment #Programming
**Value**: Technical content optimized for both search engines and developer audiences
### For Solopreneurs
**Scenario**: Blog on "Starting an Online Course Business"
**Phase 4 Delivers**:
- Quality score: Identifies missing CTA elements in conclusion
- Readability: Highlights need to simplify business jargon
- Keyword gaps: Discovers missing long-tail "online course pricing strategy"
- High-priority fix: "Add specific revenue examples to build credibility"
**Phase 5 Delivers**:
- SEO title: "Start Online Course Business: Ultimate 2025 Guide" (56 chars)
- Social hashtags: #OnlineCourses #PassiveIncome #Entrepreneurship
- Schema.org: EducationalCourse schema for course-related rich snippets
- Reading time: "15 minutes" for appropriate audience expectation
**Value**: Professional SEO without hiring expensive consultants
### For Digital Marketing & SEO Professionals
**Scenario**: Strategy content on "Local SEO for Small Businesses"
**Phase 4 Delivers**:
- Comprehensive scoring across all 5 categories with detailed breakdown
- Competitor analysis integration from Phase 1 research
- High-priority recommendations: "Missing Google Business Profile optimization section"
- Metrics: Keyword density at 0.9%, target 1.5-2% for competitive keywords
**Phase 5 Delivers**:
- Complete metadata package with local SEO schema markup
- Location-based Open Graph tags for local business visibility
- Multi-format export for WordPress with Yoast compatibility
- Structured data including LocalBusiness schema for local SERP features
**Value**: Enterprise-grade SEO optimization with detailed analytics
## Best Practices
### Phase 4: SEO Analysis Best Practices
#### Pre-Analysis Preparation
1. **Complete Content**: Ensure all sections are finalized before analysis
2. **Research Integration**: Verify Phase 1 research data includes keywords
3. **Word Count**: Target 1000-3000 words for optimal SEO analysis
4. **Structure Review**: Confirm proper heading hierarchy (H1, H2, H3)
5. **Content Quality**: Ensure content is factually accurate and complete
#### Using "Apply Recommendations"
1. **Review First**: Always review recommendations before applying
2. **Selective Application**: Consider applying high-priority fixes first
3. **Edit After**: Manually refine AI-applied changes for your voice
4. **Preserve Intent**: Verify AI preserved your original meaning
5. **Re-Analyze**: Run Phase 4 again after applying to track improvement
### Phase 5: Metadata Generation Best Practices
#### Metadata Optimization
1. **Title Length**: Keep SEO titles to 50-60 characters for SERP display
2. **Meta Descriptions**: Write 150-160 character descriptions with CTA in first 120 chars
3. **Keyword Placement**: Front-load primary keyword in title and first 120 chars of description
4. **Uniqueness**: Ensure metadata is unique for each blog post
5. **Brand Consistency**: Include brand name where appropriate without exceeding length limits
#### Social Media Optimization
1. **Image Planning**: Prepare 1200x630px images for Open Graph sharing
2. **Twitter Cards**: Ensure Twitter Card images are 1200x600px minimum
3. **Hashtag Strategy**: Mix industry-specific, trending, and branded hashtags
4. **Platform-Specific**: Review Open Graph vs Twitter Card differences
5. **Testing**: Use Facebook Debugger and Twitter Card Validator before publishing
### SEO Workflow Integration
#### Phase 4 to Phase 5 Flow
1. **Score First**: Always complete Phase 4 analysis before metadata generation
2. **Apply Fixes**: Use "Apply Recommendations" to improve scores to 80+
3. **Generate Metadata**: Run Phase 5 with optimized content
4. **Review Metadata**: Verify metadata reflects SEO improvements
5. **Export & Publish**: Copy metadata formats for your platform
#### Performance Optimization
1. **Cache Utilization**: Leverage research caching from Phase 1 for related topics
2. **Batch Analysis**: Analyze multiple blog drafts in one session to improve learning
3. **Score Tracking**: Monitor SEO score trends across multiple posts
4. **A/B Testing**: Test different metadata variations for CTR optimization
5. **Analytics Integration**: Connect to Google Analytics/Search Console post-publish
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues & Solutions
#### Low SEO Scores (< 70)
**Problem**: Overall SEO score below 70 or grade showing "Needs Improvement"
**Solutions**:
- **Check Category Scores**: Review individual category breakdowns to identify weak areas
- **Apply High-Priority Recommendations**: Focus on critical fixes first
- **Verify Content Length**: Ensure 1000+ words for comprehensive analysis
- **Review Heading Structure**: Confirm proper H1/H2/H3 hierarchy
- **Re-run Analysis**: After fixing issues, re-analyze to track improvements
#### Keyword Analysis Issues
**Problem**: Low keyword scores or missing keyword recommendations
**Solutions**:
- **Verify Phase 1 Research**: Ensure Phase 1 keyword analysis completed successfully
- **Check Keyword Density**: Primary keyword should be 1-2% of total content
- **Review Placement**: Ensure keywords appear in title, first paragraph, and subheadings
- **Add Semantic Keywords**: Integrate related terms naturally throughout content
- **Consider Long-Tail**: Include 3-5 long-tail keyword variations
#### "Apply Recommendations" Not Working
**Problem**: Content doesn't update or changes seem minimal
**Solutions**:
- **Check Recommendations**: Verify actionable recommendations are actually present
- **Review Normalization**: Check if AI properly matched section IDs
- **Refresh UI**: Try closing and reopening the SEO Analysis modal
- **Manual Review**: Compare original vs. updated sections for subtle changes
- **Re-Analyze**: Run Phase 4 again to see if scores improved
#### Metadata Generation Issues
**Problem**: Phase 5 generates incomplete or low-quality metadata
**Solutions**:
- **Content Completeness**: Ensure blog content is finalized before metadata generation
- **Title/Slug Issues**: Generate metadata after choosing final blog title
- **Length Constraints**: Verify SEO titles (50-60) and descriptions (150-160) are respected
- **Re-run Phase 5**: If results are suboptimal, regenerate with clearer content
- **Manual Refinement**: Edit generated metadata for brand voice consistency
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **[Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md)**: Complete 6-phase walkthrough
- **[Blog Writer Overview](overview.md)**: Overview of all phases
- **[API Reference](api-reference.md)**: Technical API documentation
- **[Best Practices](../../guides/best-practices.md)**: Advanced optimization tips
#### Performance Tips
- **Batch Processing**: Analyze multiple drafts in one session for efficiency
- **Cache Benefits**: Reuse research from Phase 1 to speed up workflow
- **Score Tracking**: Monitor SEO improvements across multiple blog posts
- **Metadata Testing**: Use Facebook Debugger and Twitter Card Validator
- **Analytics Setup**: Connect Google Analytics/Search Console for post-publish tracking
---
## Next Steps
Now that you understand Phase 4 & 5, explore the complete workflow:
- **[Phase 1: Research](research.md)** - Comprehensive research capabilities
- **[Complete Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md)** - End-to-end 6-phase walkthrough
- **[Blog Writer Overview](overview.md)** - All phases overview
- **[Getting Started Guide](../../getting-started/quick-start.md)** - Quick start for new users
---
*Ready to optimize your content for search engines? Check out the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) to see how Phase 4 & 5 integrate into the complete blog creation process!*

898
docs-site/docs/features/blog-writer/workflow-guide.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,898 @@
# Blog Writer Workflow Guide
A comprehensive guide to using the ALwrity Blog Writer, from initial research to published content. This guide walks you through each phase of the blog writing process with practical examples and best practices.
## 🎯 Overview
The ALwrity Blog Writer follows a sophisticated 6-phase workflow designed to create high-quality, SEO-optimized blog content:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
A[Start: Keywords & Topic] --> B[Phase 1: Research & Strategy]
B --> C[Phase 2: Intelligent Outline]
C --> D[Phase 3: Content Generation]
D --> E[Phase 4: SEO Analysis]
E --> F[Phase 5: SEO Metadata]
F --> G[Phase 6: Publish & Distribute]
B --> B1[Google Search Grounding]
B --> B2[Competitor Analysis]
B --> B3[Research Caching]
C --> C1[AI Outline Generation]
C --> C2[Source Mapping]
C --> C3[Title Generation]
D --> D1[Section-by-Section Writing]
D --> D2[Context Memory]
D --> D3[Flow Analysis]
E --> E1[SEO Scoring]
E --> E2[Actionable Recommendations]
E --> E3[AI-Powered Refinement]
F --> F1[Comprehensive Metadata]
F --> F2[Open Graph & Twitter Cards]
F --> F3[Schema.org Markup]
G --> G1[Multi-Platform Publishing]
G --> G2[Scheduling]
G --> G3[Version Management]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#e8f5e8
style C fill:#fff3e0
style D fill:#fce4ec
style E fill:#f1f8e9
style F fill:#e0f2f1
style G fill:#f3e5f5
```
## ⏱️ Timeline Overview
Each phase has specific time requirements and dependencies:
```mermaid
gantt
title Blog Writing Workflow Timeline
dateFormat X
axisFormat %M:%S
section Phase 1 Research
Keyword Analysis :0, 10
Google Search :10, 40
Source Extraction :30, 50
Competitor Analysis :40, 60
Research Caching :50, 60
section Phase 2 Outline
AI Structure Planning :60, 80
Section Definition :75, 90
Source Mapping :85, 100
Title Generation :95, 110
section Phase 3 Content
Section 1 Writing :110, 140
Section 2 Writing :130, 160
Section 3 Writing :150, 180
Context Continuity :170, 200
section Phase 4 SEO
Parallel Analysis :200, 215
AI Scoring :210, 230
Recommendations :220, 235
Apply Refinement :230, 250
section Phase 5 Metadata
Core Metadata :250, 265
Social Tags :260, 275
Schema Markup :270, 285
section Phase 6 Publish
Platform Setup :285, 295
Content Publishing :290, 310
Verification :305, 320
```
## 📋 Prerequisites
Before starting, ensure you have:
- **API Access**: Valid ALwrity API key
- **Research Keywords**: 3-5 relevant keywords for your topic
- **Target Audience**: Clear understanding of your audience
- **Content Goals**: Defined objectives for your blog post
- **Word Count Target**: Desired length (typically 1000-3000 words)
## 🔍 Phase 1: Research & Strategy
### Step 1: Initiate Research
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/research/start`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"keywords": ["artificial intelligence", "healthcare", "medical diagnosis"],
"topic": "AI in Medical Diagnosis",
"industry": "Healthcare Technology",
"target_audience": "Healthcare professionals and medical researchers",
"tone": "Professional and authoritative",
"word_count_target": 2000,
"persona": {
"persona_id": "healthcare_professional",
"tone": "authoritative",
"audience": "healthcare professionals",
"industry": "healthcare"
}
}
```
**What Happens**:
1. **Keyword Analysis**: AI analyzes your keywords for search intent and relevance
2. **Web Search**: Google Search grounding finds current, credible sources
3. **Source Collection**: Gathers 10-20 high-quality research sources
4. **Competitor Analysis**: Identifies competing content and gaps
5. **Research Caching**: Stores results for future use
**Expected Duration**: 30-60 seconds
### Step 2: Monitor Research Progress
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/blog/research/status/{task_id}`
**Progress Messages**:
- "🔍 Starting research operation..."
- "📋 Checking cache for existing research..."
- "🌐 Conducting web search..."
- "📊 Analyzing sources..."
- "✅ Research completed successfully! Found 15 sources and 8 search queries."
**Success Indicators**:
- `status: "completed"`
- 10+ credible sources
- Comprehensive keyword analysis
- Identified content gaps and opportunities
### Step 3: Review Research Results
**Key Data Points**:
- **Sources**: Credible, recent research materials
- **Keyword Analysis**: Primary and secondary keywords
- **Competitor Analysis**: Top competing content
- **Suggested Angles**: Unique content opportunities
- **Search Queries**: AI-generated search terms
**Quality Checklist**:
- ✅ Sources are recent (within 2 years)
- ✅ High credibility scores (0.8+)
- ✅ Diverse source types (academic, industry, government)
- ✅ Relevant to your target audience
- ✅ Covers multiple aspects of your topic
## 📝 Phase 2: Intelligent Outline
### Step 1: Generate Outline
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/outline/start`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"research": {
"success": true,
"sources": [...],
"keyword_analysis": {...},
"competitor_analysis": {...},
"suggested_angles": [...],
"search_queries": [...],
"grounding_metadata": {...}
},
"persona": {
"persona_id": "healthcare_professional",
"tone": "authoritative",
"audience": "healthcare professionals",
"industry": "healthcare"
},
"word_count": 2000,
"custom_instructions": "Focus on practical implementation examples and case studies"
}
```
**What Happens**:
1. **Content Structure Planning**: Creates logical flow and organization
2. **Section Definition**: Defines headings, subheadings, and key points
3. **Source Mapping**: Maps research sources to specific sections
4. **Word Count Distribution**: Optimizes word count across sections
5. **Title Generation**: Creates multiple compelling title options
**Expected Duration**: 15-30 seconds
### Step 2: Review Generated Outline
**Key Components**:
- **Title Options**: 3-5 compelling, SEO-optimized titles
- **Outline Sections**: 5-8 well-structured sections
- **Source Mapping**: Research sources mapped to sections
- **Word Distribution**: Balanced word count across sections
- **Quality Metrics**: Overall outline quality score
**Quality Checklist**:
- ✅ Logical content flow and progression
- ✅ Balanced word count distribution
- ✅ Strong source coverage (80%+ sources mapped)
- ✅ SEO-optimized headings and structure
- ✅ Engaging title options
### Step 3: Refine Outline (Optional)
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/outline/refine`
**Common Refinements**:
- **Enhance Flow**: Improve section transitions
- **Optimize Structure**: Better heading hierarchy
- **Rebalance Word Count**: Adjust section lengths
- **Add Sections**: Include missing content areas
- **Improve SEO**: Better keyword distribution
### 🖼️ Generate Images for Sections (Optional)
While in Phase 2, you can generate images for your outline sections.
**How It Works:**
1. Click the **"🖼️ Generate Image"** button on any section in the outline
2. Image modal opens with auto-generated prompt based on section heading
3. Click **"Suggest Prompt"** for AI-optimized suggestions
4. Optionally open **"Advanced Image Options"** for custom settings
5. Choose provider: Stability AI, Hugging Face, or Gemini
6. Generate and images auto-insert into outline and metadata
**Best Practices:**
- Generate images during outline review
- Use specific, descriptive prompts
- Match image style to your brand
- Generate multiple variations if needed
**Image Features:**
- Provider selection (Stability AI, Hugging Face, Gemini)
- Aspect ratio options (1:1, 16:9, 4:3)
- Style customization
- Auto-prompt suggestions
- Platform-optimized outputs
## ✍️ Phase 3: Content Generation
### Step 1: Generate Section Content
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/section/generate`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"section": {
"id": "intro",
"heading": "Introduction: AI Revolution in Medical Diagnosis",
"subheadings": [
"Current State of Medical Diagnosis",
"The Promise of AI Technology"
],
"key_points": [
"AI adoption rates in healthcare",
"Key benefits of AI diagnosis",
"Overview of current applications"
],
"references": [...],
"target_words": 300,
"keywords": ["AI healthcare", "medical diagnosis", "healthcare technology"]
},
"keywords": ["AI healthcare", "medical diagnosis"],
"tone": "professional",
"persona": {
"persona_id": "healthcare_professional",
"tone": "authoritative",
"audience": "healthcare professionals",
"industry": "healthcare"
},
"mode": "polished"
}
```
**What Happens**:
1. **Content Generation**: AI writes section content based on outline
2. **Citation Integration**: Automatically includes source citations
3. **Continuity Tracking**: Maintains content flow and consistency
4. **Quality Assurance**: Implements quality checks during generation
**Expected Duration**: 20-40 seconds per section
### Step 2: Review Generated Content
**Key Components**:
- **Markdown Content**: Well-formatted, engaging content
- **Citations**: Properly integrated source references
- **Continuity Metrics**: Content flow and consistency scores
- **Quality Scores**: Readability and engagement metrics
**Quality Checklist**:
- ✅ Meets target word count (±10%)
- ✅ Includes relevant citations
- ✅ Maintains professional tone
- ✅ Good readability score (70+)
- ✅ Proper keyword integration
### Step 3: Generate Remaining Sections
Repeat the process for each outline section:
1. **Introduction** (300 words)
2. **Key Applications** (500 words)
3. **Benefits and Challenges** (400 words)
4. **Implementation Strategies** (500 words)
5. **Future Outlook** (300 words)
**Pro Tips**:
- Generate sections in order for better continuity
- Review each section before proceeding
- Use continuity metrics to ensure flow
- Adjust tone and style as needed
### Advanced Features in Phase 3
#### ✨ Assistive Writing (Continue Writing)
As you write in any blog section, the AI provides contextual suggestions to help you continue.
**How It Works:**
1. Type 20+ words in any section
2. First suggestion appears automatically below your cursor
3. Click **"Accept"** to insert or **"Dismiss"** to skip
4. Click **"✍️ Continue Writing"** to request more suggestions
5. Suggestions include source citations when available
**Benefits:**
- Real-time writing assistance
- Context-aware continuations
- Source-backed suggestions
- Cost-optimized (first auto, then manual)
#### Quick Edit Options
Select text to access quick edit options in the context menu:
**Available Quick Edits:**
- **✏️ Improve**: Enhance readability and engagement
- **➕ Add Transition**: Insert transitional phrases (Furthermore, Additionally, Moreover)
- **📏 Shorten**: Condense while maintaining meaning
- **📝 Expand**: Add explanatory content and insights
- **💼 Professionalize**: Make more formal (convert contractions, improve tone)
- **📊 Add Data**: Insert statistical backing statements
**How It Works:**
1. Select any text in your blog content
2. Context menu appears near your cursor
3. Choose a quick edit option
4. Text updates instantly
**Best For:**
- Improving flow between sentences
- Adjusting tone and formality
- Adding supporting statements
- Professionalizing casual language
#### 🔍 Fact-Checking
Verify claims and facts in your content with AI-powered checking.
**How It Works:**
1. Select any paragraph or claim text
2. Right-click or use the context menu
3. Click **"🔍 Fact Check"**
4. Wait 15-30 seconds for analysis
5. Review detailed results with supporting/refuting sources
6. Click **"Apply Fix"** to insert source links if needed
**What Gets Analyzed:**
- Verifiable claims and statements
- Statistical data and percentages
- Dates, names, and events
- Industry-specific facts
**Results Include:**
- Claim-by-claim confidence scores
- Supporting evidence URLs
- Refuting sources (if applicable)
- Overall factual accuracy score
## 🔍 Phase 4: SEO Analysis
### Step 1: Perform SEO Analysis
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/seo/analyze`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"content": "# AI in Medical Diagnosis\n\nComplete blog content here...",
"blog_title": "AI in Medical Diagnosis: Transforming Healthcare Through Technology",
"keywords": ["AI healthcare", "medical diagnosis", "healthcare technology"],
"research_data": {
"sources": [...],
"keyword_analysis": {...},
"competitor_analysis": {...}
}
}
```
**What Happens**:
1. **Content Structure Analysis**: Evaluates heading hierarchy and organization
2. **Keyword Optimization**: Analyzes keyword density and placement
3. **Readability Assessment**: Checks content readability and flow
4. **SEO Scoring**: Generates comprehensive SEO scores
5. **Recommendation Generation**: Provides actionable optimization suggestions
**Expected Duration**: 10-20 seconds
### Step 2: Review SEO Analysis
**Key Metrics**:
- **Overall SEO Score**: 0-100 (aim for 80+)
- **Keyword Density**: Optimal range (1-3%)
- **Readability Score**: Flesch Reading Ease (aim for 70+)
- **Structure Analysis**: Heading hierarchy and organization
- **Recommendations**: Specific improvement suggestions
**Quality Checklist**:
- ✅ SEO score above 80
- ✅ Optimal keyword density
- ✅ Good readability score
- ✅ Proper heading structure
- ✅ Actionable recommendations
### Step 3: Apply SEO Recommendations (Optional)
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/seo/apply-recommendations`
Use the "Apply Recommendations" button to automatically improve your content based on SEO analysis. The AI will:
- Optimize keyword density and placement
- Improve content structure and headings
- Enhance readability and flow
- Maintain your original voice and intent
**Expected Duration**: 20-40 seconds
## 📝 Phase 5: SEO Metadata
### Step 1: Generate Core Metadata
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/seo/metadata`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"content": "# AI in Medical Diagnosis\n\nComplete blog content here...",
"title": "AI in Medical Diagnosis: Transforming Healthcare Through Technology",
"keywords": ["AI healthcare", "medical diagnosis", "healthcare technology"],
"research_data": {
"sources": [...],
"keyword_analysis": {...}
}
}
```
**What Happens** (First AI Call):
1. **SEO Title**: Optimized for search engines (50-60 chars)
2. **Meta Description**: Compelling description with CTA (150-160 chars)
3. **URL Slug**: Clean, hyphenated, keyword-rich (3-5 words)
4. **Blog Tags**: Mix of primary, semantic, and long-tail keywords (5-8)
5. **Blog Categories**: Industry-standard classification (2-3)
6. **Social Hashtags**: Industry-specific with trending terms (5-10)
7. **Reading Time**: Calculated from word count
**Expected Duration**: 10-15 seconds
### Step 2: Generate Social Media & Schema Metadata
**What Happens** (Second AI Call):
1. **Open Graph Tags**: Optimized for Facebook/LinkedIn sharing
2. **Twitter Cards**: Twitter-specific optimization
3. **JSON-LD Schema**: Structured data for search engines
4. **Multi-Format Export**: WordPress, Wix, HTML, JSON-LD ready formats
**Generated Metadata Output**:
- **Core Elements**: Title, description, URL slug, tags, categories
- **Social Optimization**: Open Graph and Twitter Card tags
- **Structured Data**: Article schema with author, dates, organization
- **Platform Formats**: Copy-ready for WordPress, Wix, custom
**Expected Duration**: 10-15 seconds
### Step 3: Review & Export Metadata
**Quality Checklist**:
- ✅ SEO title is 50-60 characters with primary keyword
- ✅ Meta description includes CTA in first 120 chars
- ✅ URL slug is clean, readable, and keyword-rich
- ✅ Tags and categories are relevant and varied
- ✅ Social tags are optimized for each platform
- ✅ Schema markup is valid JSON-LD
**Export Options**:
- Copy HTML meta tags directly to your platform
- Export JSON-LD for search engines
- WordPress-ready format with Yoast compatibility
- Wix integration format
## 🚀 Phase 6: Publish & Distribute
### Step 1: Prepare for Publishing
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/blog/publish`
**Request Example**:
```json
{
"platform": "wordpress",
"html": "<h1>AI in Medical Diagnosis</h1><p>Content here...</p>",
"metadata": {
"seo_title": "AI in Medical Diagnosis: Transforming Healthcare Through Technology",
"meta_description": "Discover how AI is transforming medical diagnosis...",
"url_slug": "ai-medical-diagnosis-healthcare-technology",
"blog_tags": ["AI healthcare", "medical diagnosis", "healthcare technology"],
"blog_categories": ["Healthcare Technology", "Artificial Intelligence"],
"social_hashtags": ["#AIHealthcare", "#MedicalAI", "#HealthTech"]
},
"schedule_time": "2024-01-20T09:00:00Z"
}
```
**What Happens**:
1. **Platform Integration**: Connects to WordPress or Wix
2. **Content Formatting**: Formats content for target platform
3. **Metadata Application**: Applies SEO metadata and tags
4. **Publishing**: Publishes content or schedules for later
**Expected Duration**: 5-15 seconds
### Step 2: Verify Publication
**Success Indicators**:
- ✅ Content published successfully
- ✅ SEO metadata applied correctly
- ✅ Social media tags included
- ✅ URL generated and accessible
- ✅ Scheduled publication confirmed (if applicable)
## 🔄 Blog Rewrite Workflow
The Blog Writer includes a sophisticated rewrite system for content improvement:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
Start([User Provides Feedback]) --> Analyze[Analyze Original Content]
Analyze --> Extract[Extract Improvement Areas]
Extract --> Plan[Plan Rewrite Strategy]
Plan --> Preserve[Preserve Core Elements]
Plan --> Enhance[Enhance Identified Areas]
Plan --> Add[Add New Elements]
Preserve --> Structure[Maintain Structure]
Preserve --> Arguments[Keep Main Arguments]
Preserve --> Data[Preserve Key Data]
Enhance --> Engagement[Improve Engagement]
Enhance --> Clarity[Enhance Clarity]
Enhance --> Examples[Add Examples]
Add --> Hook[Compelling Hook]
Add --> Transitions[Better Transitions]
Add --> CTA[Strong Call-to-Action]
Structure --> Rewrite[Generate Rewritten Content]
Arguments --> Rewrite
Data --> Rewrite
Engagement --> Rewrite
Clarity --> Rewrite
Examples --> Rewrite
Hook --> Rewrite
Transitions --> Rewrite
CTA --> Rewrite
Rewrite --> Quality[Quality Assessment]
Quality --> Compare[Compare Improvements]
Compare --> Final[Final Review]
Final --> Complete([Enhanced Blog])
style Start fill:#e3f2fd
style Analyze fill:#e8f5e8
style Plan fill:#fff3e0
style Rewrite fill:#fce4ec
style Quality fill:#f1f8e9
style Complete fill:#e1f5fe
```
## 🔀 Workflow Decision Tree
The Blog Writer adapts its workflow based on your specific needs:
```mermaid
flowchart TD
Start([Start Blog Creation]) --> Input{What's your content goal?}
Input -->|Quick Content| Quick[Medium Blog Generation<br/>≤1000 words]
Input -->|Comprehensive Content| Full[Full Blog Workflow<br/>1000+ words]
Input -->|Content Improvement| Rewrite[Blog Rewriting<br/>Based on feedback]
Quick --> QuickResearch[Basic Research]
QuickResearch --> QuickOutline[Simple Outline]
QuickOutline --> QuickContent[Single-pass Generation]
QuickContent --> QuickSEO[Basic SEO]
QuickSEO --> QuickPublish[Publish]
Full --> FullResearch[Comprehensive Research]
FullResearch --> FullOutline[Detailed Outline]
FullOutline --> FullContent[Section-by-Section]
FullContent --> FullSEO[Advanced SEO]
FullSEO --> FullQA[Quality Assurance]
FullQA --> FullPublish[Publish]
Rewrite --> RewriteAnalysis[Analyze Current Content]
RewriteAnalysis --> RewriteFeedback[Apply User Feedback]
RewriteFeedback --> RewriteImprove[Improve Content]
RewriteImprove --> RewriteQA[Quality Check]
RewriteQA --> RewritePublish[Publish Updated]
style Start fill:#e3f2fd
style Quick fill:#e8f5e8
style Full fill:#fff3e0
style Rewrite fill:#fce4ec
style QuickPublish fill:#e1f5fe
style FullPublish fill:#e1f5fe
style RewritePublish fill:#e1f5fe
```
## 🔄 Blog Rewrite Workflow
### When to Use Blog Rewrite
The Blog Rewrite feature is ideal when you need to:
- **Improve Engagement**: Make content more compelling and reader-friendly
- **Add Examples**: Include specific, relevant examples and case studies
- **Enhance Clarity**: Improve readability and reduce complexity
- **Update Information**: Incorporate new data or recent developments
- **Refine Tone**: Adjust the writing style for different audiences
- **Optimize Structure**: Improve flow and logical progression
### Rewrite Process
#### Step 1: Provide Feedback
```json
{
"user_feedback": {
"improvements_needed": [
"Make the introduction more engaging",
"Add more specific examples",
"Improve the conclusion"
],
"target_audience": "healthcare professionals",
"tone": "professional",
"focus_areas": ["engagement", "examples", "clarity"]
}
}
```
#### Step 2: Configure Rewrite Options
```json
{
"rewrite_options": {
"preserve_structure": true,
"enhance_engagement": true,
"add_examples": true,
"improve_clarity": true
}
}
```
#### Step 3: Monitor Progress
- **Started**: Task initiated successfully
- **Analyzing**: Reviewing original content and feedback
- **Planning**: Developing rewrite strategy
- **Rewriting**: Generating improved content
- **Reviewing**: Final quality assessment
- **Completed**: Enhanced content ready
#### Step 4: Review Results
The rewrite system provides:
- **Original vs. Rewritten Content**: Side-by-side comparison
- **Improvements Made**: Detailed list of enhancements
- **Quality Metrics**: Before/after scores for engagement, readability, clarity
- **Preserved Elements**: What was maintained from the original
- **New Elements**: What was added or enhanced
### Rewrite Best Practices
#### Effective Feedback
- **Be Specific**: Instead of "make it better," specify "add more healthcare examples"
- **Focus Areas**: Identify 2-3 key areas for improvement
- **Target Audience**: Clearly define who will read the content
- **Tone Guidelines**: Specify the desired writing style
#### Quality Expectations
- **Engagement Score**: Target 0.85+ for compelling content
- **Readability Score**: Target 0.80+ for clear communication
- **Clarity Score**: Target 0.90+ for professional content
- **Overall Improvement**: Expect 15-25% improvement in quality metrics
#### Common Use Cases
1. **Content Refresh**: Update existing blog posts with new information
2. **Audience Adaptation**: Modify content for different reader groups
3. **Engagement Boost**: Make technical content more accessible
4. **SEO Enhancement**: Improve content for better search rankings
5. **Brand Alignment**: Adjust tone to match brand voice
## 🎯 Best Practices
### Research Phase
- **Use Specific Keywords**: Avoid overly broad terms
- **Define Clear Audience**: Be specific about target readers
- **Set Realistic Word Count**: 1000-3000 words typically optimal
- **Review Source Quality**: Ensure credible, recent sources
### Outline Phase
- **Review Title Options**: Choose the most compelling and SEO-friendly
- **Check Section Balance**: Ensure even word count distribution
- **Verify Source Mapping**: Confirm good source coverage
- **Refine as Needed**: Use refinement tools for better structure
### Content Generation
- **Generate in Order**: Maintain content flow and continuity
- **Review Each Section**: Check quality before proceeding
- **Monitor Continuity**: Use continuity metrics for consistency
- **Adjust Tone**: Ensure consistent voice throughout
### SEO Optimization
- **Aim for High Scores**: Target SEO score above 80
- **Optimize Keywords**: Ensure proper density and placement
- **Improve Readability**: Target Flesch score above 70
- **Follow Recommendations**: Implement suggested improvements
### Quality Assurance
- **Verify Facts**: Ensure high factual accuracy
- **Check Sources**: Confirm good source coverage
- **Review Quality**: Aim for quality score above 85
- **Address Issues**: Fix any identified problems
### Publishing
- **Choose Right Platform**: Select appropriate publishing platform
- **Apply Metadata**: Ensure all SEO metadata is included
- **Schedule Strategically**: Publish at optimal times
- **Verify Results**: Confirm successful publication
## 🚨 Common Issues & Solutions
### Research Issues
**Problem**: Low-quality sources
**Solution**: Refine keywords, adjust topic focus, increase word count target
**Problem**: Insufficient research data
**Solution**: Add more keywords, broaden topic scope, adjust target audience
### Outline Issues
**Problem**: Poor section structure
**Solution**: Use outline refinement, adjust custom instructions, review research data
**Problem**: Unbalanced word distribution
**Solution**: Use rebalance outline feature, adjust target word counts
### Content Issues
**Problem**: Low continuity scores
**Solution**: Generate sections in order, review continuity metrics, adjust tone
**Problem**: Poor readability
**Solution**: Use content optimization, simplify language, improve structure
### SEO Issues
**Problem**: Low SEO scores
**Solution**: Improve keyword density, enhance structure, follow recommendations
**Problem**: Poor readability scores
**Solution**: Simplify sentences, improve paragraph structure, use shorter words
### Quality Issues
**Problem**: Low factual accuracy
**Solution**: Review sources, improve citations, verify claims
**Problem**: Poor source coverage
**Solution**: Add more research sources, improve source mapping, enhance citations
## 📊 Performance Metrics
### Target Metrics Visualization
```mermaid
pie title Quality Metrics Distribution
"Research Quality (25%)" : 25
"Content Quality (30%)" : 30
"SEO Performance (20%)" : 20
"Factual Accuracy (15%)" : 15
"Readability (10%)" : 10
```
### Performance Dashboard
```mermaid
graph LR
subgraph "Research Phase"
R1[Sources: 10+]
R2[Credibility: 0.8+]
R3[Coverage: 80%+]
end
subgraph "Outline Phase"
O1[Structure: Optimal]
O2[Balance: Even]
O3[SEO: Optimized]
end
subgraph "Content Phase"
C1[Quality: 85+]
C2[Readability: 70+]
C3[Continuity: 90+]
end
subgraph "SEO Phase"
S1[Score: 80+]
S2[Keywords: Optimal]
S3[Structure: Good]
end
subgraph "Quality Phase"
Q1[Accuracy: 90+]
Q2[Sources: 80%+]
Q3[Facts: Verified]
end
R1 --> O1
R2 --> O2
R3 --> O3
O1 --> C1
O2 --> C2
O3 --> C3
C1 --> S1
C2 --> S2
C3 --> S3
S1 --> Q1
S2 --> Q2
S3 --> Q3
style R1 fill:#e8f5e8
style R2 fill:#e8f5e8
style R3 fill:#e8f5e8
style O1 fill:#fff3e0
style O2 fill:#fff3e0
style O3 fill:#fff3e0
style C1 fill:#fce4ec
style C2 fill:#fce4ec
style C3 fill:#fce4ec
style S1 fill:#f1f8e9
style S2 fill:#f1f8e9
style S3 fill:#f1f8e9
style Q1 fill:#e0f2f1
style Q2 fill:#e0f2f1
style Q3 fill:#e0f2f1
```
### Target Metrics
- **Research Quality**: 10+ credible sources, 0.8+ credibility scores
- **Outline Quality**: 80%+ source coverage, balanced word distribution
- **Content Quality**: 85+ quality score, 70+ readability score
- **SEO Performance**: 80+ SEO score, optimal keyword density
- **Factual Accuracy**: 90%+ accuracy, 80%+ source coverage
### Monitoring
- **Track Progress**: Monitor each phase completion
- **Review Metrics**: Check quality scores at each step
- **Address Issues**: Fix problems as they arise
- **Optimize Continuously**: Use feedback for improvement
---
*This workflow guide provides a comprehensive approach to using the ALwrity Blog Writer effectively. For technical details, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md) and [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md).*

328
docs-site/docs/features/content-strategy/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
# Content Strategy Overview
ALwrity's Content Strategy module is the brain of your content marketing efforts, providing AI-powered strategic planning, persona development, and content calendar generation to help you create a comprehensive, data-driven content marketing strategy.
## What is Content Strategy?
Content strategy is the planning, development, and management of content to achieve specific business objectives. ALwrity's AI-powered approach transforms complex strategic planning into an automated, intelligent process that delivers measurable results.
### Key Components
- **Strategic Planning**: AI-generated content strategies based on your business goals
- **Persona Development**: Detailed buyer personas created from data analysis
- **Content Planning**: Comprehensive content calendars and topic clusters
- **Performance Tracking**: Analytics and optimization recommendations
- **Competitive Analysis**: Market positioning and gap identification
## AI-Powered Strategic Planning
### Intelligent Strategy Generation
ALwrity analyzes your business information, target audience, and goals to create a comprehensive content strategy:
#### Business Analysis
- **Industry Research**: Deep analysis of your industry landscape
- **Competitive Positioning**: Understanding your market position
- **Opportunity Identification**: Finding content gaps and opportunities
- **Goal Alignment**: Ensuring content supports business objectives
#### Audience Intelligence
- **Demographic Analysis**: Age, gender, location, income analysis
- **Psychographic Profiling**: Interests, values, lifestyle insights
- **Behavioral Patterns**: Online behavior and content consumption habits
- **Pain Point Mapping**: Identifying audience challenges and needs
#### Content Planning
- **Topic Clusters**: Organized content themes and relationships
- **Content Mix**: Balanced variety of content types and formats
- **Publishing Schedule**: Optimal timing and frequency recommendations
- **Distribution Strategy**: Multi-channel content distribution plan
### Strategic Framework
```mermaid
graph LR
subgraph "Foundation Phase"
A[Business Goals] --> B[Target Audience]
B --> C[Brand Voice]
C --> D[Content Pillars]
end
subgraph "Research Phase"
E[Market Research] --> F[Competitor Analysis]
F --> G[Keyword Research]
G --> H[Audience Research]
end
subgraph "Strategy Phase"
I[Content Calendar] --> J[Topic Clusters]
J --> K[Content Types]
K --> L[Distribution Plan]
end
subgraph "Implementation Phase"
M[Content Creation] --> N[Performance Tracking]
N --> O[Strategy Refinement]
O --> P[Scaling Success]
end
D --> E
H --> I
L --> M
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style D fill:#e1f5fe
style E fill:#fff3e0
style H fill:#fff3e0
style I fill:#f3e5f5
style L fill:#f3e5f5
style M fill:#e8f5e8
style P fill:#e8f5e8
```
#### 1. Foundation Setting
- **Business Goals**: Define clear, measurable objectives
- **Target Audience**: Identify and understand your audience
- **Brand Voice**: Establish consistent messaging and tone
- **Content Pillars**: Define 3-5 main content themes
#### 2. Research and Analysis
- **Market Research**: Industry trends and opportunities
- **Competitor Analysis**: Content strategies of top competitors
- **Keyword Research**: SEO opportunities and search behavior
- **Audience Research**: Deep dive into target audience needs
#### 3. Strategy Development
- **Content Calendar**: 12-month strategic content plan
- **Topic Clusters**: Organized content themes and relationships
- **Content Types**: Mix of blog posts, social media, videos, etc.
- **Distribution Plan**: Multi-channel content distribution strategy
#### 4. Implementation and Optimization
- **Content Creation**: AI-powered content generation
- **Performance Tracking**: Monitor key metrics and KPIs
- **Strategy Refinement**: Continuous improvement based on data
- **Scaling Success**: Replicate and scale winning strategies
## Persona Development
### AI-Generated Buyer Personas
ALwrity creates detailed, data-driven buyer personas that inform all your content decisions:
#### Persona Components
**Demographics**
- Age, gender, location
- Income level and education
- Job title and industry
- Company size and type
**Psychographics**
- Interests and hobbies
- Values and beliefs
- Lifestyle and behavior
- Media consumption habits
**Pain Points and Challenges**
- Current problems and frustrations
- Goals and aspirations
- Decision-making process
- Information needs
**Content Preferences**
- Preferred content formats
- Consumption patterns
- Platform preferences
- Engagement behaviors
### Persona-Driven Content
#### Content Personalization
- **Tone and Style**: Match content tone to persona preferences
- **Topic Selection**: Choose topics that resonate with each persona
- **Format Optimization**: Use preferred content formats
- **Channel Selection**: Distribute content on preferred platforms
#### Journey Mapping
- **Awareness Stage**: Educational content for problem recognition
- **Consideration Stage**: Comparison and evaluation content
- **Decision Stage**: Product-focused and testimonial content
- **Retention Stage**: Customer success and loyalty content
## Content Calendar Generation
### Intelligent Calendar Planning
ALwrity generates comprehensive content calendars that align with your strategy:
#### Calendar Features
- **12-Month Planning**: Long-term strategic content planning
- **Seasonal Optimization**: Content aligned with seasons and events
- **Topic Clusters**: Organized content themes and relationships
- **Multi-Platform**: Coordinated content across all channels
#### Content Types
- **Blog Posts**: In-depth articles and guides
- **Social Media**: Platform-specific social content
- **Email Campaigns**: Newsletter and promotional content
- **Video Content**: Scripts and video planning
- **Infographics**: Visual content planning
- **Webinars**: Educational event planning
### Publishing Optimization
#### Timing Strategy
- **Optimal Publishing Times**: Data-driven timing recommendations
- **Platform-Specific Timing**: Best times for each social platform
- **Audience Activity**: Content timing based on audience behavior
- **Competitive Analysis**: Timing relative to competitor activity
#### Content Mix
- **Educational Content**: 40% - How-to guides and tutorials
- **Inspirational Content**: 20% - Motivational and success stories
- **Promotional Content**: 20% - Product and service promotion
- **Behind-the-Scenes**: 20% - Company culture and processes
## Performance Analytics
### Strategic Metrics
#### Content Performance
- **Engagement Rates**: Likes, shares, comments, and saves
- **Traffic Metrics**: Page views, unique visitors, and session duration
- **Conversion Rates**: Lead generation and sales attribution
- **Brand Awareness**: Mentions, reach, and brand recognition
#### SEO Performance
- **Search Rankings**: Keyword position tracking
- **Organic Traffic**: Search engine traffic growth
- **Backlink Acquisition**: Link building success
- **Domain Authority**: Overall SEO strength improvement
#### Business Impact
- **Lead Generation**: Qualified leads from content
- **Sales Attribution**: Revenue attributed to content
- **Customer Acquisition**: New customers from content
- **Customer Retention**: Content impact on retention
### Optimization Recommendations
#### Content Optimization
- **Performance Analysis**: Identify top-performing content
- **Gap Analysis**: Find content opportunities
- **A/B Testing**: Test different approaches
- **Content Refresh**: Update and repurpose existing content
#### Strategy Refinement
- **Audience Insights**: Refine personas based on data
- **Content Mix Adjustment**: Optimize content type distribution
- **Publishing Schedule**: Adjust timing based on performance
- **Channel Optimization**: Focus on highest-performing channels
## Competitive Intelligence
### Market Analysis
#### Competitor Research
- **Content Audit**: Analysis of competitor content strategies
- **Topic Analysis**: Content themes and topics covered
- **Performance Benchmarking**: Compare content performance
- **Gap Identification**: Find content opportunities competitors miss
#### Market Positioning
- **Unique Value Proposition**: Differentiate your content
- **Content Differentiation**: Stand out from competitors
- **Market Opportunities**: Identify underserved content areas
- **Trend Analysis**: Stay ahead of industry trends
### Competitive Advantage
#### Content Gaps
- **Underserved Topics**: Content areas competitors ignore
- **Audience Needs**: Unmet audience information needs
- **Format Opportunities**: Content formats competitors don't use
- **Channel Gaps**: Platforms competitors aren't utilizing
#### Differentiation Strategy
- **Unique Angle**: Different perspective on common topics
- **Expertise Showcase**: Demonstrate unique knowledge
- **Storytelling**: Use compelling narratives
- **Interactive Content**: Engage audiences differently
## Integration with Other Modules
### Blog Writer Integration
- **Strategic Content**: Blog posts aligned with overall strategy
- **SEO Optimization**: Content optimized for target keywords
- **Persona Alignment**: Content tailored to specific personas
- **Performance Tracking**: Monitor blog content success
### SEO Dashboard Integration
- **Keyword Strategy**: SEO keywords integrated into content plan
- **Performance Analysis**: SEO metrics inform content strategy
- **Technical Optimization**: Content optimized for search engines
- **Competitive SEO**: SEO strategy aligned with content strategy
### Social Media Integration
- **Platform Strategy**: Content adapted for each social platform
- **Engagement Optimization**: Content designed for social engagement
- **Cross-Platform Coordination**: Coordinated messaging across platforms
- **Social Listening**: Social insights inform content strategy
## Best Practices
### Strategy Development
1. **Start with Goals**: Define clear, measurable business objectives
2. **Know Your Audience**: Develop detailed, data-driven personas
3. **Research Thoroughly**: Understand market and competitive landscape
4. **Plan Long-term**: Create 12-month strategic content plans
5. **Measure Everything**: Track performance and optimize continuously
### Content Planning
1. **Balance Content Types**: Mix educational, inspirational, and promotional content
2. **Maintain Consistency**: Regular publishing schedule and brand voice
3. **Optimize for Each Platform**: Adapt content for different channels
4. **Plan for Seasons**: Align content with seasons and events
5. **Repurpose Content**: Maximize value from each piece of content
### Performance Optimization
1. **Set Clear KPIs**: Define success metrics for each content type
2. **Monitor Regularly**: Track performance weekly and monthly
3. **Analyze Trends**: Identify patterns in successful content
4. **Test and Iterate**: Continuously test and improve strategies
5. **Scale Success**: Replicate and scale winning approaches
## Getting Started
### Initial Setup
1. **Business Information**: Provide detailed business and audience information
2. **Goal Definition**: Set clear content marketing objectives
3. **Persona Generation**: Let AI create detailed buyer personas
4. **Strategy Development**: Generate comprehensive content strategy
5. **Calendar Creation**: Create 12-month content calendar
### Implementation
1. **Content Creation**: Use strategy to guide content creation
2. **Publishing**: Follow calendar for consistent publishing
3. **Performance Tracking**: Monitor key metrics and KPIs
4. **Optimization**: Refine strategy based on performance data
5. **Scaling**: Expand successful strategies and content types
## Advanced Features
### AI-Powered Insights
- **Trend Prediction**: AI identifies emerging content trends
- **Performance Forecasting**: Predict content success before publishing
- **Audience Evolution**: Track how personas change over time
- **Market Opportunity**: Identify new content opportunities
### Automation
- **Content Scheduling**: Automated content publishing
- **Performance Monitoring**: Real-time performance tracking
- **Strategy Updates**: Automatic strategy refinement
- **Report Generation**: Automated performance reports
---
*Ready to develop your content strategy? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) or [Explore Persona Development](personas.md) to begin building your strategic content plan!*

360
docs-site/docs/features/content-strategy/personas.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
# Persona Development
ALwrity's Persona Development feature uses AI to create detailed, data-driven buyer personas that inform all your content decisions. These personas help you understand your audience, create targeted content, and build stronger connections with your ideal customers.
## What is Persona Development?
Persona Development is an AI-powered process that analyzes your business information, market data, and audience insights to create comprehensive buyer personas. These personas represent your ideal customers and help you create content that resonates with your target audience.
### Key Benefits
- **Audience Understanding**: Deep understanding of your target audience
- **Content Personalization**: Create content tailored to specific personas
- **Marketing Effectiveness**: Improve marketing campaign effectiveness
- **Product Development**: Inform product and service development
- **Customer Experience**: Enhance overall customer experience
## Persona Creation Process
### 1. Data Collection
#### Business Information
- **Industry and Niche**: Your business industry and specific niche
- **Products/Services**: What you offer to customers
- **Value Proposition**: Unique value you provide
- **Business Goals**: Your marketing and business objectives
- **Current Challenges**: Marketing and customer acquisition challenges
#### Market Research
- **Industry Analysis**: Analysis of your industry landscape
- **Competitor Analysis**: Understanding of competitor strategies
- **Market Trends**: Current trends and developments
- **Customer Behavior**: How customers in your industry behave
- **Market Opportunities**: Gaps and opportunities in the market
#### Audience Data
- **Demographics**: Age, gender, location, income, education
- **Psychographics**: Interests, values, lifestyle, personality
- **Behavioral Data**: Online behavior, purchasing patterns, preferences
- **Pain Points**: Problems and challenges your audience faces
- **Goals and Aspirations**: What your audience wants to achieve
### 2. AI Analysis
#### Data Processing
- **Pattern Recognition**: Identify patterns in audience data
- **Segmentation**: Group similar audience members together
- **Trend Analysis**: Analyze trends and patterns in behavior
- **Correlation Analysis**: Find correlations between different data points
- **Insight Generation**: Generate insights from the data analysis
#### Persona Generation
- **Primary Personas**: Create 3-5 primary buyer personas
- **Secondary Personas**: Identify secondary audience segments
- **Persona Details**: Develop detailed persona profiles
- **Validation**: Validate personas against real data
- **Refinement**: Refine personas based on feedback and data
### 3. Persona Documentation
#### Persona Profiles
- **Basic Information**: Name, age, occupation, location
- **Demographics**: Detailed demographic information
- **Psychographics**: Values, interests, lifestyle, personality
- **Pain Points**: Specific problems and challenges
- **Goals**: What they want to achieve
- **Behavior**: How they behave and make decisions
#### Content Preferences
- **Content Types**: Preferred content formats and types
- **Topics**: Topics they're interested in
- **Tone and Style**: Preferred communication style
- **Channels**: Where they consume content
- **Timing**: When they're most active and engaged
## Persona Components
### Demographics
#### Basic Demographics
- **Age Range**: Specific age range or generation
- **Gender**: Gender distribution and preferences
- **Location**: Geographic location and distribution
- **Income Level**: Household income and spending power
- **Education**: Education level and background
- **Occupation**: Job titles and career levels
#### Professional Information
- **Industry**: Industry or sector they work in
- **Company Size**: Size of their organization
- **Role Level**: Seniority level and responsibilities
- **Decision Making**: Role in purchasing decisions
- **Budget Authority**: Budget and spending authority
- **Team Size**: Size of their team or department
### Psychographics
#### Values and Beliefs
- **Core Values**: What they value most in life and work
- **Beliefs**: Beliefs about their industry and profession
- **Attitudes**: Attitudes toward technology, change, innovation
- **Motivations**: What motivates them professionally and personally
- **Fears**: What they're afraid of or concerned about
- **Aspirations**: What they aspire to achieve
#### Lifestyle and Interests
- **Hobbies**: Personal interests and hobbies
- **Lifestyle**: How they live and work
- **Media Consumption**: What media they consume
- **Social Behavior**: How they interact socially
- **Learning Style**: How they prefer to learn
- **Communication Style**: How they prefer to communicate
### Behavioral Patterns
#### Online Behavior
- **Social Media Usage**: Which platforms they use and how
- **Content Consumption**: How they consume content online
- **Search Behavior**: How they search for information
- **Shopping Behavior**: How they research and purchase
- **Technology Adoption**: How they adopt new technologies
- **Digital Preferences**: Digital tools and platforms they prefer
#### Decision Making
- **Decision Process**: How they make decisions
- **Information Sources**: Where they get information
- **Influence Factors**: What influences their decisions
- **Evaluation Criteria**: How they evaluate options
- **Timeline**: How long their decision process takes
- **Stakeholders**: Who else is involved in decisions
## Persona Types
### Primary Personas
#### The Decision Maker
- **Characteristics**: Senior-level executives and decision makers
- **Goals**: Drive business growth and success
- **Pain Points**: Time constraints, complex decisions, ROI pressure
- **Content Preferences**: Strategic insights, case studies, ROI data
- **Channels**: LinkedIn, industry publications, conferences
#### The Influencer
- **Characteristics**: Mid-level professionals who influence decisions
- **Goals**: Advance their career and expertise
- **Pain Points**: Staying current, proving value, managing workload
- **Content Preferences**: How-to guides, industry insights, career advice
- **Channels**: LinkedIn, industry blogs, professional networks
#### The End User
- **Characteristics**: People who actually use your product/service
- **Goals**: Solve problems and improve efficiency
- **Pain Points**: Learning new tools, time constraints, complexity
- **Content Preferences**: Tutorials, tips, best practices
- **Channels**: YouTube, blogs, support documentation
### Secondary Personas
#### The Researcher
- **Characteristics**: Detail-oriented, analytical professionals
- **Goals**: Make informed decisions based on data
- **Pain Points**: Information overload, analysis paralysis
- **Content Preferences**: Detailed reports, data analysis, comparisons
- **Channels**: Industry reports, webinars, whitepapers
#### The Early Adopter
- **Characteristics**: Tech-savvy, innovation-focused professionals
- **Goals**: Stay ahead of trends and gain competitive advantage
- **Pain Points**: Finding cutting-edge solutions, implementation challenges
- **Content Preferences**: Innovation insights, future trends, new technologies
- **Channels**: Tech blogs, innovation conferences, beta programs
## Persona Applications
### Content Strategy
#### Content Planning
- **Topic Selection**: Choose topics that resonate with each persona
- **Content Types**: Create content formats preferred by each persona
- **Tone and Style**: Adapt tone and style to each persona
- **Distribution**: Distribute content on channels each persona uses
- **Timing**: Publish content when each persona is most active
#### Content Personalization
- **Message Customization**: Customize messages for each persona
- **Value Proposition**: Tailor value propositions to persona needs
- **Call-to-Action**: Create CTAs that resonate with each persona
- **Visual Elements**: Use visuals that appeal to each persona
- **Length and Depth**: Adjust content length based on persona preferences
### Marketing Campaigns
#### Campaign Targeting
- **Audience Segmentation**: Target campaigns to specific personas
- **Channel Selection**: Choose channels based on persona preferences
- **Message Development**: Develop messages for each persona
- **Creative Direction**: Create visuals and copy for each persona
- **Timing**: Schedule campaigns when personas are most active
#### Performance Optimization
- **A/B Testing**: Test different approaches for each persona
- **Conversion Optimization**: Optimize for persona-specific conversion paths
- **Engagement Metrics**: Track engagement metrics by persona
- **ROI Analysis**: Analyze ROI by persona segment
- **Campaign Refinement**: Refine campaigns based on persona performance
### Product Development
#### Feature Prioritization
- **User Stories**: Create user stories based on persona needs
- **Feature Requests**: Prioritize features based on persona value
- **User Experience**: Design UX based on persona preferences
- **Product Roadmap**: Plan product roadmap based on persona priorities
- **Testing**: Test products with representative persona users
#### Customer Experience
- **Journey Mapping**: Map customer journeys for each persona
- **Touchpoint Optimization**: Optimize touchpoints for each persona
- **Support Experience**: Tailor support experience to persona needs
- **Onboarding**: Customize onboarding for each persona
- **Retention**: Develop retention strategies for each persona
## Persona Maintenance
### Regular Updates
#### Data Refresh
- **Market Changes**: Update personas based on market changes
- **Customer Feedback**: Incorporate customer feedback into personas
- **Behavioral Changes**: Update personas based on behavior changes
- **New Insights**: Add new insights and data to personas
- **Validation**: Regularly validate personas against real data
#### Persona Evolution
- **Lifecycle Changes**: Update personas as they evolve
- **New Segments**: Identify and create new persona segments
- **Merging Personas**: Combine similar personas when appropriate
- **Splitting Personas**: Split personas when they become too broad
- **Retirement**: Retire outdated or irrelevant personas
### Performance Monitoring
#### Persona Effectiveness
- **Content Performance**: Track content performance by persona
- **Campaign Results**: Monitor campaign results by persona
- **Conversion Rates**: Track conversion rates by persona
- **Engagement Metrics**: Monitor engagement by persona
- **ROI Analysis**: Analyze ROI by persona segment
#### Continuous Improvement
- **Feedback Collection**: Collect feedback on persona accuracy
- **Data Analysis**: Analyze data to improve persona quality
- **Stakeholder Input**: Get input from sales, marketing, and product teams
- **Customer Interviews**: Conduct interviews to validate personas
- **Market Research**: Conduct ongoing market research
## Best Practices
### Persona Development
#### Research Quality
1. **Multiple Sources**: Use multiple data sources for persona development
2. **Real Data**: Base personas on real customer data, not assumptions
3. **Regular Updates**: Keep personas updated with new data and insights
4. **Validation**: Validate personas with real customers
5. **Team Input**: Get input from all relevant team members
#### Persona Quality
1. **Specificity**: Make personas specific and detailed
2. **Realistic**: Ensure personas are realistic and achievable
3. **Actionable**: Make personas actionable for content and marketing
4. **Memorable**: Create personas that are easy to remember and use
5. **Comprehensive**: Include all relevant persona information
### Persona Usage
#### Team Adoption
1. **Training**: Train team members on persona usage
2. **Integration**: Integrate personas into all relevant processes
3. **Regular Review**: Regularly review and discuss personas
4. **Success Stories**: Share success stories using personas
5. **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve persona usage
#### Content Application
1. **Persona-First**: Always consider personas when creating content
2. **Consistency**: Maintain consistency in persona application
3. **Testing**: Test content with different personas
4. **Optimization**: Optimize content based on persona performance
5. **Measurement**: Measure content success by persona
## Advanced Features
### AI-Powered Insights
#### Behavioral Analysis
- **Pattern Recognition**: AI identifies behavioral patterns
- **Predictive Analytics**: Predict future behavior based on patterns
- **Segmentation**: Automatically segment audiences
- **Trend Analysis**: Analyze trends in persona behavior
- **Insight Generation**: Generate insights from persona data
#### Dynamic Personas
- **Real-Time Updates**: Update personas in real-time
- **Behavioral Changes**: Track and respond to behavioral changes
- **Seasonal Adjustments**: Adjust personas for seasonal changes
- **Event-Based Updates**: Update personas based on events
- **Performance-Based Refinement**: Refine personas based on performance
### Integration Features
#### CRM Integration
- **Customer Data**: Import customer data from CRM systems
- **Behavioral Tracking**: Track customer behavior across touchpoints
- **Segmentation**: Automatically segment customers into personas
- **Personalization**: Personalize experiences based on persona
- **Analytics**: Analyze persona performance across systems
#### Marketing Automation
- **Campaign Targeting**: Automatically target campaigns to personas
- **Content Personalization**: Personalize content based on persona
- **Journey Mapping**: Map customer journeys by persona
- **Lead Scoring**: Score leads based on persona fit
- **Nurturing**: Automate nurturing based on persona needs
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Persona Accuracy
- **Outdated Data**: Update personas with current data
- **Insufficient Research**: Conduct more comprehensive research
- **Assumption-Based**: Replace assumptions with real data
- **Too Broad**: Make personas more specific and targeted
- **Lack of Validation**: Validate personas with real customers
#### Persona Usage
- **Low Adoption**: Increase team training and adoption
- **Inconsistent Application**: Ensure consistent persona usage
- **Lack of Integration**: Integrate personas into all processes
- **Poor Performance**: Optimize persona-based strategies
- **Outdated Personas**: Keep personas current and relevant
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review persona development documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch persona development tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow persona development best practices
- **Community**: Join persona development communities
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Regular Review**: Regularly review and update personas
- **Data Quality**: Ensure high-quality data for persona development
- **Team Training**: Train team members on persona usage
- **Performance Monitoring**: Monitor persona performance continuously
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve persona quality
---
*Ready to create detailed buyer personas for your content strategy? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Content Strategy Features](overview.md) to begin building personas that drive your content success!*

940
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/api-reference.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
# Image Studio API Reference
Complete API documentation for Image Studio, including all endpoints, request/response models, authentication, and usage examples.
## Base URL
All Image Studio endpoints are prefixed with `/api/image-studio`
## Authentication
All endpoints require authentication via Bearer token:
```http
Authorization: Bearer YOUR_ACCESS_TOKEN
```
The token is obtained through the standard ALwrity authentication flow. See [Authentication Guide](../api/authentication.md) for details.
## API Architecture
```mermaid
graph TB
Client[Client Application] --> API[Image Studio API]
API --> Create[Create Studio]
API --> Edit[Edit Studio]
API --> Upscale[Upscale Studio]
API --> Control[Control Studio]
API --> Social[Social Optimizer]
API --> Templates[Templates]
API --> Providers[Providers]
Create --> Manager[ImageStudioManager]
Edit --> Manager
Upscale --> Manager
Control --> Manager
Social --> Manager
Manager --> Stability[Stability AI]
Manager --> WaveSpeed[WaveSpeed AI]
Manager --> HuggingFace[HuggingFace]
Manager --> Gemini[Gemini]
style Client fill:#e3f2fd
style API fill:#e1f5fe
style Manager fill:#f3e5f5
```
## Endpoint Categories
### Create Studio
- [Generate Image](#generate-image)
- [Get Templates](#get-templates)
- [Search Templates](#search-templates)
- [Recommend Templates](#recommend-templates)
- [Get Providers](#get-providers)
- [Estimate Cost](#estimate-cost)
### Edit Studio
- [Process Edit](#process-edit)
- [Get Edit Operations](#get-edit-operations)
### Upscale Studio
- [Upscale Image](#upscale-image)
### Control Studio
- [Process Control](#process-control)
- [Get Control Operations](#get-control-operations)
### Social Optimizer
- [Optimize for Social](#optimize-for-social)
- [Get Platform Formats](#get-platform-formats)
### Platform Specifications
- [Get Platform Specs](#get-platform-specs)
### Health Check
- [Health Check](#health-check)
---
## Create Studio Endpoints
### Generate Image
Generate one or more images from text prompts.
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/create`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"prompt": "Modern minimalist workspace with laptop",
"template_id": "linkedin_post",
"provider": "auto",
"model": null,
"width": null,
"height": null,
"aspect_ratio": null,
"style_preset": "photographic",
"quality": "standard",
"negative_prompt": "blurry, low quality",
"guidance_scale": null,
"steps": null,
"seed": null,
"num_variations": 1,
"enhance_prompt": true,
"use_persona": false,
"persona_id": null
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `prompt` | string | Yes | Image generation prompt |
| `template_id` | string | No | Template ID to use |
| `provider` | string | No | Provider: auto, stability, wavespeed, huggingface, gemini |
| `model` | string | No | Specific model to use |
| `width` | integer | No | Image width in pixels |
| `height` | integer | No | Image height in pixels |
| `aspect_ratio` | string | No | Aspect ratio (e.g., '1:1', '16:9') |
| `style_preset` | string | No | Style preset |
| `quality` | string | No | Quality: draft, standard, premium (default: standard) |
| `negative_prompt` | string | No | Negative prompt |
| `guidance_scale` | float | No | Guidance scale |
| `steps` | integer | No | Number of inference steps |
| `seed` | integer | No | Random seed |
| `num_variations` | integer | No | Number of variations (1-10, default: 1) |
| `enhance_prompt` | boolean | No | Enhance prompt with AI (default: true) |
| `use_persona` | boolean | No | Use persona for brand consistency (default: false) |
| `persona_id` | string | No | Persona ID |
**Response**:
```json
{
"success": true,
"request": {
"prompt": "Modern minimalist workspace with laptop",
"enhanced_prompt": "Modern minimalist workspace with laptop, professional photography, high quality",
"template_id": "linkedin_post",
"template_name": "LinkedIn Post",
"provider": "wavespeed",
"model": "ideogram-v3-turbo",
"dimensions": "1200x628",
"quality": "standard"
},
"results": [
{
"image_base64": "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANS...",
"width": 1200,
"height": 628,
"provider": "wavespeed",
"model": "ideogram-v3-turbo",
"variation": 1
}
],
"total_generated": 1,
"total_failed": 0
}
```
**Response Fields**:
| Field | Type | Description |
|-------|------|-------------|
| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
| `request` | object | Request details with applied settings |
| `results` | array | Generated images with base64 data |
| `total_generated` | integer | Number of successfully generated images |
| `total_failed` | integer | Number of failed generations |
**Error Responses**:
- `400 Bad Request`: Invalid request parameters
- `401 Unauthorized`: Authentication required
- `500 Internal Server Error`: Generation failed
---
### Get Templates
Get available image templates, optionally filtered by platform or category.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/templates`
**Query Parameters**:
| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
|-----------|------|----------|-------------|
| `platform` | string | No | Filter by platform (instagram, facebook, twitter, etc.) |
| `category` | string | No | Filter by category (social_media, blog_content, etc.) |
**Example Request**:
```http
GET /api/image-studio/templates?platform=instagram
```
**Response**:
```json
{
"templates": [
{
"id": "instagram_feed_square",
"name": "Instagram Feed Post (Square)",
"category": "social_media",
"platform": "instagram",
"aspect_ratio": {
"ratio": "1:1",
"width": 1080,
"height": 1080,
"label": "Square"
},
"description": "Perfect for Instagram feed posts",
"recommended_provider": "ideogram",
"style_preset": "photographic",
"quality": "premium",
"use_cases": ["Product showcase", "Lifestyle posts", "Brand content"]
}
],
"total": 4
}
```
---
### Search Templates
Search templates by query string.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/templates/search`
**Query Parameters**:
| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
|-----------|------|----------|-------------|
| `query` | string | Yes | Search query |
**Example Request**:
```http
GET /api/image-studio/templates/search?query=linkedin
```
**Response**: Same format as Get Templates
---
### Recommend Templates
Get template recommendations based on use case.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/templates/recommend`
**Query Parameters**:
| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
|-----------|------|----------|-------------|
| `use_case` | string | Yes | Use case description |
| `platform` | string | No | Optional platform filter |
**Example Request**:
```http
GET /api/image-studio/templates/recommend?use_case=product+showcase&platform=instagram
```
**Response**: Same format as Get Templates
---
### Get Providers
Get available AI providers and their capabilities.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/providers`
**Response**:
```json
{
"providers": {
"stability": {
"name": "Stability AI",
"models": ["ultra", "core", "sd3.5-large"],
"capabilities": ["generation", "editing", "upscaling"],
"max_resolution": "2048x2048",
"cost_range": "3-8 credits"
},
"wavespeed": {
"name": "WaveSpeed AI",
"models": ["ideogram-v3-turbo", "qwen-image"],
"capabilities": ["generation"],
"max_resolution": "1024x1024",
"cost_range": "1-6 credits"
}
}
}
```
---
### Estimate Cost
Estimate cost for image generation operations.
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/estimate-cost`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"provider": "wavespeed",
"model": "ideogram-v3-turbo",
"operation": "generate",
"num_images": 1,
"width": 1200,
"height": 628
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `provider` | string | Yes | Provider name |
| `model` | string | No | Model name |
| `operation` | string | No | Operation type (default: generate) |
| `num_images` | integer | No | Number of images (default: 1) |
| `width` | integer | No | Image width |
| `height` | integer | No | Image height |
**Response**:
```json
{
"estimated_cost": 5,
"currency": "credits",
"provider": "wavespeed",
"model": "ideogram-v3-turbo",
"operation": "generate",
"num_images": 1
}
```
---
## Edit Studio Endpoints
### Process Edit
Perform Edit Studio operations on images.
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/edit/process`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"operation": "remove_background",
"prompt": null,
"negative_prompt": null,
"mask_base64": null,
"search_prompt": null,
"select_prompt": null,
"background_image_base64": null,
"lighting_image_base64": null,
"expand_left": 0,
"expand_right": 0,
"expand_up": 0,
"expand_down": 0,
"provider": null,
"model": null,
"style_preset": null,
"guidance_scale": null,
"steps": null,
"seed": null,
"output_format": "png",
"options": {}
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `image_base64` | string | Yes | Primary image (base64 or data URL) |
| `operation` | string | Yes | Operation: remove_background, inpaint, outpaint, search_replace, search_recolor, general_edit |
| `prompt` | string | No | Primary prompt/instruction |
| `negative_prompt` | string | No | Negative prompt |
| `mask_base64` | string | No | Optional mask image (base64) |
| `search_prompt` | string | No | Search prompt for replace operations |
| `select_prompt` | string | No | Select prompt for recolor operations |
| `background_image_base64` | string | No | Reference background image |
| `lighting_image_base64` | string | No | Reference lighting image |
| `expand_left` | integer | No | Outpaint expansion left (pixels) |
| `expand_right` | integer | No | Outpaint expansion right (pixels) |
| `expand_up` | integer | No | Outpaint expansion up (pixels) |
| `expand_down` | integer | No | Outpaint expansion down (pixels) |
| `provider` | string | No | Explicit provider override |
| `model` | string | No | Explicit model override |
| `style_preset` | string | No | Style preset |
| `guidance_scale` | float | No | Guidance scale |
| `steps` | integer | No | Inference steps |
| `seed` | integer | No | Random seed |
| `output_format` | string | No | Output format (default: png) |
| `options` | object | No | Advanced provider-specific options |
**Response**:
```json
{
"success": true,
"operation": "remove_background",
"provider": "stability",
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"width": 1200,
"height": 628,
"metadata": {
"operation": "remove_background",
"processing_time": 2.5
}
}
```
---
### Get Edit Operations
Get metadata for all available Edit Studio operations.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/edit/operations`
**Response**:
```json
{
"operations": {
"remove_background": {
"label": "Remove Background",
"description": "Isolate the main subject",
"provider": "stability",
"fields": {
"prompt": false,
"mask": false,
"negative_prompt": false,
"search_prompt": false,
"select_prompt": false,
"background": false,
"lighting": false,
"expansion": false
}
},
"inpaint": {
"label": "Inpaint & Fix",
"description": "Edit specific regions using prompts and optional masks",
"provider": "stability",
"fields": {
"prompt": true,
"mask": true,
"negative_prompt": true,
"search_prompt": false,
"select_prompt": false,
"background": false,
"lighting": false,
"expansion": false
}
}
}
}
```
---
## Upscale Studio Endpoints
### Upscale Image
Upscale an image using AI-powered upscaling.
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/upscale`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"mode": "conservative",
"target_width": null,
"target_height": null,
"preset": "print",
"prompt": "High fidelity upscale preserving original details"
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `image_base64` | string | Yes | Image to upscale (base64 or data URL) |
| `mode` | string | No | Mode: fast, conservative, creative, auto (default: auto) |
| `target_width` | integer | No | Target width in pixels |
| `target_height` | integer | No | Target height in pixels |
| `preset` | string | No | Named preset: web, print, social |
| `prompt` | string | No | Prompt for conservative/creative modes |
**Response**:
```json
{
"success": true,
"mode": "conservative",
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"width": 3072,
"height": 2048,
"metadata": {
"preset": "print",
"original_width": 768,
"original_height": 512,
"upscale_factor": 4.0
}
}
```
---
## Control Studio Endpoints
### Process Control
Perform Control Studio operations (sketch-to-image, style transfer, etc.).
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/control/process`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"control_image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"operation": "sketch",
"prompt": "Modern office interior",
"style_image_base64": null,
"negative_prompt": null,
"control_strength": 0.8,
"fidelity": null,
"style_strength": null,
"composition_fidelity": null,
"change_strength": null,
"aspect_ratio": null,
"style_preset": null,
"seed": null,
"output_format": "png"
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `control_image_base64` | string | Yes | Control image (sketch/structure/style) |
| `operation` | string | Yes | Operation: sketch, structure, style, style_transfer |
| `prompt` | string | Yes | Text prompt for generation |
| `style_image_base64` | string | No | Style reference image (for style_transfer) |
| `negative_prompt` | string | No | Negative prompt |
| `control_strength` | float | No | Control strength 0.0-1.0 (for sketch/structure) |
| `fidelity` | float | No | Style fidelity 0.0-1.0 (for style operation) |
| `style_strength` | float | No | Style strength 0.0-1.0 (for style_transfer) |
| `composition_fidelity` | float | No | Composition fidelity 0.0-1.0 (for style_transfer) |
| `change_strength` | float | No | Change strength 0.0-1.0 (for style_transfer) |
| `aspect_ratio` | string | No | Aspect ratio (for style operation) |
| `style_preset` | string | No | Style preset |
| `seed` | integer | No | Random seed |
| `output_format` | string | No | Output format (default: png) |
**Response**:
```json
{
"success": true,
"operation": "sketch",
"provider": "stability",
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"width": 1024,
"height": 1024,
"metadata": {
"operation": "sketch",
"control_strength": 0.8
}
}
```
---
### Get Control Operations
Get metadata for all available Control Studio operations.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/control/operations`
**Response**: Similar format to Edit Operations
---
## Social Optimizer Endpoints
### Optimize for Social
Optimize an image for multiple social media platforms.
**Endpoint**: `POST /api/image-studio/social/optimize`
**Request Body**:
```json
{
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"platforms": ["instagram", "facebook", "linkedin"],
"format_names": {
"instagram": "Feed Post (Square)",
"facebook": "Feed Post",
"linkedin": "Post"
},
"show_safe_zones": false,
"crop_mode": "smart",
"focal_point": null,
"output_format": "png"
}
```
**Request Fields**:
| Field | Type | Required | Description |
|-------|------|----------|-------------|
| `image_base64` | string | Yes | Source image (base64 or data URL) |
| `platforms` | array | Yes | List of platforms to optimize for |
| `format_names` | object | No | Specific format per platform |
| `show_safe_zones` | boolean | No | Include safe zone overlay (default: false) |
| `crop_mode` | string | No | Crop mode: smart, center, fit (default: smart) |
| `focal_point` | object | No | Focal point for smart crop (x, y as 0-1) |
| `output_format` | string | No | Output format: png or jpg (default: png) |
**Response**:
```json
{
"success": true,
"results": [
{
"platform": "instagram",
"format": "Feed Post (Square)",
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"width": 1080,
"height": 1080
},
{
"platform": "facebook",
"format": "Feed Post",
"image_base64": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgo...",
"width": 1200,
"height": 630
}
],
"total_optimized": 2
}
```
---
### Get Platform Formats
Get available formats for a specific social media platform.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/social/platforms/{platform}/formats`
**Path Parameters**:
| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
|-----------|------|----------|-------------|
| `platform` | string | Yes | Platform name (instagram, facebook, etc.) |
**Response**:
```json
{
"formats": [
{
"name": "Feed Post (Square)",
"width": 1080,
"height": 1080,
"ratio": "1:1",
"safe_zone": {
"top": 0.15,
"bottom": 0.15,
"left": 0.1,
"right": 0.1
},
"file_type": "PNG",
"max_size_mb": 5.0
}
]
}
```
---
## Platform Specifications Endpoints
### Get Platform Specs
Get specifications and requirements for a specific platform.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/platform-specs/{platform}`
**Path Parameters**:
| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
|-----------|------|----------|-------------|
| `platform` | string | Yes | Platform name |
**Response**:
```json
{
"name": "Instagram",
"formats": [
{
"name": "Feed Post (Square)",
"ratio": "1:1",
"size": "1080x1080"
}
],
"file_types": ["JPG", "PNG"],
"max_file_size": "30MB"
}
```
---
## Health Check
### Health Check
Check Image Studio service health.
**Endpoint**: `GET /api/image-studio/health`
**Response**:
```json
{
"status": "healthy",
"service": "image_studio",
"version": "1.0.0",
"modules": {
"create_studio": "available",
"templates": "available",
"providers": "available"
}
}
```
---
## Error Handling
### Error Response Format
All errors follow this format:
```json
{
"detail": "Error message description"
}
```
### HTTP Status Codes
- `200 OK`: Successful request
- `400 Bad Request`: Invalid request parameters
- `401 Unauthorized`: Authentication required
- `404 Not Found`: Resource not found
- `500 Internal Server Error`: Server error
### Common Error Scenarios
**Invalid Image Format**:
```json
{
"detail": "Invalid base64 image payload"
}
```
**Missing Required Field**:
```json
{
"detail": "Prompt is required for inpainting"
}
```
**Provider Error**:
```json
{
"detail": "Image generation failed: Provider error message"
}
```
**Authentication Error**:
```json
{
"detail": "Authenticated user required for image operations."
}
```
---
## Rate Limiting
Image Studio API follows standard ALwrity rate limiting:
- **Rate Limits**: Based on subscription tier
- **Headers**: Rate limit information in response headers
- **Retry**: Use exponential backoff for rate limit errors
See [Rate Limiting Guide](../api/rate-limiting.md) for details.
---
## Best Practices
### Image Encoding
- **Base64 Format**: All images should be base64 encoded
- **Data URLs**: Support for `data:image/png;base64,...` format
- **Size Limits**: Recommended under 10MB for best performance
- **Format**: PNG or JPG supported
### Request Optimization
1. **Use Templates**: Templates optimize settings automatically
2. **Batch Operations**: Generate multiple variations in one request
3. **Estimate Costs**: Use cost estimation before large operations
4. **Error Handling**: Implement retry logic for transient errors
### Response Handling
1. **Base64 Images**: Decode base64 images in responses
2. **Metadata**: Use metadata for tracking and organization
3. **Error Messages**: Display user-friendly error messages
4. **Progress**: For long operations, implement polling if needed
---
## Code Examples
### Python Example
```python
import requests
import base64
# Generate Image
url = "https://api.alwrity.com/api/image-studio/create"
headers = {
"Authorization": "Bearer YOUR_TOKEN",
"Content-Type": "application/json"
}
data = {
"prompt": "Modern office workspace",
"template_id": "linkedin_post",
"quality": "standard"
}
response = requests.post(url, json=data, headers=headers)
result = response.json()
# Decode image
image_data = base64.b64decode(result["results"][0]["image_base64"])
with open("generated_image.png", "wb") as f:
f.write(image_data)
```
### JavaScript Example
```javascript
// Generate Image
const response = await fetch('https://api.alwrity.com/api/image-studio/create', {
method: 'POST',
headers: {
'Authorization': 'Bearer YOUR_TOKEN',
'Content-Type': 'application/json'
},
body: JSON.stringify({
prompt: 'Modern office workspace',
template_id: 'linkedin_post',
quality: 'standard'
})
});
const result = await response.json();
// Display image
const img = document.createElement('img');
img.src = `data:image/png;base64,${result.results[0].image_base64}`;
document.body.appendChild(img);
```
### cURL Example
```bash
curl -X POST https://api.alwrity.com/api/image-studio/create \
-H "Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-d '{
"prompt": "Modern office workspace",
"template_id": "linkedin_post",
"quality": "standard"
}'
```
---
## Related Documentation
- [Create Studio Guide](create-studio.md) - User guide for image generation
- [Edit Studio Guide](edit-studio.md) - User guide for image editing
- [Upscale Studio Guide](upscale-studio.md) - User guide for upscaling
- [Social Optimizer Guide](social-optimizer.md) - User guide for social optimization
- [Providers Guide](providers.md) - Provider selection guide
- [Cost Guide](cost-guide.md) - Cost management guide
- [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) - Technical architecture
---
*For authentication details, see the [API Authentication Guide](../api/authentication.md). For rate limiting, see the [Rate Limiting Guide](../api/rate-limiting.md).*

323
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/asset-library.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
# Asset Library User Guide
Asset Library is a unified content archive that tracks all AI-generated content across all ALwrity modules. This guide covers search, filtering, organization, and bulk operations.
## Overview
Asset Library automatically tracks and organizes all content generated by ALwrity tools, including images, videos, audio, and text. It provides powerful search, filtering, and organization features to help you manage your content efficiently.
### Key Features
- **Unified Archive**: All ALwrity content in one place
- **Advanced Search**: Search by ID, model, keywords, and more
- **Multiple Filters**: Filter by type, module, date, status
- **Favorites**: Mark and organize favorite assets
- **Grid & List Views**: Choose your preferred view
- **Bulk Operations**: Download, delete, or share multiple assets
- **Usage Tracking**: Monitor asset usage and performance
## Getting Started
### Accessing Asset Library
1. Navigate to **Image Studio** from the main dashboard
2. Click on **Asset Library** or go directly to `/image-studio/asset-library`
3. View all your generated content
### Basic Workflow
1. **Browse Assets**: View all your generated content
2. **Search/Filter**: Find specific assets using search and filters
3. **Organize**: Mark favorites, create collections
4. **Download**: Download individual or multiple assets
5. **Manage**: Delete unused assets, track usage
## Search & Filtering
### Search Options
**ID Search**:
- Search by asset ID
- Useful for finding specific assets
- Partial ID matching supported
**Model Search**:
- Search by AI model used
- Find assets generated with specific models
- Example: "ideogram-v3-turbo", "stability-ultra"
**General Search**:
- Search across all asset metadata
- Searches titles, descriptions, prompts
- Keyword-based matching
### Filtering Options
**Type Filter**:
- **All Assets**: Show everything
- **Images**: Image files only
- **Videos**: Video files only
- **Audio**: Audio files only
- **Text**: Text content only
- **Favorites**: Only favorited assets
**Status Filter**:
- **All**: All statuses
- **Completed**: Successfully generated
- **Processing**: Currently being generated
- **Failed**: Generation failed
- **Pending**: Queued for generation
**Date Filter**:
- Filter by creation date
- Select specific date
- Useful for finding recent or old assets
**Module Filter**:
- Filter by source module
- Image Studio, Story Writer, Blog Writer, etc.
- Find assets from specific tools
## Views
### List View
**Features**:
- Detailed table layout
- All metadata visible
- Easy sorting and filtering
- Compact information display
**Best For**:
- Finding specific assets
- Viewing detailed information
- Bulk operations
- Data analysis
### Grid View
**Features**:
- Visual card-based layout
- Image previews
- Quick actions
- Visual browsing
**Best For**:
- Visual content browsing
- Quick asset selection
- Creative workflows
- Portfolio review
## Organization Features
### Favorites
**Marking Favorites**:
1. Click the favorite icon on any asset
2. Asset is added to favorites
3. Filter by "Favorites" to see only favorited assets
**Use Cases**:
- Mark best-performing assets
- Organize campaign assets
- Create quick access lists
- Build content libraries
### Collections (Coming Soon)
Future feature for organizing assets into collections:
- Create custom collections
- Organize by campaign, project, or theme
- Share collections with team
- Collection-based filtering
### Tags (Coming Soon)
Future feature for AI-powered tagging:
- Automatic tagging
- Manual tag addition
- Tag-based search
- Tag filtering
## Bulk Operations
### Bulk Download
**How to Use**:
1. Select multiple assets using checkboxes
2. Click "Download" button
3. All selected assets download
**Use Cases**:
- Download campaign assets
- Export content libraries
- Backup important assets
- Share with team
### Bulk Delete
**How to Use**:
1. Select multiple assets
2. Click "Delete" button
3. Confirm deletion
4. Selected assets are removed
**Use Cases**:
- Clean up unused assets
- Remove failed generations
- Free up storage
- Organize content
### Bulk Share (Coming Soon)
Future feature for sharing multiple assets:
- Share collections
- Generate shareable links
- Team collaboration
- Client sharing
## Asset Information
### Metadata Display
Each asset shows:
- **ID**: Unique asset identifier
- **Model**: AI model used for generation
- **Status**: Generation status
- **Type**: Asset type (image, video, audio, text)
- **Source Module**: Which ALwrity tool created it
- **Created Date**: When asset was generated
- **Cost**: Credits used for generation
- **Dimensions**: Image/video dimensions (if applicable)
### Status Indicators
**Completed**:
- Green checkmark
- Successfully generated
- Ready to use
**Processing**:
- Orange hourglass
- Currently being generated
- Wait for completion
**Failed**:
- Red error icon
- Generation failed
- May need retry
**Pending**:
- Gray icon
- Queued for generation
- Waiting to process
## Usage Tracking
### Download Tracking
- Tracks how many times assets are downloaded
- Useful for identifying popular content
- Helps understand content performance
### Share Tracking
- Tracks how many times assets are shared
- Monitors content distribution
- Useful for analytics
### Usage Analytics (Coming Soon)
Future feature for detailed analytics:
- Usage statistics
- Performance metrics
- Content insights
- Trend analysis
## Integration
### Automatic Tracking
Assets are automatically tracked from:
- **Image Studio**: All generated and edited images
- **Story Writer**: Scene images, audio, videos
- **Blog Writer**: Generated images
- **LinkedIn Writer**: Generated content
- **Other Modules**: All ALwrity tools
### Manual Upload (Coming Soon)
Future feature for manual asset upload:
- Upload external assets
- Organize all content in one place
- Unified content management
## Best Practices
### Organization
1. **Use Favorites**: Mark important assets
2. **Regular Cleanup**: Delete unused assets
3. **Search Effectively**: Use filters to find assets
4. **Track Usage**: Monitor popular content
### Workflow
1. **Generate Content**: Create assets in various modules
2. **Review in Library**: Check all assets in one place
3. **Organize**: Mark favorites, create collections
4. **Download**: Export when needed
5. **Clean Up**: Remove unused assets regularly
### Search Tips
1. **Use Specific Terms**: More specific searches work better
2. **Combine Filters**: Use multiple filters together
3. **Search by Model**: Find assets from specific AI models
4. **Date Ranges**: Use date filter for recent content
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Assets Not Appearing**:
- Check filters - may be filtering out assets
- Verify generation completed successfully
- Check source module integration
- Refresh the page
**Search Not Working**:
- Try different search terms
- Check spelling
- Use filters instead of search
- Clear search and try again
**Slow Loading**:
- Large asset libraries may load slowly
- Use filters to reduce results
- Check internet connection
- Pagination helps with large lists
**Missing Metadata**:
- Some older assets may have limited metadata
- New assets have complete information
- Check asset creation date
### Getting Help
- Check filtering options if assets are missing
- Review the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for common workflows
- See [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical details
## Next Steps
After organizing assets in Asset Library:
1. **Use Assets**: Download and use in your projects
2. **Share**: Share assets with team or clients
3. **Analyze**: Review usage and performance
4. **Create More**: Generate new content in Image Studio modules
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

375
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/control-studio.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
# Control Studio Guide (Planned)
Control Studio will provide advanced generation controls for fine-grained image creation. This guide covers the planned features and capabilities.
## Status
**Current Status**: 🚧 Planned for future release
**Priority**: Medium - Advanced user feature
**Estimated Release**: Coming soon
## Overview
Control Studio enables precise control over image generation through sketch inputs, structure control, and style transfer. This module is designed for advanced users who need fine-grained control over the generation process.
### Key Planned Features
- **Sketch-to-Image**: Generate images from sketches
- **Structure Control**: Control image structure and composition
- **Style Transfer**: Apply styles to images
- **Style Control**: Fine-tune style application
- **Multi-Control**: Combine multiple control methods
---
## Sketch-to-Image
### Overview
Generate images from hand-drawn or digital sketches with precise control over how closely the output follows the sketch.
### Planned Features
#### Sketch Input
- **Upload Sketch**: Upload hand-drawn or digital sketches
- **Format Support**: PNG, JPG, SVG
- **Sketch Types**: Line art, rough sketches, detailed drawings
- **Preprocessing**: Automatic sketch enhancement
#### Control Strength
- **Strength Slider**: Adjust how closely image follows sketch (0.0-1.0)
- **Low Strength**: More creative interpretation
- **High Strength**: Strict adherence to sketch
- **Balanced**: Default balanced setting
#### Style Options
- **Style Presets**: Apply styles to sketches
- **Color Control**: Control color application
- **Detail Enhancement**: Enhance sketch details
- **Realistic Rendering**: Photorealistic output
### Use Cases
#### Concept Visualization
- Transform rough sketches into polished images
- Visualize design concepts
- Rapid prototyping
- Client presentations
#### Artistic Creation
- Enhance artistic sketches
- Apply styles to drawings
- Create finished artwork
- Artistic experimentation
#### Product Design
- Product concept visualization
- Design iteration
- Prototype visualization
- Design communication
### Workflow (Planned)
1. **Upload Sketch**: Select sketch image
2. **Enter Prompt**: Describe desired output
3. **Set Control Strength**: Adjust sketch adherence
4. **Choose Style**: Select style preset (optional)
5. **Generate**: Create image from sketch
6. **Refine**: Adjust settings and regenerate if needed
---
## Structure Control
### Overview
Control image structure, composition, and layout while generating new content.
### Planned Features
#### Structure Input
- **Structure Image**: Upload structure reference
- **Depth Maps**: Use depth information
- **Edge Detection**: Automatic edge detection
- **Composition Control**: Control image composition
#### Control Parameters
- **Structure Strength**: How closely to follow structure (0.0-1.0)
- **Detail Level**: Amount of detail to preserve
- **Composition Preservation**: Maintain original composition
- **Layout Control**: Control element placement
### Use Cases
#### Composition Control
- Maintain specific layouts
- Control element placement
- Preserve spatial relationships
- Design consistency
#### Depth Control
- Control depth information
- 3D-like effects
- Layered compositions
- Spatial relationships
---
## Style Transfer
### Overview
Apply artistic styles to images while maintaining content structure.
### Planned Features
#### Style Input
- **Style Image**: Upload style reference image
- **Style Library**: Pre-built style library
- **Custom Styles**: Upload custom style images
- **Style Categories**: Artistic, photographic, abstract styles
#### Transfer Control
- **Style Strength**: Intensity of style application (0.0-1.0)
- **Content Preservation**: Maintain original content
- **Style Blending**: Blend multiple styles
- **Selective Application**: Apply to specific areas
#### Style Options
- **Artistic Styles**: Painting, drawing, illustration styles
- **Photographic Styles**: Film, vintage, modern styles
- **Abstract Styles**: Abstract art, patterns, textures
- **Custom Styles**: Your own style references
### Use Cases
#### Artistic Transformation
- Apply artistic styles to photos
- Create artistic interpretations
- Style experimentation
- Creative projects
#### Brand Consistency
- Apply brand styles consistently
- Maintain visual identity
- Style matching
- Brand asset creation
#### Creative Projects
- Artistic exploration
- Style mixing
- Creative experimentation
- Unique visual effects
### Workflow (Planned)
1. **Upload Content Image**: Select image to style
2. **Upload Style Image**: Select style reference
3. **Set Style Strength**: Adjust application intensity
4. **Configure Options**: Set additional parameters
5. **Generate**: Apply style to image
6. **Refine**: Adjust and regenerate if needed
---
## Style Control
### Overview
Fine-tune style application with advanced control parameters.
### Planned Features
#### Style Parameters
- **Fidelity**: How closely to match style (0.0-1.0)
- **Composition Fidelity**: Preserve composition (0.0-1.0)
- **Change Strength**: Amount of change (0.0-1.0)
- **Aspect Ratio**: Control output aspect ratio
#### Advanced Options
- **Style Presets**: Pre-configured style settings
- **Selective Styling**: Apply to specific regions
- **Style Blending**: Combine multiple styles
- **Quality Control**: Output quality settings
### Use Cases
#### Precise Styling
- Fine-tune style application
- Control style intensity
- Maintain specific elements
- Professional styling
#### Style Experimentation
- Test different style settings
- Find optimal parameters
- Creative exploration
- Style optimization
---
## Multi-Control Combinations
### Overview
Combine multiple control methods for advanced image generation.
### Planned Features
#### Control Combinations
- **Sketch + Style**: Apply style to sketch
- **Structure + Style**: Control structure and style
- **Multiple Sketches**: Combine multiple sketch inputs
- **Layered Control**: Layer multiple control methods
#### Combination Options
- **Control Weights**: Weight different controls
- **Priority Settings**: Set control priorities
- **Blending Modes**: Blend control methods
- **Advanced Parameters**: Fine-tune combinations
### Use Cases
#### Complex Generation
- Multi-control image creation
- Advanced creative projects
- Professional image generation
- Complex visual effects
---
## Integration with Other Modules
### Complete Workflow
Control Studio will integrate with other Image Studio modules:
1. **Create Studio**: Generate base images
2. **Control Studio**: Apply advanced controls
3. **Edit Studio**: Refine controlled images
4. **Upscale Studio**: Enhance resolution
5. **Social Optimizer**: Optimize for platforms
### Use Case Examples
#### Brand Asset Creation
1. Create base image in Create Studio
2. Apply brand style in Control Studio
3. Refine in Edit Studio
4. Upscale in Upscale Studio
5. Optimize in Social Optimizer
#### Artistic Projects
1. Upload sketch
2. Apply artistic style
3. Control structure and composition
4. Refine details
5. Export final artwork
---
## Technical Details (Planned)
### Providers
#### Stability AI
- **Control Endpoints**: Stability AI control methods
- **Sketch Control**: Sketch-to-image endpoints
- **Structure Control**: Structure control endpoints
- **Style Control**: Style transfer endpoints
### Backend Architecture (Planned)
- **ControlStudioService**: Main service for control operations
- **Control Processing**: Control method processing
- **Parameter Management**: Control parameter handling
- **Multi-Control Logic**: Combination logic
### Frontend Components (Planned)
- **ControlStudio.tsx**: Main interface
- **SketchUploader**: Sketch upload component
- **StyleSelector**: Style selection interface
- **ControlSliders**: Parameter adjustment controls
- **PreviewViewer**: Real-time preview
- **StyleLibrary**: Style library browser
---
## Cost Considerations (Estimated)
### Control Operations
- **Base Cost**: Similar to Create Studio operations
- **Complexity Impact**: More complex controls may cost more
- **Provider**: Uses Stability AI (existing endpoints)
- **Estimated**: 3-6 credits per operation
### Cost Factors
- **Control Type**: Different controls have different costs
- **Complexity**: More complex operations cost more
- **Quality**: Higher quality settings may cost more
- **Combinations**: Multi-control may have additional costs
---
## Best Practices (Planned)
### For Sketch-to-Image
1. **Clear Sketches**: Use clear, well-defined sketches
2. **Appropriate Strength**: Match strength to sketch quality
3. **Detailed Prompts**: Provide detailed generation prompts
4. **Test Settings**: Experiment with different strengths
5. **Iterate**: Refine based on results
### For Style Transfer
1. **High-Quality Styles**: Use high-quality style references
2. **Match Content**: Choose styles that match content
3. **Control Strength**: Adjust strength for desired effect
4. **Test Combinations**: Try different style combinations
5. **Preserve Important Elements**: Use selective application
### For Structure Control
1. **Clear Structure**: Use clear structure references
2. **Appropriate Strength**: Balance structure and creativity
3. **Content Matching**: Match content to structure
4. **Test Parameters**: Experiment with settings
5. **Iterate**: Refine based on results
---
## Roadmap
### Phase 1: Basic Controls
- Sketch-to-image
- Basic style transfer
- Structure control
- Simple parameter controls
### Phase 2: Advanced Controls
- Advanced style transfer
- Multi-control combinations
- Style library
- Enhanced parameters
### Phase 3: Refinement
- Performance optimization
- UI improvements
- Advanced features
- Integration enhancements
---
## Getting Updates
Control Studio is currently in planning. To stay updated:
- Check the [Modules Guide](modules.md) for status updates
- Review the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical progress
- Monitor release notes for availability announcements
---
*Control Studio features are planned for future release. For currently available features, see [Create Studio](create-studio.md), [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md), [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md), [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md), and [Asset Library](asset-library.md).*

285
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/cost-guide.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
# Image Studio Cost Guide
Image Studio uses a credit-based system for all operations. This guide explains the cost structure, estimation, and optimization strategies.
## Credit System Overview
### How Credits Work
- **Credits**: Virtual currency for Image Studio operations
- **Subscription Tiers**: Different credit allocations per plan
- **Operation Costs**: Each operation consumes credits
- **Pre-Flight Validation**: See costs before executing
- **Transparent Pricing**: Clear cost display for all operations
### Credit Allocation
Credits are allocated based on your subscription tier:
- **Free Tier**: Limited credits for testing
- **Basic Tier**: Standard credit allocation
- **Pro Tier**: Higher credit allocation
- **Enterprise Tier**: Unlimited or very high allocation
## Operation Costs
### Create Studio Costs
#### By Provider
**Stability AI**:
- **Ultra**: 8 credits (highest quality)
- **Core**: 3 credits (standard quality)
- **SD3.5**: Varies (artistic content)
**WaveSpeed**:
- **Ideogram V3**: 5-6 credits (photorealistic)
- **Qwen**: 1-2 credits (fast generation)
**HuggingFace**:
- **FLUX**: Free tier available, then varies
**Gemini**:
- **Imagen**: Free tier available, then varies
#### By Quality Level
- **Draft**: 1-2 credits (fast, low cost)
- **Standard**: 3-5 credits (balanced)
- **Premium**: 6-8 credits (highest quality)
#### Additional Costs
- **Variations**: Each variation adds to base cost
- **Batch Generation**: Cost = base cost × number of variations
- **Dimensions**: Larger images may cost slightly more
### Edit Studio Costs
#### By Operation
- **Remove Background**: 2-3 credits
- **Inpaint**: 3-4 credits
- **Outpaint**: 4-5 credits
- **Search & Replace**: 4-5 credits
- **Search & Recolor**: 4-5 credits
- **Replace Background & Relight**: 5-6 credits
- **General Edit**: 3-5 credits
#### Cost Factors
- **Operation Complexity**: More complex operations cost more
- **Image Size**: Larger images may cost slightly more
- **Provider**: Different providers have different costs
### Upscale Studio Costs
#### By Mode
- **Fast (4x)**: 2 credits (~1 second)
- **Conservative 4K**: 6 credits (preserve style)
- **Creative 4K**: 6 credits (enhance style)
#### Cost Factors
- **Mode Selection**: Different modes have different costs
- **Image Size**: Larger source images may cost slightly more
- **Quality Preset**: Presets don't affect cost
### Social Optimizer Costs
- **Included**: Part of standard Image Studio features
- **No Additional Cost**: Platform optimization is included
- **Efficient**: Batch processing is cost-effective
### Asset Library Costs
- **Free**: No cost for asset management
- **Storage**: Included in subscription
- **Operations**: Only generation/editing operations cost credits
## Cost Estimation
### Pre-Flight Validation
Before any operation, Image Studio shows:
- **Estimated Cost**: Credits required
- **Subscription Check**: Validates your tier
- **Credit Balance**: Shows available credits
- **Cost Breakdown**: Detailed cost information
### Estimation Accuracy
- **Create Studio**: Very accurate (known provider costs)
- **Edit Studio**: Accurate (operation-based costs)
- **Upscale Studio**: Accurate (mode-based costs)
- **Batch Operations**: Cost = base × quantity
### Viewing Estimates
1. **Before Generation**: Cost shown in Create Studio
2. **Before Editing**: Cost shown in Edit Studio
3. **Before Upscaling**: Cost shown in Upscale Studio
4. **Operation Button**: Shows cost estimate
## Cost Optimization Strategies
### For Create Studio
1. **Use Draft for Testing**: Test concepts with low-cost Draft quality
2. **Batch Efficiently**: Generate multiple variations in one request
3. **Choose Appropriate Quality**: Don't use Premium for quick previews
4. **Use Templates**: Templates optimize for cost-effectiveness
5. **Provider Selection**: Use cost-effective providers when appropriate
### For Edit Studio
1. **Edit Strategically**: Only edit when necessary
2. **Combine Operations**: Plan edits to minimize operations
3. **Use Masks Efficiently**: Precise masks reduce need for re-editing
4. **Test First**: Use low-cost operations for testing
### For Upscale Studio
1. **Upscale Selectively**: Only upscale best images
2. **Use Fast Mode**: Fast mode for quick previews
3. **Choose Mode Wisely**: Don't use Creative if Conservative is sufficient
4. **Batch Upscaling**: Process multiple images efficiently
### General Strategies
1. **Plan Ahead**: Estimate costs before starting
2. **Iterate Efficiently**: Test with low-cost options first
3. **Reuse Assets**: Don't regenerate similar content
4. **Monitor Usage**: Track costs in Asset Library
5. **Optimize Workflows**: Use efficient workflow patterns
## Cost Examples
### Example 1: Social Media Campaign
**Scenario**: Create 5 images for Instagram, edit 3, optimize for 3 platforms
**Costs**:
- Create 5 images (Standard): 5 × 4 = 20 credits
- Edit 3 images (Remove Background): 3 × 3 = 9 credits
- Social Optimizer: 0 credits (included)
- **Total**: 29 credits
### Example 2: Blog Featured Image
**Scenario**: Create featured image, upscale, optimize for social
**Costs**:
- Create 1 image (Premium): 6 credits
- Upscale (Conservative): 6 credits
- Social Optimizer: 0 credits (included)
- **Total**: 12 credits
### Example 3: Product Photography
**Scenario**: Create product image, remove background, create 3 color variations
**Costs**:
- Create 1 image (Premium): 6 credits
- Remove Background: 3 credits
- Search & Recolor (3 variations): 3 × 4 = 12 credits
- **Total**: 21 credits
### Example 4: Content Library
**Scenario**: Generate 20 images (Draft), edit 10 favorites, upscale 5 best
**Costs**:
- Create 20 images (Draft): 20 × 2 = 40 credits
- Edit 10 images (various): 10 × 4 = 40 credits
- Upscale 5 images (Fast): 5 × 2 = 10 credits
- **Total**: 90 credits
## Subscription Tiers
### Free Tier
- **Credits**: Limited allocation
- **Best For**: Testing, learning, low-volume
- **Limitations**: Rate limits, basic features
### Basic Tier
- **Credits**: Standard allocation
- **Best For**: Regular use, standard content
- **Features**: Full access to all modules
### Pro Tier
- **Credits**: Higher allocation
- **Best For**: Professional use, high-volume
- **Features**: Premium quality, priority processing
### Enterprise Tier
- **Credits**: Unlimited or very high
- **Best For**: Enterprise, agencies, high-volume
- **Features**: All features, priority support
## Cost Monitoring
### Asset Library Tracking
- **Cost Display**: See cost for each asset
- **Usage Tracking**: Monitor total costs
- **Performance Analysis**: Track cost per asset type
- **Optimization Insights**: Identify cost-saving opportunities
### Best Practices
1. **Regular Review**: Check costs regularly
2. **Identify Patterns**: Find cost-saving patterns
3. **Optimize Workflows**: Adjust workflows based on costs
4. **Plan Budget**: Allocate credits for campaigns
## Cost Optimization Tips
### Quick Wins
1. **Use Draft Quality**: For testing and iterations
2. **Batch Operations**: Process multiple items together
3. **Reuse Assets**: Don't regenerate similar content
4. **Choose Providers Wisely**: Use cost-effective providers
5. **Edit Strategically**: Only edit when necessary
### Advanced Strategies
1. **Workflow Optimization**: Use efficient workflow patterns
2. **Quality Matching**: Match quality to use case
3. **Provider Selection**: Choose providers based on cost/quality
4. **Template Usage**: Use templates for optimization
5. **Asset Reuse**: Build library for future use
## Troubleshooting Costs
### Common Issues
**High Costs**:
- Review quality levels used
- Check number of variations
- Consider using Draft for testing
- Optimize workflows
**Unexpected Costs**:
- Check operation costs before executing
- Review batch operation costs
- Verify subscription tier
- Check credit balance
**Cost Estimation Issues**:
- Verify operation selection
- Check provider costs
- Review quality level
- Confirm batch quantities
## Next Steps
- See [Create Studio Guide](create-studio.md) for generation costs
- Check [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for cost-efficient workflows
- Review [Providers Guide](providers.md) for provider costs
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

385
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/create-studio.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
# Create Studio User Guide
Create Studio enables you to generate high-quality images from text prompts using multiple AI providers. This guide covers everything you need to know to create stunning visuals for your marketing campaigns.
## Overview
Create Studio is your primary tool for AI-powered image generation. It supports multiple providers, platform templates, style presets, and batch generation to help you create professional visuals quickly and efficiently.
### Key Features
- **Multi-Provider AI**: Access to Stability AI, WaveSpeed, HuggingFace, and Gemini
- **Platform Templates**: Pre-configured templates for Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, and more
- **Style Presets**: 40+ built-in styles for different visual aesthetics
- **Batch Generation**: Create 1-10 variations in a single request
- **Cost Estimation**: See costs before generating
- **Prompt Enhancement**: AI-powered prompt improvement
## Getting Started
### Accessing Create Studio
1. Navigate to **Image Studio** from the main dashboard
2. Click on **Create Studio** or go directly to `/image-generator`
3. You'll see the Create Studio interface with prompt input and controls
### Basic Workflow
1. **Enter Your Prompt**: Describe the image you want to create
2. **Select Template** (optional): Choose a platform template for automatic sizing
3. **Choose Quality Level**: Select Draft, Standard, or Premium
4. **Generate**: Click the generate button and wait for results
5. **Review & Download**: View results and download your favorites
## Provider Selection
Create Studio supports multiple AI providers, each with different strengths:
### Stability AI
**Models Available**:
- **Ultra**: Highest quality (8 credits) - Best for premium content
- **Core**: Fast and affordable (3 credits) - Best for standard content
- **SD3.5**: Advanced Stable Diffusion 3.5 (varies) - Best for artistic content
**Best For**:
- Professional photography style
- Detailed artistic images
- High-quality marketing materials
- When you need maximum control
### WaveSpeed Ideogram V3
**Model**: `ideogram-v3-turbo`
**Best For**:
- Photorealistic images
- Images with text (superior text rendering)
- Social media content
- Premium quality visuals
**Advantages**:
- Excellent text rendering in images
- Photorealistic quality
- Fast generation
### WaveSpeed Qwen
**Model**: `qwen-image`
**Best For**:
- Quick iterations
- High-volume content
- Draft generation
- Cost-effective production
**Advantages**:
- Ultra-fast generation (2-3 seconds)
- Low cost
- Good quality for quick previews
### HuggingFace FLUX
**Model**: `black-forest-labs/FLUX.1-Krea-dev`
**Best For**:
- Diverse artistic styles
- Experimental content
- Free tier usage
- Creative variations
### Gemini Imagen
**Model**: `imagen-3.0-generate-001`
**Best For**:
- Google ecosystem integration
- General purpose generation
- Free tier usage
### Auto Selection
When set to "Auto", Create Studio automatically selects the best provider based on:
- **Quality Level**: Draft → Qwen/HuggingFace, Standard → Core/Ideogram, Premium → Ideogram/Ultra
- **Template Recommendations**: Templates can suggest specific providers
- **User Preferences**: Your previous selections
## Platform Templates
Templates automatically configure dimensions, aspect ratios, and provider settings for specific platforms.
### Available Templates
#### Instagram (4 templates)
- **Feed Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Standard Instagram posts
- **Feed Post (Portrait)**: 1080x1350 (4:5) - Vertical posts
- **Story**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Instagram Stories
- **Reel Cover**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Reel thumbnails
#### LinkedIn (4 templates)
- **Post**: 1200x628 (1.91:1) - Standard LinkedIn posts
- **Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Square posts
- **Article**: 1200x627 (2:1) - Article cover images
- **Company Cover**: 1128x191 (4:1) - Company page banners
#### Facebook (4 templates)
- **Feed Post**: 1200x630 (1.91:1) - Standard feed posts
- **Feed Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Square posts
- **Story**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Facebook Stories
- **Cover Photo**: 820x312 (16:9) - Page cover photos
#### Twitter/X (3 templates)
- **Post**: 1200x675 (16:9) - Standard tweets
- **Card**: 1200x600 (2:1) - Twitter cards
- **Header**: 1500x500 (3:1) - Profile headers
#### Other Platforms
- **YouTube**: Thumbnails, Channel Art
- **Pinterest**: Pins, Story Pins
- **TikTok**: Video thumbnails
- **Blog**: Featured images, Headers
- **Email**: Banners, Product images
- **Website**: Hero images, Banners
### Using Templates
1. **Click Template Selector**: Open the template selection panel
2. **Filter by Platform**: Select a platform to see relevant templates
3. **Search Templates**: Use the search bar to find specific templates
4. **Select Template**: Click on a template to apply it
5. **Auto-Configuration**: Dimensions, aspect ratio, and provider are automatically set
### Template Benefits
- **Automatic Sizing**: No need to calculate dimensions manually
- **Platform Optimization**: Optimized for each platform's requirements
- **Provider Recommendations**: Templates suggest the best provider
- **Style Guidance**: Templates include style recommendations
## Quality Levels
Create Studio offers three quality levels that balance speed, cost, and quality:
### Draft
- **Speed**: Fastest (2-5 seconds)
- **Cost**: Lowest (1-2 credits)
- **Providers**: Qwen, HuggingFace
- **Use Case**: Quick previews, iterations, high-volume content
### Standard
- **Speed**: Medium (5-15 seconds)
- **Cost**: Moderate (3-5 credits)
- **Providers**: Stability Core, Ideogram V3
- **Use Case**: Most marketing content, social media posts
### Premium
- **Speed**: Slower (15-30 seconds)
- **Cost**: Highest (6-8 credits)
- **Providers**: Ideogram V3, Stability Ultra
- **Use Case**: Premium campaigns, print materials, featured content
## Writing Effective Prompts
### Prompt Structure
A good prompt includes:
1. **Subject**: What you want to see
2. **Style**: Visual style or aesthetic
3. **Details**: Specific elements, colors, mood
4. **Quality Descriptors**: Professional, high quality, detailed
### Example Prompts
**Basic**:
```
Modern minimalist workspace with laptop
```
**Enhanced**:
```
Modern minimalist workspace with laptop, natural lighting, professional photography, high quality, detailed, clean background
```
**Style-Specific**:
```
Futuristic cityscape at sunset, cinematic lighting, dramatic clouds, 4K quality, professional photography
```
### Prompt Enhancement
Create Studio can automatically enhance your prompts:
- **Enable Prompt Enhancement**: Toggle on in advanced options
- **Style Integration**: Automatically adds style-specific descriptors
- **Quality Boosters**: Adds quality and detail descriptors
### Negative Prompts
Use negative prompts to exclude unwanted elements:
- **Common Exclusions**: "blurry, low quality, distorted, watermark"
- **Style Exclusions**: "cartoon, illustration" (if you want photography)
- **Content Exclusions**: "text, logo, watermark"
## Advanced Options
### Provider Settings
**Manual Provider Selection**:
- Override auto-selection
- Choose specific provider and model
- Useful for testing or specific requirements
**Model Selection**:
- Select specific model within a provider
- Useful for fine-tuning results
### Generation Parameters
**Guidance Scale** (Provider-specific):
- Controls how closely the image follows the prompt
- Higher = more adherence to prompt
- Typical range: 4-10
**Steps** (Provider-specific):
- Number of inference steps
- Higher = better quality but slower
- Typical range: 20-50
**Seed**:
- Random seed for reproducibility
- Same seed + same prompt = same result
- Useful for variations and consistency
### Style Presets
Available style presets:
- **Photographic**: Professional photography style
- **Digital Art**: Digital art, vibrant colors
- **Cinematic**: Film-like, dramatic lighting
- **3D Model**: 3D render style
- **Anime**: Anime/manga style
- **Line Art**: Clean line art
## Batch Generation
Create multiple variations in one request:
### How to Use
1. **Set Variations**: Use the slider to select 1-10 variations
2. **Generate**: All variations are created in one request
3. **Review**: Compare all variations side-by-side
4. **Select**: Choose your favorites
### Use Cases
- **A/B Testing**: Generate multiple options for testing
- **Content Libraries**: Build collections quickly
- **Iterations**: Explore different interpretations
- **Time Saving**: Generate multiple images at once
### Cost Considerations
- Each variation consumes credits
- Batch generation is more cost-effective than individual requests
- Cost is displayed before generation
## Cost Estimation
### Pre-Flight Validation
Before generating, Create Studio shows:
- **Estimated Cost**: Credits required
- **Subscription Check**: Validates your subscription tier
- **Credit Balance**: Shows available credits
### Cost Factors
- **Provider**: Different providers have different costs
- **Quality Level**: Premium costs more than Draft
- **Dimensions**: Larger images may cost more
- **Variations**: Each variation adds to the cost
### Cost Optimization Tips
1. **Use Draft for Iterations**: Test ideas with low-cost Draft quality
2. **Batch Efficiently**: Generate multiple variations in one request
3. **Choose Appropriate Quality**: Don't use Premium for quick previews
4. **Template Optimization**: Templates optimize for cost-effectiveness
## Best Practices
### For Social Media
1. **Use Templates**: Templates ensure correct dimensions
2. **Standard Quality**: Usually sufficient for social media
3. **Batch Generate**: Create multiple options for A/B testing
4. **Text Considerations**: Use Ideogram V3 if you need text in images
### For Marketing Materials
1. **Premium Quality**: Use for important campaigns
2. **Detailed Prompts**: Include specific details about brand, style, mood
3. **Negative Prompts**: Exclude unwanted elements
4. **Consistent Seeds**: Use seeds for brand consistency
### For Content Libraries
1. **Batch Generation**: Generate multiple variations efficiently
2. **Draft First**: Test concepts with Draft quality
3. **Template Variety**: Use different templates for diversity
4. **Organize Results**: Save favorites to Asset Library
### Prompt Writing Tips
1. **Be Specific**: Include details about style, mood, composition
2. **Use Quality Descriptors**: "high quality", "professional", "detailed"
3. **Include Lighting**: "natural lighting", "dramatic lighting", "soft lighting"
4. **Specify Style**: "photographic", "cinematic", "minimalist"
5. **Avoid Ambiguity**: Clear, specific descriptions work best
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Low Quality Results**:
- Try Premium quality level
- Use a different provider (try Ideogram V3 or Stability Ultra)
- Enhance your prompt with quality descriptors
- Increase guidance scale or steps
**Images Don't Match Prompt**:
- Be more specific in your prompt
- Use negative prompts to exclude unwanted elements
- Try a different provider
- Adjust guidance scale
**Slow Generation**:
- Use Draft quality for faster results
- Try Qwen or HuggingFace providers
- Reduce image dimensions
- Check your internet connection
**High Costs**:
- Use Draft quality for iterations
- Reduce number of variations
- Choose cost-effective providers (Qwen, HuggingFace)
- Use templates for optimization
### Getting Help
- Check the [Providers Guide](providers.md) for provider-specific tips
- Review the [Cost Guide](cost-guide.md) for cost optimization
- See [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for end-to-end workflows
## Next Steps
After generating images in Create Studio:
1. **Edit**: Use [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md) to refine images
2. **Upscale**: Use [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md) to enhance resolution
3. **Optimize**: Use [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md) for platform-specific exports
4. **Organize**: Save to [Asset Library](asset-library.md) for easy access
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

404
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/edit-studio.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
# Edit Studio User Guide
Edit Studio provides AI-powered image editing capabilities to enhance, modify, and transform your images. This guide covers all available operations and how to use them effectively.
## Overview
Edit Studio enables you to perform professional-grade image editing using AI. From simple background removal to complex object replacement, Edit Studio makes advanced editing accessible without design software expertise.
### Key Features
- **7 Editing Operations**: Remove background, inpaint, outpaint, search & replace, search & recolor, relight, and general edit
- **Mask Editor**: Visual mask creation for precise control
- **Multiple Inputs**: Support for base images, masks, backgrounds, and lighting references
- **Real-time Preview**: See results before finalizing
- **Provider Flexibility**: Uses Stability AI and HuggingFace for different operations
## Getting Started
### Accessing Edit Studio
1. Navigate to **Image Studio** from the main dashboard
2. Click on **Edit Studio** or go directly to `/image-editor`
3. Upload your base image to begin editing
### Basic Workflow
1. **Upload Base Image**: Select the image you want to edit
2. **Choose Operation**: Select from available editing operations
3. **Configure Settings**: Add prompts, masks, or reference images as needed
4. **Apply Edit**: Click "Apply Edit" to process
5. **Review Results**: Compare original and edited versions
6. **Download**: Save your edited image
## Available Operations
### 1. Remove Background
**Purpose**: Isolate the main subject by removing the background.
**When to Use**:
- Product photography
- Creating transparent PNGs
- Isolating subjects for compositing
- Social media graphics
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "Remove Background" operation
3. Click "Apply Edit"
4. The background is automatically removed
**Tips**:
- Works best with clear subject-background separation
- High contrast images produce better results
- Complex backgrounds may require manual cleanup
### 2. Inpaint & Fix
**Purpose**: Edit specific regions by filling or replacing areas using prompts and optional masks.
**When to Use**:
- Remove unwanted objects
- Fix imperfections
- Fill in missing areas
- Replace specific elements
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "Inpaint & Fix" operation
3. **Create Mask** (optional but recommended):
- Click "Open Mask Editor"
- Draw over areas you want to edit
- Save the mask
4. **Enter Prompt**: Describe what you want in the edited area
- Example: "clean white wall" or "blue sky with clouds"
5. **Negative Prompt** (optional): Describe what to avoid
6. Click "Apply Edit"
**Mask Tips**:
- Precise masks produce better results
- Include some surrounding area for natural blending
- Use the brush tool for detailed masking
**Prompt Examples**:
- "Remove person, replace with empty space"
- "Fix scratch on car door"
- "Add window to wall"
- "Remove text watermark"
### 3. Outpaint
**Purpose**: Extend the canvas in any direction with AI-generated content.
**When to Use**:
- Extend images beyond original boundaries
- Create wider compositions
- Fix cropped images
- Add context around subjects
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "Outpaint" operation
3. **Set Expansion**:
- Use sliders for Left, Right, Up, Down (0-512 pixels)
- Set expansion for each direction
4. **Negative Prompt** (optional): Exclude unwanted elements
5. Click "Apply Edit"
**Expansion Tips**:
- Start with small expansions (50-100px) for best results
- Large expansions may require multiple passes
- Consider the image content when expanding
- Use negative prompts to guide the expansion
**Use Cases**:
- Extend landscape photos
- Add more space around products
- Create wider social media images
- Fix accidentally cropped images
### 4. Search & Replace
**Purpose**: Locate objects via search prompt and replace them with new content. Optional mask for precise control.
**When to Use**:
- Replace objects in images
- Swap products in photos
- Change elements while maintaining context
- Update outdated content
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "Search & Replace" operation
3. **Search Prompt**: Describe what to find and replace
- Example: "red car" to find a red car
4. **Prompt**: Describe the replacement
- Example: "blue car" to replace with a blue car
5. **Mask** (optional): Use mask editor for precise region selection
6. Click "Apply Edit"
**Prompt Examples**:
- Search: "old phone", Replace: "modern smartphone"
- Search: "winter trees", Replace: "spring trees with flowers"
- Search: "wooden table", Replace: "glass table"
**Tips**:
- Be specific in search prompts
- Use masks for better precision
- Consider lighting and perspective in replacements
### 5. Search & Recolor
**Purpose**: Select elements via prompt and recolor them. Optional mask for exact region selection.
**When to Use**:
- Change colors of specific objects
- Create color variations
- Match brand colors
- Experiment with color schemes
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "Search & Recolor" operation
3. **Select Prompt**: Describe what to recolor
- Example: "red dress" or "blue car"
4. **Prompt**: Describe the new color
- Example: "green dress" or "yellow car"
5. **Mask** (optional): Use mask editor for precise selection
6. Click "Apply Edit"
**Prompt Examples**:
- Select: "red shirt", Recolor: "blue shirt"
- Select: "green grass", Recolor: "autumn brown grass"
- Select: "white wall", Recolor: "beige wall"
**Tips**:
- Be specific about what to recolor
- Consider lighting and shadows
- Use masks for complex selections
### 6. Replace Background & Relight
**Purpose**: Swap backgrounds and adjust lighting using reference images.
**When to Use**:
- Change photo backgrounds
- Match lighting between subjects and backgrounds
- Create composite images
- Professional product photography
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image (subject)
2. Select "Replace Background & Relight" operation
3. **Upload Background Image**: Reference image for new background
4. **Upload Lighting Image** (optional): Reference for lighting style
5. Click "Apply Edit"
**Tips**:
- Use high-quality background images
- Match perspective and angle when possible
- Lighting reference helps create realistic composites
- Consider subject-background compatibility
### 7. General Edit / Prompt-based Edit
**Purpose**: Make general edits to images using natural language prompts. Optional mask for targeted editing.
**When to Use**:
- General image modifications
- Style changes
- Atmosphere adjustments
- Creative transformations
**How to Use**:
1. Upload your base image
2. Select "General Edit" operation
3. **Enter Prompt**: Describe the desired changes
- Example: "make it more vibrant and colorful"
- Example: "add warm sunset lighting"
- Example: "convert to black and white with high contrast"
4. **Mask** (optional): Use mask editor to target specific areas
5. **Negative Prompt** (optional): Exclude unwanted changes
6. Click "Apply Edit"
**Prompt Examples**:
- "Add dramatic lighting with shadows"
- "Make colors more saturated and vibrant"
- "Convert to vintage film style"
- "Add fog and atmosphere"
- "Enhance details and sharpness"
**Tips**:
- Be descriptive in your prompts
- Use masks for localized edits
- Combine with negative prompts for better control
## Mask Editor
The Mask Editor is a powerful tool for precise editing control. It allows you to visually define areas to edit.
### Accessing the Mask Editor
1. Select an operation that supports masks (Inpaint, Search & Replace, Search & Recolor, General Edit)
2. Click "Open Mask Editor" button
3. The mask editor opens in a dialog
### Using the Mask Editor
**Drawing Masks**:
- **Brush Tool**: Paint over areas you want to edit
- **Eraser Tool**: Remove mask areas
- **Brush Size**: Adjust brush size for precision
- **Zoom**: Zoom in/out for detailed work
**Mask Tips**:
- **Precise Masks**: Draw exactly over areas to edit
- **Soft Edges**: Include some surrounding area for natural blending
- **Multiple Passes**: You can refine masks after seeing results
- **Save Masks**: Masks can be reused for similar edits
**When to Use Masks**:
- **Inpaint**: Define areas to fill or replace
- **Search & Replace**: Target specific regions
- **Search & Recolor**: Select exact elements to recolor
- **General Edit**: Apply edits to specific areas only
## Image Uploads
Edit Studio supports multiple image inputs:
### Base Image
- **Required**: Always needed
- **Purpose**: The main image to edit
- **Formats**: JPG, PNG
- **Size**: Recommended under 10MB for best performance
### Mask Image
- **Optional**: For operations that support masks
- **Purpose**: Define areas to edit
- **Creation**: Use Mask Editor or upload existing mask
- **Format**: PNG with transparency
### Background Image
- **Optional**: For Replace Background & Relight
- **Purpose**: Reference for new background
- **Tips**: Match perspective and lighting when possible
### Lighting Image
- **Optional**: For Replace Background & Relight
- **Purpose**: Reference for lighting style
- **Tips**: Use images with desired lighting characteristics
## Advanced Options
### Negative Prompts
Use negative prompts to exclude unwanted elements or effects:
**Common Negative Prompts**:
- "blurry, low quality, distorted"
- "watermark, text, logo"
- "oversaturated, unrealistic colors"
- "artifacts, noise, compression"
**Operation-Specific**:
- **Outpaint**: "people, buildings, text" (to avoid adding unwanted elements)
- **Inpaint**: "blurry edges, artifacts" (to ensure clean fills)
- **General Edit**: "oversaturated, unrealistic" (to maintain natural look)
### Provider Settings
**Stability AI** (default for most operations):
- High quality results
- Reliable performance
- Good for professional editing
**HuggingFace** (for general edits):
- Alternative provider
- Good for creative edits
- Free tier available
## Best Practices
### For Product Photography
1. **Remove Background**: Use for clean product isolation
2. **Replace Background**: Use for different scene contexts
3. **Inpaint**: Remove unwanted elements or reflections
4. **Search & Replace**: Swap product variations
### For Social Media
1. **Remove Background**: Create transparent PNGs for graphics
2. **Outpaint**: Extend images for different aspect ratios
3. **Search & Recolor**: Match brand colors
4. **General Edit**: Apply consistent style across images
### For Photo Editing
1. **Inpaint**: Remove unwanted objects or people
2. **Outpaint**: Fix cropped images
3. **Search & Replace**: Update outdated elements
4. **General Edit**: Enhance overall image quality
### Prompt Writing Tips
1. **Be Specific**: Clear, detailed prompts work best
2. **Use Context**: Reference surrounding elements
3. **Consider Style**: Match the existing image style
4. **Test Iteratively**: Refine prompts based on results
### Mask Creation Tips
1. **Precision**: Draw exactly over target areas
2. **Soft Edges**: Include some surrounding area
3. **Multiple Objects**: Create separate masks for different objects
4. **Refinement**: Adjust masks after seeing initial results
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Poor Quality Results**:
- Try a different operation
- Use more specific prompts
- Create precise masks
- Adjust negative prompts
**Unwanted Changes**:
- Use negative prompts to exclude elements
- Create more precise masks
- Be more specific in prompts
- Try a different operation
**Mask Not Working**:
- Ensure mask covers the correct area
- Check mask format (should be PNG with transparency)
- Verify operation supports masks
- Try recreating the mask
**Slow Processing**:
- Large images take longer
- Complex operations require more time
- Check your internet connection
- Try reducing image size
### Getting Help
- Check operation-specific tips above
- Review the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for common workflows
- See [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical details
## Next Steps
After editing images in Edit Studio:
1. **Upscale**: Use [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md) to enhance resolution
2. **Optimize**: Use [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md) for platform-specific exports
3. **Organize**: Save to [Asset Library](asset-library.md) for easy access
4. **Create More**: Use [Create Studio](create-studio.md) to generate new images
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

517
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/implementation-overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
# Image Studio Implementation Overview
This document provides a technical overview of the Image Studio implementation, including architecture, backend services, frontend components, and data flow.
## Architecture Overview
Image Studio follows a modular architecture with clear separation between backend services, API endpoints, and frontend components.
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Frontend"
UI[Image Studio UI Components]
Hooks[React Hooks]
end
subgraph "API Layer"
Router[Image Studio Router]
Auth[Authentication Middleware]
end
subgraph "Service Layer"
Manager[ImageStudioManager]
Create[CreateStudioService]
Edit[EditStudioService]
Upscale[UpscaleStudioService]
Social[SocialOptimizerService]
Control[ControlStudioService]
end
subgraph "Providers"
Stability[Stability AI]
WaveSpeed[WaveSpeed AI]
HuggingFace[HuggingFace]
Gemini[Gemini]
end
subgraph "Storage"
Assets[Asset Library]
Files[File Storage]
end
UI --> Hooks
Hooks --> Router
Router --> Auth
Auth --> Manager
Manager --> Create
Manager --> Edit
Manager --> Upscale
Manager --> Social
Manager --> Control
Create --> Stability
Create --> WaveSpeed
Create --> HuggingFace
Create --> Gemini
Edit --> Stability
Upscale --> Stability
Manager --> Assets
Create --> Files
Edit --> Files
Upscale --> Files
```
## Backend Architecture
### Service Layer
#### ImageStudioManager
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/studio_manager.py`
The main orchestration service that coordinates all Image Studio operations.
**Responsibilities**:
- Initialize all module services
- Route requests to appropriate services
- Provide unified interface for all operations
- Manage templates and platform specifications
- Cost estimation and validation
**Key Methods**:
- `create_image()`: Delegate to CreateStudioService
- `edit_image()`: Delegate to EditStudioService
- `upscale_image()`: Delegate to UpscaleStudioService
- `optimize_for_social()`: Delegate to SocialOptimizerService
- `get_templates()`: Retrieve available templates
- `get_platform_formats()`: Get platform-specific formats
- `estimate_cost()`: Calculate operation costs
#### CreateStudioService
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/create_service.py`
Handles image generation with multi-provider support.
**Features**:
- Provider selection (auto or manual)
- Template-based generation
- Prompt enhancement
- Batch generation (1-10 variations)
- Quality level mapping
- Persona support
**Provider Support**:
- Stability AI (Ultra, Core, SD3.5)
- WaveSpeed (Ideogram V3, Qwen)
- HuggingFace (FLUX models)
- Gemini (Imagen)
#### EditStudioService
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/edit_service.py`
Manages image editing operations.
**Operations**:
- Remove background
- Inpaint & Fix
- Outpaint
- Search & Replace
- Search & Recolor
- General Edit
**Features**:
- Optional mask support
- Multiple input handling (base, mask, background, lighting)
- Provider abstraction
- Operation metadata
#### UpscaleStudioService
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/upscale_service.py`
Handles image upscaling operations.
**Modes**:
- Fast 4x upscale
- Conservative 4K upscale
- Creative 4K upscale
**Features**:
- Quality presets
- Optional prompt support
- Provider-specific optimization
#### SocialOptimizerService
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/social_optimizer_service.py`
Optimizes images for social media platforms.
**Features**:
- Platform format specifications
- Smart cropping algorithms
- Safe zone visualization
- Batch export
- Image processing with PIL
**Supported Platforms**:
- Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Pinterest, TikTok
#### ControlStudioService
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/control_service.py`
Advanced generation controls (planned).
**Planned Features**:
- Sketch-to-image
- Style transfer
- Structure control
### Template System
**Location**: `backend/services/image_studio/templates.py`
**Components**:
- `TemplateManager`: Manages template loading and retrieval
- `ImageTemplate`: Template data structure
- `Platform`: Platform enumeration
- `TemplateCategory`: Category enumeration
**Template Structure**:
- Platform-specific dimensions
- Aspect ratios
- Style recommendations
- Provider suggestions
- Quality settings
### API Layer
#### Image Studio Router
**Location**: `backend/routers/image_studio.py`
**Endpoints**:
##### Create Studio
- `POST /api/image-studio/create` - Generate images
- `GET /api/image-studio/templates` - Get templates
- `GET /api/image-studio/templates/search` - Search templates
- `GET /api/image-studio/templates/recommend` - Get recommendations
- `GET /api/image-studio/providers` - Get available providers
##### Edit Studio
- `POST /api/image-studio/edit` - Edit images
- `GET /api/image-studio/edit/operations` - List available operations
##### Upscale Studio
- `POST /api/image-studio/upscale` - Upscale images
##### Social Optimizer
- `POST /api/image-studio/social/optimize` - Optimize for social platforms
- `GET /api/image-studio/social/platforms/{platform}/formats` - Get platform formats
##### Utility
- `POST /api/image-studio/estimate-cost` - Estimate operation costs
- `GET /api/image-studio/platform-specs/{platform}` - Get platform specifications
- `GET /api/image-studio/health` - Health check
**Authentication**:
- All endpoints require authentication via `get_current_user` middleware
- User ID validation for all operations
**Error Handling**:
- Comprehensive error messages
- Provider fallback logic
- Retry mechanisms
- Logging for debugging
## Frontend Architecture
### Component Structure
```
frontend/src/components/ImageStudio/
├── ImageStudioLayout.tsx # Shared layout wrapper
├── ImageStudioDashboard.tsx # Main dashboard
├── CreateStudio.tsx # Image generation
├── EditStudio.tsx # Image editing
├── UpscaleStudio.tsx # Image upscaling
├── SocialOptimizer.tsx # Social optimization
├── AssetLibrary.tsx # Asset management
├── TemplateSelector.tsx # Template selection
├── ImageResultsGallery.tsx # Results display
├── EditImageUploader.tsx # Image upload
├── ImageMaskEditor.tsx # Mask creation
├── EditOperationsToolbar.tsx # Operation selection
├── EditResultViewer.tsx # Edit results
├── CostEstimator.tsx # Cost calculation
└── ui/ # Shared UI components
├── GlassyCard.tsx
├── SectionHeader.tsx
├── StatusChip.tsx
├── LoadingSkeleton.tsx
└── AsyncStatusBanner.tsx
```
### Shared Components
#### ImageStudioLayout
**Purpose**: Consistent layout wrapper for all Image Studio modules
**Features**:
- Unified navigation
- Consistent styling
- Responsive design
- Glassmorphic theme
#### Shared UI Components
- **GlassyCard**: Glassmorphic card component
- **SectionHeader**: Consistent section headers
- **StatusChip**: Status indicators
- **LoadingSkeleton**: Loading states
- **AsyncStatusBanner**: Async operation status
### React Hooks
#### useImageStudio
**Location**: `frontend/src/hooks/useImageStudio.ts`
**Functions**:
- `generateImage()`: Create images
- `processEdit()`: Edit images
- `processUpscale()`: Upscale images
- `optimizeForSocial()`: Optimize for social platforms
- `getPlatformFormats()`: Get platform formats
- `loadEditOperations()`: Load available edit operations
- `estimateCost()`: Estimate operation costs
**State Management**:
- Loading states
- Error handling
- Result caching
- Cost tracking
#### useContentAssets
**Location**: `frontend/src/hooks/useContentAssets.ts`
**Functions**:
- `getAssets()`: Fetch assets with filters
- `toggleFavorite()`: Mark/unmark favorites
- `deleteAsset()`: Delete assets
- `trackUsage()`: Track asset usage
- `refetch()`: Refresh asset list
## Data Flow
### Image Generation Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant Frontend
participant API
participant Manager
participant Service
participant Provider
participant Storage
User->>Frontend: Enter prompt, select template
Frontend->>API: POST /api/image-studio/create
API->>Manager: create_image(request)
Manager->>Service: generate(request)
Service->>Service: Select provider
Service->>Service: Enhance prompt (optional)
Service->>Provider: Generate image
Provider-->>Service: Image result
Service->>Storage: Save to asset library
Service-->>Manager: Return result
Manager-->>API: Return response
API-->>Frontend: Return image data
Frontend->>User: Display results
```
### Image Editing Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant Frontend
participant API
participant Manager
participant Service
participant Provider
participant Storage
User->>Frontend: Upload image, select operation
Frontend->>API: POST /api/image-studio/edit
API->>Manager: edit_image(request)
Manager->>Service: process_edit(request)
Service->>Service: Validate operation
Service->>Service: Prepare inputs (mask, background, etc.)
Service->>Provider: Execute edit operation
Provider-->>Service: Edited image
Service->>Storage: Save to asset library
Service-->>Manager: Return result
Manager-->>API: Return response
API-->>Frontend: Return edited image
Frontend->>User: Display results
```
### Social Optimization Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant Frontend
participant API
participant Manager
participant Service
participant Storage
User->>Frontend: Upload image, select platforms
Frontend->>API: POST /api/image-studio/social/optimize
API->>Manager: optimize_for_social(request)
Manager->>Service: optimize_image(request)
Service->>Service: Load platform formats
Service->>Service: Process each platform
Service->>Service: Resize and crop
Service->>Service: Apply safe zones (optional)
Service->>Storage: Save optimized images
Service-->>Manager: Return results
Manager-->>API: Return response
API-->>Frontend: Return optimized images
Frontend->>User: Display results grid
```
## Provider Integration
### Stability AI
- **Endpoints**: Multiple endpoints for generation, editing, upscaling
- **Authentication**: API key based
- **Rate Limiting**: Credit-based system
- **Error Handling**: Retry logic with exponential backoff
### WaveSpeed AI
- **Endpoints**: Image generation (Ideogram V3, Qwen)
- **Authentication**: API key based
- **Rate Limiting**: Request-based
- **Error Handling**: Standard HTTP error responses
### HuggingFace
- **Endpoints**: FLUX model inference
- **Authentication**: API token based
- **Rate Limiting**: Free tier limits
- **Error Handling**: Standard HTTP error responses
### Gemini
- **Endpoints**: Imagen generation
- **Authentication**: API key based
- **Rate Limiting**: Quota-based
- **Error Handling**: Standard HTTP error responses
## Asset Management
### Content Asset Service
**Location**: `backend/services/content_asset_service.py`
**Features**:
- Automatic asset tracking
- Search and filtering
- Favorites management
- Usage tracking
- Bulk operations
### Asset Tracking
**Location**: `backend/utils/asset_tracker.py`
**Integration Points**:
- Image Studio: All generated/edited images
- Story Writer: Scene images, audio, videos
- Blog Writer: Generated images
- Other modules: All ALwrity tools
## Cost Management
### Cost Estimation
- Pre-flight validation before operations
- Real-time cost calculation
- Credit system integration
- Subscription tier validation
### Credit System
- Operations consume credits based on complexity
- Provider-specific credit costs
- Quality level affects credit consumption
- Batch operations aggregate costs
## Error Handling
### Backend Error Handling
- Comprehensive error messages
- Provider fallback logic
- Retry mechanisms
- Detailed logging
### Frontend Error Handling
- User-friendly error messages
- Retry options
- Error state management
- Graceful degradation
## Performance Optimization
### Backend
- Async operations for long-running tasks
- Caching for templates and platform specs
- Connection pooling for providers
- Efficient image processing
### Frontend
- Lazy loading of components
- Image optimization
- Result caching
- Debounced search
## Security
### Authentication
- All endpoints require authentication
- User ID validation
- Subscription checks
### Data Protection
- Secure API key storage
- Base64 encoding for images
- File validation
- Size limits
## Testing
### Backend Testing
- Unit tests for services
- Integration tests for API endpoints
- Provider mock testing
- Error scenario testing
### Frontend Testing
- Component unit tests
- Hook testing
- Integration tests
- E2E tests for workflows
## Deployment
### Backend
- FastAPI application
- Environment-based configuration
- Docker containerization
- Health check endpoints
### Frontend
- React application
- Build optimization
- CDN deployment
- Route configuration
---
*For API reference, see [API Reference](api-reference.md). For module-specific guides, see the individual module documentation.*

432
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/modules.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
# Image Studio Modules
Image Studio consists of 7 core modules that provide a complete image workflow from creation to optimization. This guide provides detailed information about each module, their features, and current implementation status.
## Module Overview
| Module | Status | Route | Description |
|--------|-------|-------|-------------|
| **Create Studio** | ✅ Live | `/image-generator` | Generate images from text prompts |
| **Edit Studio** | ✅ Live | `/image-editor` | AI-powered image editing |
| **Upscale Studio** | ✅ Live | `/image-upscale` | Enhance image resolution |
| **Social Optimizer** | ✅ Live | `/image-studio/social-optimizer` | Optimize for social platforms |
| **Asset Library** | ✅ Live | `/image-studio/asset-library` | Unified content archive |
| **Transform Studio** | 🚧 Planned | - | Convert images to videos/avatars |
| **Control Studio** | 🚧 Planned | - | Advanced generation controls |
---
## 1. Create Studio ✅
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-generator`
### Overview
Create Studio enables you to generate high-quality images from text prompts using multiple AI providers. It includes platform templates, style presets, and batch generation capabilities.
### Key Features
#### Multi-Provider Support
- **Stability AI**: Ultra (highest quality), Core (fast & affordable), SD3.5 (advanced)
- **WaveSpeed Ideogram V3**: Photorealistic images with superior text rendering
- **WaveSpeed Qwen**: Ultra-fast generation (2-3 seconds)
- **HuggingFace**: FLUX models for diverse styles
- **Gemini**: Google's Imagen models
#### Platform Templates
- **Instagram**: Feed posts (square, portrait), Stories, Reels
- **LinkedIn**: Post images, article covers, company banners
- **Facebook**: Feed posts, Stories, cover photos
- **Twitter/X**: Post images, header images
- **YouTube**: Thumbnails, channel art
- **Pinterest**: Pins, board covers
- **TikTok**: Video thumbnails
- **Blog**: Featured images, article headers
- **Email**: Newsletter headers, promotional images
- **Website**: Hero images, section backgrounds
#### Style Presets
40+ built-in styles including:
- Photographic
- Digital Art
- 3D Model
- Anime
- Cinematic
- Oil Painting
- Watercolor
- And many more...
#### Advanced Features
- **Batch Generation**: Create 1-10 variations in one request
- **Prompt Enhancement**: AI-powered prompt improvement
- **Cost Estimation**: See costs before generating
- **Quality Levels**: Draft, Standard, Premium
- **Advanced Controls**: Guidance scale, steps, seed for fine-tuning
- **Persona Support**: Generate content aligned with brand personas
### Use Cases
- Social media campaign visuals
- Blog post featured images
- Product photography
- Marketing materials
- Brand assets
- Content library building
### Backend Components
- `CreateStudioService`: Generation logic
- `ImageStudioManager`: Orchestration
- Template system with platform specifications
### Frontend Components
- `CreateStudio.tsx`: Main interface
- `TemplateSelector.tsx`: Template selection
- `ImageResultsGallery.tsx`: Results display
- `CostEstimator.tsx`: Cost calculation
---
## 2. Edit Studio ✅
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-editor`
### Overview
Edit Studio provides AI-powered image editing capabilities including background operations, object manipulation, and conversational editing.
### Available Operations
#### Background Operations
- **Remove Background**: Extract subjects with transparent backgrounds
- **Replace Background**: Change backgrounds with proper lighting
- **Relight**: Adjust lighting to match new backgrounds
#### Object Manipulation
- **Erase**: Remove unwanted objects from images
- **Inpaint**: Fill or replace specific areas with AI
- **Outpaint**: Expand images beyond original boundaries
- **Search & Replace**: Replace objects using text prompts
- **Search & Recolor**: Change colors using text prompts
#### General Editing
- **General Edit**: Prompt-based editing with optional mask support
- **Mask Editor**: Visual mask creation for precise control
### Key Features
- **Reusable Mask Editor**: Create and reuse masks across operations
- **Optional Masking**: Use masks for `general_edit`, `search_replace`, `search_recolor`
- **Multiple Input Support**: Base image, mask, background, and lighting references
- **Real-time Preview**: See results before applying
- **Operation-Specific Fields**: Dynamic UI based on selected operation
### Use Cases
- Remove unwanted objects
- Change backgrounds
- Fix imperfections
- Add or modify elements
- Adjust colors
- Extend image canvas
### Backend Components
- `EditStudioService`: Editing logic
- Stability AI integration
- HuggingFace integration
### Frontend Components
- `EditStudio.tsx`: Main interface
- `ImageMaskEditor.tsx`: Mask creation tool
- `EditImageUploader.tsx`: Image upload interface
- `EditOperationsToolbar.tsx`: Operation selection
---
## 3. Upscale Studio ✅
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-upscale`
### Overview
Upscale Studio enhances image resolution using AI-powered upscaling with multiple modes and quality presets.
### Upscaling Modes
#### Fast Upscale
- **Speed**: ~1 second
- **Quality**: 4x upscaling
- **Use Case**: Quick previews, web display
- **Cost**: 2 credits
#### Conservative Upscale
- **Quality**: 4K resolution
- **Style**: Preserves original style
- **Use Case**: Professional printing, high-quality display
- **Cost**: 6 credits
- **Optional Prompt**: Guide the upscaling process
#### Creative Upscale
- **Quality**: 4K resolution
- **Style**: Enhances and improves style
- **Use Case**: Artistic enhancement, style improvement
- **Cost**: 6 credits
- **Optional Prompt**: Guide creative enhancements
### Key Features
- **Quality Presets**: Web, print, social media optimizations
- **Side-by-Side Comparison**: Before/after preview with synchronized zoom
- **Prompt Support**: Optional prompts for conservative/creative modes
- **Real-time Preview**: See results immediately
- **Metadata Display**: View upscaling details
### Use Cases
- Enhance low-resolution images
- Prepare images for printing
- Improve image quality for display
- Upscale product photos
- Enhance social media images
### Backend Components
- `UpscaleStudioService`: Upscaling logic
- Stability AI upscaling endpoints
### Frontend Components
- `UpscaleStudio.tsx`: Main interface
- Comparison viewer with zoom
---
## 4. Social Optimizer ✅
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-studio/social-optimizer`
### Overview
Social Optimizer automatically resizes and optimizes images for all major social media platforms with smart cropping and safe zone visualization.
### Supported Platforms
- **Instagram**: Feed posts (square, portrait), Stories, Reels
- **Facebook**: Feed posts, Stories, cover photos
- **Twitter/X**: Post images, header images
- **LinkedIn**: Post images, article covers, company banners
- **YouTube**: Thumbnails, channel art
- **Pinterest**: Pins, board covers
- **TikTok**: Video thumbnails
### Key Features
#### Platform Formats
- **Multiple Formats per Platform**: Choose from various format options
- **Automatic Sizing**: Platform-specific dimensions
- **Format Selection**: Pick the best format for your content
#### Crop Modes
- **Smart Crop**: Preserve important content with intelligent cropping
- **Center Crop**: Crop from center
- **Fit**: Fit with padding
#### Safe Zones
- **Visual Overlays**: Display text-safe areas
- **Platform-Specific**: Safe zones tailored to each platform
- **Toggle Display**: Show/hide safe zones
#### Batch Export
- **Multi-Platform**: Generate optimized versions for multiple platforms
- **Single Source**: One image → all platforms
- **Individual Downloads**: Download specific formats
- **Bulk Download**: Download all optimized images at once
### Use Cases
- Social media campaigns
- Multi-platform content distribution
- Brand consistency across platforms
- Time-saving batch optimization
### Backend Components
- `SocialOptimizerService`: Optimization logic
- Platform format specifications
- Image processing and resizing
### Frontend Components
- `SocialOptimizer.tsx`: Main interface
- Platform selector
- Format selection
- Results grid
---
## 5. Asset Library ✅
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-studio/asset-library`
### Overview
Asset Library is a unified content archive that tracks all AI-generated content (images, videos, audio, text) across all ALwrity modules.
### Key Features
#### Search & Filtering
- **Advanced Search**: Search by ID, model, keywords
- **Type Filtering**: Filter by image, video, audio, text
- **Module Filtering**: Filter by source module (Image Studio, Story Writer, Blog Writer, etc.)
- **Status Filtering**: Filter by completion status
- **Date Filtering**: Filter by creation date
- **Favorites Filter**: Show only favorited assets
#### Organization
- **Favorites**: Mark and organize favorite assets
- **Collections**: Organize assets into collections (coming soon)
- **Tags**: AI-powered tagging (coming soon)
- **Version History**: Track asset versions (coming soon)
#### Views
- **Grid View**: Visual card-based layout
- **List View**: Detailed table layout with all metadata
- **Toggle Views**: Switch between grid and list views
#### Bulk Operations
- **Bulk Download**: Download multiple assets at once
- **Bulk Delete**: Delete multiple assets
- **Bulk Share**: Share multiple assets (coming soon)
#### Usage Tracking
- **Download Count**: Track asset downloads
- **Share Count**: Track asset shares
- **Usage Analytics**: Monitor asset performance
#### Asset Information
- **Metadata Display**: View provider, model, cost, generation time
- **Status Indicators**: Visual status chips (completed, processing, failed)
- **Source Module**: Identify which ALwrity tool created the asset
- **Creation Date**: Timestamp of asset creation
### Integration
Assets are automatically tracked from:
- **Image Studio**: All generated and edited images
- **Story Writer**: Scene images, audio, videos
- **Blog Writer**: Generated images
- **LinkedIn Writer**: Generated content
- **Other Modules**: All ALwrity tools
### Use Cases
- Organize campaign assets
- Find previously generated content
- Track content usage
- Manage brand assets
- Archive content library
### Backend Components
- `ContentAssetService`: Asset management
- Database models for asset storage
- Search and filtering logic
### Frontend Components
- `AssetLibrary.tsx`: Main interface
- Search and filter controls
- Grid and list views
- Bulk operation tools
---
## 6. Transform Studio 🚧
**Status**: Planned for future release
### Overview
Transform Studio will enable conversion of images into videos, creation of talking avatars, and generation of 3D models.
### Planned Features
#### Image-to-Video
- **WaveSpeed WAN 2.5**: Convert static images to dynamic videos
- **Resolutions**: 480p, 720p, 1080p
- **Duration**: Up to 10 seconds
- **Audio Support**: Add audio/voiceover
- **Social Optimization**: Optimize for social platforms
#### Make Avatar
- **Hunyuan Avatar**: Create talking avatars from photos
- **Audio-Driven**: Lip-sync with audio input
- **Duration**: Up to 2 minutes
- **Emotion Control**: Adjust avatar expressions
- **Resolutions**: 480p, 720p
#### Image-to-3D
- **Stable Fast 3D**: Generate 3D models from images
- **Export Formats**: Standard 3D formats
- **Quality Options**: Multiple quality levels
### Use Cases
- Product showcases
- Social media videos
- Explainer videos
- Personal branding
- Marketing campaigns
---
## 7. Control Studio 🚧
**Status**: Planned for future release
### Overview
Control Studio will provide advanced generation controls for fine-grained image creation.
### Planned Features
#### Sketch-to-Image
- **Control Strength**: Adjust how closely the image follows the sketch
- **Style Transfer**: Apply styles to sketches
- **Multiple Sketches**: Combine multiple control inputs
#### Style Transfer
- **Style Library**: Pre-built style library
- **Custom Styles**: Upload custom style images
- **Strength Control**: Adjust style application intensity
#### Structure Control
- **Pose Control**: Control human poses
- **Depth Control**: Control depth information
- **Edge Control**: Control edge detection
### Use Cases
- Precise image generation
- Style consistency
- Brand-aligned visuals
- Advanced creative control
---
## Module Dependencies
### Infrastructure
- **ImageStudioManager**: Orchestrates all modules
- **Shared UI Components**: Consistent interface across modules
- **Cost Estimation**: Unified cost calculation
- **Authentication**: User validation for all operations
### Data Flow
1. User selects module
2. Module-specific UI loads
3. User provides input (prompt, image, settings)
4. Pre-flight validation (cost, subscription)
5. Operation executes
6. Results displayed
7. Asset saved to Asset Library (if applicable)
---
## Module Status Summary
### ✅ Implemented (5/7)
- Create Studio
- Edit Studio
- Upscale Studio
- Social Optimizer
- Asset Library
### 🚧 Planned (2/7)
- Transform Studio
- Control Studio
---
*For detailed guides on each module, see the module-specific documentation: [Create Studio](create-studio.md), [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md), [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md), [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md), [Asset Library](asset-library.md).*

225
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
# Image Studio Overview
The ALwrity Image Studio is a comprehensive AI-powered image creation, editing, and optimization platform designed specifically for digital marketers and content creators. It provides a unified hub for all image-related operations, from generation to social media optimization, making professional visual content creation accessible to everyone.
## What is Image Studio?
Image Studio is ALwrity's centralized platform that consolidates all image operations into one seamless workflow. It combines existing AI capabilities (Stability AI, HuggingFace, Gemini) with new WaveSpeed AI features to provide a complete image creation, editing, and optimization solution.
### Key Benefits
- **Unified Platform**: All image operations in one place - no need to switch between multiple tools
- **Complete Workflow**: Create → Edit → Upscale → Optimize → Export in a single interface
- **Multi-Provider AI**: Access to Stability AI, WaveSpeed (Ideogram V3, Qwen), HuggingFace, and Gemini
- **Social Media Ready**: One-click optimization for all major platforms
- **Professional Quality**: Enterprise-grade results without the complexity
- **Cost-Effective**: Subscription-based pricing with transparent cost estimation
## Target Users
### Primary: Digital Marketers & Content Creators
- Need professional visuals for campaigns
- Require platform-optimized content
- Want to scale content production
- Value time and cost efficiency
### Secondary: Solopreneurs & Small Businesses
- Can't afford dedicated designers
- Need DIY professional images
- Require consistent brand visuals
- Want to reduce content creation costs
### Tertiary: Content Teams & Agencies
- Manage multiple client campaigns
- Need batch processing capabilities
- Require asset organization
- Want collaborative workflows
## Core Modules
Image Studio consists of **7 core modules** that cover the complete image workflow:
### 1. **Create Studio** ✅
Generate stunning images from text prompts using multiple AI providers. Features include platform templates, style presets, batch generation, and cost estimation.
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-generator`
### 2. **Edit Studio** ✅
AI-powered image editing with operations like background removal, inpainting, outpainting, object replacement, and color transformation. Includes a reusable mask editor.
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-editor`
### 3. **Upscale Studio** ✅
Enhance image resolution with fast 4x upscaling, conservative 4K upscaling, and creative 4K upscaling. Includes quality presets and side-by-side comparison.
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-upscale`
### 4. **Social Optimizer** ✅
Optimize images for all major social platforms (Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Pinterest, TikTok) with smart cropping, safe zones, and batch export.
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-studio/social-optimizer`
### 5. **Asset Library** ✅
Unified content archive for all ALwrity tools. Features include search, filtering, favorites, bulk operations, and usage tracking across all generated content.
**Status**: Fully implemented and live
**Route**: `/image-studio/asset-library`
### 6. **Transform Studio** 🚧
Convert images into videos, create talking avatars, and generate 3D models. Features include image-to-video, make avatar, and image-to-3D capabilities.
**Status**: Planned for future release
### 7. **Control Studio** 🚧
Advanced generation controls including sketch-to-image, style transfer, and structure control. Provides fine-grained control over image generation.
**Status**: Planned for future release
## Key Features
### AI-Powered Generation
- **Multi-Provider Support**: Stability AI (Ultra/Core/SD3), WaveSpeed (Ideogram V3, Qwen), HuggingFace, Gemini
- **Platform Templates**: Pre-configured templates for Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, and more
- **Style Presets**: 40+ built-in styles (photographic, digital-art, 3d-model, etc.)
- **Batch Generation**: Create 1-10 variations in a single request
- **Prompt Enhancement**: AI-powered prompt improvement for better results
### Professional Editing
- **Background Operations**: Remove, replace, or relight backgrounds
- **Object Manipulation**: Erase, inpaint, outpaint, search & replace, search & recolor
- **Mask Editor**: Visual mask creation for precise editing control
- **Conversational Editing**: Natural language image modifications
### Quality Enhancement
- **Fast Upscaling**: 4x upscaling in ~1 second
- **4K Upscaling**: Conservative and creative modes for different use cases
- **Quality Presets**: Web, print, and social media optimizations
- **Comparison Tools**: Side-by-side before/after previews
### Social Media Optimization
- **Platform Formats**: Automatic sizing for all major platforms
- **Smart Cropping**: Preserve important content with intelligent cropping
- **Safe Zones**: Visual overlays for text-safe areas
- **Batch Export**: Generate optimized versions for multiple platforms simultaneously
### Asset Management
- **Unified Archive**: All generated content in one place
- **Advanced Search**: Filter by type, module, date, status, and more
- **Favorites**: Mark and organize favorite assets
- **Bulk Operations**: Download, delete, or share multiple assets at once
- **Usage Tracking**: Monitor asset usage and performance
## How It Works
### Complete Workflow
```mermaid
flowchart TD
A[Start: Idea or Prompt] --> B[Create Studio]
B --> C{Need Editing?}
C -->|Yes| D[Edit Studio]
C -->|No| E{Need Upscaling?}
D --> E
E -->|Yes| F[Upscale Studio]
E -->|No| G{Social Media?}
F --> G
G -->|Yes| H[Social Optimizer]
G -->|No| I[Asset Library]
H --> I
I --> J[Export & Use]
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style B fill:#e8f5e8
style D fill:#fff3e0
style F fill:#fce4ec
style H fill:#f1f8e9
style I fill:#e0f2f1
style J fill:#f3e5f5
```
### Typical Use Cases
#### 1. Social Media Campaign
1. **Create**: Generate campaign visuals using platform templates
2. **Edit**: Remove backgrounds or adjust colors
3. **Optimize**: Export for Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn simultaneously
4. **Organize**: Save to Asset Library for easy access
#### 2. Blog Post Images
1. **Create**: Generate featured images with blog post templates
2. **Upscale**: Enhance resolution for high-quality display
3. **Optimize**: Resize for social media sharing
4. **Track**: Monitor usage in Asset Library
#### 3. Product Photography
1. **Create**: Generate product images with specific styles
2. **Edit**: Remove backgrounds or add product variations
3. **Transform**: Convert to video for product showcases (coming soon)
4. **Export**: Optimize for e-commerce platforms
## Technical Architecture
### Backend Services
- **ImageStudioManager**: Main orchestration service
- **CreateStudioService**: Image generation logic
- **EditStudioService**: Image editing operations
- **UpscaleStudioService**: Resolution enhancement
- **SocialOptimizerService**: Platform optimization
- **ContentAssetService**: Asset management
### Frontend Components
- **ImageStudioLayout**: Shared layout wrapper
- **CreateStudio**: Image generation interface
- **EditStudio**: Image editing interface
- **UpscaleStudio**: Upscaling interface
- **SocialOptimizer**: Social media optimization
- **AssetLibrary**: Asset management interface
### API Endpoints
- `POST /api/image-studio/create` - Generate images
- `POST /api/image-studio/edit` - Edit images
- `POST /api/image-studio/upscale` - Upscale images
- `POST /api/image-studio/social/optimize` - Optimize for social media
- `GET /api/content-assets/` - Access asset library
## Getting Started
### Quick Start
1. Navigate to Image Studio from the main dashboard
2. Choose a module based on your needs (Create, Edit, Upscale, etc.)
3. Follow the module-specific guides for detailed instructions
4. Access your generated assets in the Asset Library
### Next Steps
- Read the [Modules Guide](modules.md) for detailed module information
- Check the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical details
- Explore module-specific guides for Create, Edit, Upscale, Social Optimizer, and Asset Library
- Review the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for end-to-end workflows
## Cost Management
Image Studio uses a credit-based system with transparent cost estimation:
- **Pre-Flight Validation**: See costs before generating
- **Credit System**: Operations consume credits based on complexity
- **Cost Estimation**: Real-time cost calculation for all operations
- **Subscription Tiers**: Different credit allocations per plan
For detailed cost information, see the [Cost Guide](cost-guide.md).
## Support & Resources
- **Documentation**: Comprehensive guides for each module
- **API Reference**: Complete API documentation
- **Provider Guide**: When to use each AI provider
- **Template Library**: Available templates and presets
- **Best Practices**: Tips for optimal results
---
*For more information, explore the module-specific documentation or check the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

360
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/providers.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
# Image Studio Providers Guide
Image Studio supports multiple AI providers, each with unique strengths. This guide helps you choose the right provider for your needs.
## Provider Overview
Image Studio integrates with four major AI providers:
- **Stability AI**: Professional-grade generation and editing
- **WaveSpeed**: Photorealistic and fast generation
- **HuggingFace**: Diverse styles and free tier
- **Gemini**: Google's Imagen models
## Stability AI
### Overview
Stability AI provides professional-grade image generation and editing with multiple model options.
### Available Models
#### Stability Ultra
- **Quality**: Highest quality generation
- **Cost**: 8 credits
- **Speed**: 15-30 seconds
- **Best For**: Premium campaigns, print materials, featured content
#### Stability Core
- **Quality**: Fast and affordable
- **Cost**: 3 credits
- **Speed**: 5-15 seconds
- **Best For**: Standard content, social media, general use
#### SD3.5 Large
- **Quality**: Advanced Stable Diffusion 3.5
- **Cost**: Varies
- **Speed**: 10-20 seconds
- **Best For**: Artistic content, creative projects
### Strengths
- **Professional Quality**: Enterprise-grade results
- **Editing Capabilities**: Full editing suite (25+ operations)
- **Reliability**: Consistent, high-quality output
- **Control**: Advanced parameters (guidance, steps, seed)
### Use Cases
- Professional marketing materials
- High-quality social media content
- Print-ready images
- Detailed product photography
- Brand assets
### When to Choose
- You need highest quality
- Professional/business use
- Detailed, realistic images
- Editing operations needed
---
## WaveSpeed
### Overview
WaveSpeed provides two models: Ideogram V3 for photorealistic images and Qwen for fast generation.
### Ideogram V3 Turbo
#### Characteristics
- **Quality**: Photorealistic with superior text rendering
- **Cost**: 5-6 credits
- **Speed**: 10-20 seconds
- **Best For**: Social media, blog images, marketing content
#### Strengths
- **Text in Images**: Best text rendering among all providers
- **Photorealistic**: Highly realistic images
- **Style**: Modern, professional aesthetic
- **Consistency**: Reliable results
#### Use Cases
- Social media posts with text
- Blog featured images
- Marketing materials
- Product showcases
- Brand content
#### When to Choose
- You need text in images
- Photorealistic quality required
- Social media content
- Modern, professional style
### Qwen Image
#### Characteristics
- **Quality**: Good quality, fast generation
- **Cost**: 1-2 credits
- **Speed**: 2-3 seconds (ultra-fast)
- **Best For**: Quick iterations, high-volume content, drafts
#### Strengths
- **Speed**: Fastest generation
- **Cost-Effective**: Lowest cost option
- **Good Quality**: Decent results for speed
- **Iterations**: Perfect for testing concepts
#### Use Cases
- Quick previews
- High-volume content
- Draft generation
- Concept testing
- Rapid iterations
#### When to Choose
- Speed is priority
- Testing concepts
- High-volume needs
- Cost optimization
---
## HuggingFace
### Overview
HuggingFace provides FLUX models with diverse artistic styles and free tier access.
### Available Models
#### FLUX.1-Krea-dev
- **Quality**: Diverse artistic styles
- **Cost**: Free tier available
- **Speed**: 10-20 seconds
- **Best For**: Creative projects, artistic content, experimentation
### Strengths
- **Free Tier**: No cost for basic usage
- **Diverse Styles**: Wide range of artistic styles
- **Creative**: Good for experimental content
- **Accessibility**: Easy to use
### Use Cases
- Creative projects
- Artistic content
- Experimental generation
- Free tier usage
- Diverse style needs
### When to Choose
- You want free tier access
- Creative/artistic content
- Experimentation
- Diverse style requirements
---
## Gemini
### Overview
Google's Gemini provides Imagen models with good general-purpose generation.
### Available Models
#### Imagen 3.0
- **Quality**: Good general quality
- **Cost**: Free tier available
- **Speed**: 10-20 seconds
- **Best For**: General purpose, Google ecosystem integration
### Strengths
- **Free Tier**: No cost for basic usage
- **Google Integration**: Works with Google services
- **General Purpose**: Good for various use cases
- **Reliability**: Consistent results
### Use Cases
- General purpose generation
- Google ecosystem integration
- Free tier usage
- Standard content needs
### When to Choose
- You need free tier access
- Google ecosystem integration
- General purpose content
- Standard quality sufficient
---
## Provider Comparison
### Quality Comparison
| Provider | Quality Level | Best For |
|----------|--------------|----------|
| **Stability Ultra** | Highest | Premium campaigns, print |
| **Ideogram V3** | Very High | Photorealistic, text in images |
| **Stability Core** | High | Standard content |
| **SD3.5** | High | Artistic content |
| **FLUX** | Medium-High | Creative/artistic |
| **Imagen** | Medium-High | General purpose |
| **Qwen** | Medium | Fast iterations |
### Speed Comparison
| Provider | Speed | Use Case |
|----------|-------|----------|
| **Qwen** | 2-3 seconds | Fastest, quick previews |
| **Stability Core** | 5-15 seconds | Fast standard generation |
| **Ideogram V3** | 10-20 seconds | Balanced quality/speed |
| **Stability Ultra** | 15-30 seconds | Highest quality |
| **FLUX/Imagen** | 10-20 seconds | Standard generation |
### Cost Comparison
| Provider | Cost (Credits) | Value |
|----------|---------------|-------|
| **Qwen** | 1-2 | Best value for speed |
| **HuggingFace** | Free tier | Best for free usage |
| **Gemini** | Free tier | Good free option |
| **Stability Core** | 3 | Good value for quality |
| **Ideogram V3** | 5-6 | Premium quality |
| **Stability Ultra** | 8 | Highest quality |
## Provider Selection Guide
### By Use Case
#### Social Media Content
- **Primary**: Ideogram V3 (text in images, photorealistic)
- **Alternative**: Stability Core (fast, reliable)
- **Budget**: Qwen (fast, cost-effective)
#### Blog Featured Images
- **Primary**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
- **Alternative**: Stability Ultra (premium quality)
- **Budget**: HuggingFace or Gemini (free tier)
#### Product Photography
- **Primary**: Stability Ultra (highest quality)
- **Alternative**: Ideogram V3 (photorealistic)
- **Budget**: Stability Core (good quality)
#### Marketing Materials
- **Primary**: Stability Ultra or Ideogram V3
- **Alternative**: Stability Core
- **Budget**: Qwen for iterations, Premium for final
#### Creative/Artistic
- **Primary**: SD3.5 or FLUX
- **Alternative**: Stability Core with style presets
- **Budget**: HuggingFace (free tier)
### By Quality Level
#### Draft Quality
- **Recommended**: Qwen, HuggingFace, Gemini
- **Use**: Quick previews, iterations, testing
#### Standard Quality
- **Recommended**: Stability Core, Ideogram V3
- **Use**: Most content, social media, general use
#### Premium Quality
- **Recommended**: Stability Ultra, Ideogram V3
- **Use**: Important campaigns, print, featured content
### By Budget
#### Free Tier
- **Options**: HuggingFace, Gemini
- **Limitations**: Rate limits, basic features
- **Best For**: Testing, learning, low-volume
#### Cost-Effective
- **Options**: Qwen, Stability Core
- **Balance**: Good quality at lower cost
- **Best For**: High-volume, standard content
#### Premium
- **Options**: Stability Ultra, Ideogram V3
- **Investment**: Higher cost, highest quality
- **Best For**: Important campaigns, professional use
## Auto Selection
When set to "Auto", Create Studio selects providers based on:
### Quality-Based Selection
- **Draft**: Qwen, HuggingFace
- **Standard**: Stability Core, Ideogram V3
- **Premium**: Ideogram V3, Stability Ultra
### Template Recommendations
- Templates can suggest specific providers
- Based on platform and use case
- Optimized for best results
### User Preferences
- Learns from your selections
- Adapts to your workflow
- Optimizes for your needs
## Best Practices
### Provider Selection
1. **Start with Auto**: Let system choose initially
2. **Test Providers**: Try different providers for same prompt
3. **Match to Use Case**: Choose based on specific needs
4. **Consider Cost**: Balance quality and cost
5. **Iterate Efficiently**: Use fast providers for testing
### Quality Management
1. **Draft First**: Test with fast, low-cost providers
2. **Upgrade for Final**: Use premium providers for final versions
3. **Compare Results**: Test multiple providers
4. **Learn Preferences**: Note which providers work best for you
### Cost Optimization
1. **Use Free Tier**: HuggingFace/Gemini for testing
2. **Fast Iterations**: Qwen for quick previews
3. **Standard for Most**: Stability Core for general use
4. **Premium Selectively**: Ultra only for important content
## Troubleshooting
### Provider-Specific Issues
**Stability AI**:
- Slower but highest quality
- Best for professional use
- Good editing capabilities
**WaveSpeed Ideogram V3**:
- Best for text in images
- Photorealistic results
- Good for social media
**WaveSpeed Qwen**:
- Fastest generation
- Good for iterations
- Cost-effective
**HuggingFace**:
- Free tier available
- Diverse styles
- Good for experimentation
**Gemini**:
- Free tier available
- Google integration
- General purpose
## Next Steps
- See [Create Studio Guide](create-studio.md) for provider usage
- Check [Cost Guide](cost-guide.md) for cost details
- Review [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for provider selection in workflows
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

283
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/social-optimizer.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
# Social Optimizer User Guide
Social Optimizer automatically resizes and optimizes images for all major social media platforms. This guide covers platform formats, crop modes, and batch export functionality.
## Overview
Social Optimizer eliminates the manual work of resizing images for different platforms. Upload one image and get optimized versions for Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, YouTube, Pinterest, and TikTok - all in one click.
### Key Features
- **7 Platform Support**: Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, Pinterest, TikTok
- **Multiple Formats per Platform**: Choose from various format options
- **Smart Cropping**: Preserve important content with intelligent cropping
- **Safe Zones**: Visual overlays for text-safe areas
- **Batch Export**: Generate optimized versions for multiple platforms simultaneously
- **Individual Downloads**: Download specific formats as needed
## Getting Started
### Accessing Social Optimizer
1. Navigate to **Image Studio** from the main dashboard
2. Click on **Social Optimizer** or go directly to `/image-studio/social-optimizer`
3. Upload your source image to begin
### Basic Workflow
1. **Upload Source Image**: Select the image you want to optimize
2. **Select Platforms**: Choose one or more platforms
3. **Choose Formats**: Select specific formats for each platform
4. **Set Options**: Configure crop mode and safe zones
5. **Optimize**: Click "Optimize Images" to process
6. **Review Results**: View optimized images in grid
7. **Download**: Download individual or all optimized images
## Supported Platforms
### Instagram
**Available Formats**:
- **Feed Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Standard square posts
- **Feed Post (Portrait)**: 1080x1350 (4:5) - Vertical posts
- **Story**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Instagram Stories
- **Reel**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Reel covers
**Best For**: Visual content, product showcases, brand posts
### Facebook
**Available Formats**:
- **Feed Post**: 1200x630 (1.91:1) - Standard feed posts
- **Feed Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Square posts
- **Story**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Facebook Stories
- **Cover Photo**: 820x312 (16:9) - Page cover photos
**Best For**: Business pages, community posts, announcements
### Twitter/X
**Available Formats**:
- **Post**: 1200x675 (16:9) - Standard tweets
- **Card**: 1200x600 (2:1) - Twitter cards
- **Header**: 1500x500 (3:1) - Profile headers
**Best For**: News, updates, engagement posts
### LinkedIn
**Available Formats**:
- **Post**: 1200x628 (1.91:1) - Standard LinkedIn posts
- **Post (Square)**: 1080x1080 (1:1) - Square posts
- **Article**: 1200x627 (2:1) - Article cover images
- **Company Cover**: 1128x191 (4:1) - Company page banners
**Best For**: Professional content, B2B marketing, thought leadership
### YouTube
**Available Formats**:
- **Thumbnail**: 1280x720 (16:9) - Video thumbnails
- **Channel Art**: 2560x1440 (16:9) - Channel banners
**Best For**: Video content, channel branding
### Pinterest
**Available Formats**:
- **Pin**: 1000x1500 (2:3) - Standard pins
- **Story Pin**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Pinterest Stories
**Best For**: Visual discovery, product showcases, tutorials
### TikTok
**Available Formats**:
- **Video Cover**: 1080x1920 (9:16) - Video thumbnails
**Best For**: Short-form video content, trends
## Crop Modes
Social Optimizer offers three crop modes to handle different aspect ratios:
### Smart Crop
**Purpose**: Preserve important content with intelligent cropping
**How It Works**:
- Analyzes image composition
- Identifies important elements
- Crops to preserve focal points
- Maintains visual balance
**When to Use**:
- Images with clear subjects
- Product photography
- Portraits
- When content preservation is priority
**Best For**: Most use cases, especially when you want to preserve important elements
### Center Crop
**Purpose**: Crop from the center of the image
**How It Works**:
- Crops from image center
- Maintains aspect ratio
- Simple and predictable
**When to Use**:
- Centered compositions
- Symmetrical images
- When center content is most important
**Best For**: Centered subjects, symmetrical designs
### Fit
**Purpose**: Fit image with padding if needed
**How It Works**:
- Fits entire image within dimensions
- Adds padding if aspect ratios don't match
- Preserves full image content
**When to Use**:
- When you need the full image
- Complex compositions
- When padding is acceptable
**Best For**: Images where full content is essential
## Safe Zones
Safe zones indicate areas where text will be visible and not cut off on different platforms.
### What Are Safe Zones?
Safe zones are visual overlays that show:
- **Text-Safe Areas**: Where text will be visible
- **Platform-Specific**: Different zones for each platform
- **Visual Guides**: Help you position important content
### Using Safe Zones
1. **Enable Safe Zones**: Toggle "Show Safe Zones" option
2. **View Overlays**: See safe zone boundaries on optimized images
3. **Position Content**: Ensure important elements are within safe zones
4. **Text Placement**: Place text within safe zones for visibility
### Platform-Specific Safe Zones
Each platform has different safe zone requirements:
- **Instagram Stories**: Top 25%, bottom 15% safe zones
- **Facebook Stories**: Similar to Instagram
- **YouTube Thumbnails**: Center area for text
- **Pinterest Pins**: Top and bottom safe zones
## Batch Export
Generate optimized versions for multiple platforms in one operation:
### How to Use
1. **Select Multiple Platforms**: Check boxes for desired platforms
2. **Choose Formats**: Select formats for each platform
3. **Set Options**: Configure crop mode and safe zones
4. **Optimize**: Click "Optimize Images"
5. **Review Grid**: See all optimized images in grid view
6. **Download All**: Use "Download All" button for bulk download
### Use Cases
- **Multi-Platform Campaigns**: One image for all platforms
- **Time Saving**: Generate all sizes at once
- **Consistency**: Same image across platforms
- **Efficiency**: Single operation for multiple exports
## Best Practices
### For Multi-Platform Campaigns
1. **Start with High Resolution**: Use high-quality source images
2. **Select All Platforms**: Generate for all relevant platforms
3. **Use Smart Crop**: Preserve important content
4. **Enable Safe Zones**: Ensure text visibility
5. **Review All Formats**: Check each optimized version
### For Platform-Specific Content
1. **Choose Single Platform**: Focus on one platform
2. **Select Best Format**: Choose format that matches content
3. **Optimize Crop Mode**: Use appropriate crop mode
4. **Test Display**: Verify on actual platform
### For Product Photography
1. **Use Smart Crop**: Preserve product details
2. **Enable Safe Zones**: Keep products visible
3. **Multiple Formats**: Generate for different use cases
4. **High Quality Source**: Start with high-resolution images
### For Social Media Posts
1. **Batch Export**: Generate for all platforms at once
2. **Consistent Branding**: Use same image across platforms
3. **Format Selection**: Choose formats that match content type
4. **Safe Zones**: Ensure text and branding are visible
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Images Look Cropped Wrong**:
- Try different crop mode (Smart vs Center vs Fit)
- Check source image composition
- Adjust crop mode based on content
- Use Fit mode if full image is needed
**Text Gets Cut Off**:
- Enable safe zones to see text-safe areas
- Reposition content within safe zones
- Use Fit mode to preserve full image
- Check platform-specific requirements
**Quality Issues**:
- Use high-resolution source images
- Check optimized image dimensions
- Verify platform requirements
- Consider upscaling source image first
**Slow Processing**:
- Multiple platforms take longer
- Large source images increase processing time
- Check internet connection
- Processing is typically fast (<10 seconds)
### Getting Help
- Check platform-specific tips above
- Review the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for common workflows
- See [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical details
## Cost Considerations
Social Optimizer is included in Image Studio operations:
- **No Additional Cost**: Part of standard Image Studio features
- **Efficient Processing**: Optimized for performance
- **Batch Savings**: Process multiple platforms in one operation
## Next Steps
After optimizing images in Social Optimizer:
1. **Download**: Save optimized images
2. **Organize**: Save to [Asset Library](asset-library.md) for easy access
3. **Use**: Upload to your social media platforms
4. **Track**: Monitor performance across platforms
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

334
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/templates.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
# Image Studio Templates Guide
Templates automatically configure dimensions, aspect ratios, and provider settings for specific platforms and use cases. This guide covers all available templates and how to use them effectively.
## Overview
Templates eliminate the need to manually calculate dimensions and configure settings. Simply select a template, and Image Studio automatically sets up everything for optimal results on your target platform.
### Key Benefits
- **Automatic Sizing**: No manual dimension calculations
- **Platform Optimization**: Optimized for each platform's requirements
- **Provider Recommendations**: Templates suggest best providers
- **Style Guidance**: Templates include style recommendations
- **Time Saving**: Quick setup for common use cases
## Template System
### How Templates Work
1. **Select Template**: Choose from available templates
2. **Auto-Configuration**: Dimensions, aspect ratio, and settings are applied
3. **Provider Suggestion**: Best provider is recommended
4. **Generate**: Create images with optimal settings
### Template Components
Each template includes:
- **Dimensions**: Width and height in pixels
- **Aspect Ratio**: Platform-appropriate aspect ratio
- **Provider Recommendation**: Suggested AI provider
- **Style Preset**: Recommended style (if applicable)
- **Use Cases**: When to use this template
## Platform Templates
### Instagram Templates
#### Feed Post (Square)
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1080 (1:1)
- **Use Case**: Standard Instagram feed posts
- **Best For**: Product showcases, brand posts, general content
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Feed Post (Portrait)
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1350 (4:5)
- **Use Case**: Vertical Instagram posts
- **Best For**: Portraits, tall products, vertical compositions
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Story
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1920 (9:16)
- **Use Case**: Instagram Stories
- **Best For**: Vertical content, announcements, behind-the-scenes
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
- **Note**: Consider safe zones for text
#### Reel Cover
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1920 (9:16)
- **Use Case**: Instagram Reel thumbnails
- **Best For**: Video thumbnails, engaging visuals
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
### LinkedIn Templates
#### Post
- **Dimensions**: 1200x628 (1.91:1)
- **Use Case**: Standard LinkedIn feed posts
- **Best For**: Professional content, B2B marketing, thought leadership
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Post (Square)
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1080 (1:1)
- **Use Case**: Square LinkedIn posts
- **Best For**: Visual content, infographics, brand posts
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
#### Article
- **Dimensions**: 1200x627 (2:1)
- **Use Case**: LinkedIn article cover images
- **Best For**: Article headers, long-form content
- **Provider**: Stability Core or Ideogram V3
#### Company Cover
- **Dimensions**: 1128x191 (4:1)
- **Use Case**: LinkedIn company page banners
- **Best For**: Company branding, page headers
- **Provider**: Stability Core
- **Note**: Very wide format, consider text placement
### Facebook Templates
#### Feed Post
- **Dimensions**: 1200x630 (1.91:1)
- **Use Case**: Standard Facebook feed posts
- **Best For**: General posts, announcements, engagement
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Feed Post (Square)
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1080 (1:1)
- **Use Case**: Square Facebook posts
- **Best For**: Visual content, product showcases
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
#### Story
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1920 (9:16)
- **Use Case**: Facebook Stories
- **Best For**: Vertical content, temporary posts
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
- **Note**: Consider safe zones
#### Cover Photo
- **Dimensions**: 820x312 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: Facebook page cover photos
- **Best For**: Page branding, headers
- **Provider**: Stability Core
- **Note**: Wide format, consider text placement
### Twitter/X Templates
#### Post
- **Dimensions**: 1200x675 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: Standard Twitter/X posts
- **Best For**: News, updates, general content
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Card
- **Dimensions**: 1200x600 (2:1)
- **Use Case**: Twitter card images
- **Best For**: Link previews, article shares
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
#### Header
- **Dimensions**: 1500x500 (3:1)
- **Use Case**: Twitter/X profile headers
- **Best For**: Profile branding, headers
- **Provider**: Stability Core
- **Note**: Very wide format
### YouTube Templates
#### Thumbnail
- **Dimensions**: 1280x720 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: YouTube video thumbnails
- **Best For**: Video thumbnails, engaging visuals
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
- **Note**: Thumbnails need to be eye-catching
#### Channel Art
- **Dimensions**: 2560x1440 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: YouTube channel banners
- **Best For**: Channel branding, headers
- **Provider**: Stability Core
- **Note**: High resolution for large displays
### Pinterest Templates
#### Pin
- **Dimensions**: 1000x1500 (2:3)
- **Use Case**: Standard Pinterest pins
- **Best For**: Visual discovery, product showcases, tutorials
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
- **Note**: Vertical format works best
#### Story Pin
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1920 (9:16)
- **Use Case**: Pinterest Stories
- **Best For**: Vertical content, temporary posts
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
### TikTok Templates
#### Video Cover
- **Dimensions**: 1080x1920 (9:16)
- **Use Case**: TikTok video thumbnails
- **Best For**: Video covers, engaging visuals
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
- **Note**: Vertical format, eye-catching design
### Blog Templates
#### Header
- **Dimensions**: 1200x628 (1.91:1)
- **Use Case**: Blog post featured images
- **Best For**: Article headers, featured images
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3 or Stability Core
#### Header Wide
- **Dimensions**: 1920x1080 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: Wide blog headers
- **Best For**: Full-width headers, hero images
- **Provider**: Stability Core
### Email Templates
#### Banner
- **Dimensions**: 600x200 (3:1)
- **Use Case**: Email newsletter banners
- **Best For**: Email headers, promotional banners
- **Provider**: Stability Core
- **Note**: Consider email client compatibility
#### Product Image
- **Dimensions**: 600x600 (1:1)
- **Use Case**: Email product images
- **Best For**: Product showcases in emails
- **Provider**: Ideogram V3
### Website Templates
#### Hero Image
- **Dimensions**: 1920x1080 (16:9)
- **Use Case**: Website hero sections
- **Best For**: Landing pages, homepage headers
- **Provider**: Stability Core or Ideogram V3
#### Banner
- **Dimensions**: 1200x400 (3:1)
- **Use Case**: Website banners
- **Best For**: Section headers, promotional banners
- **Provider**: Stability Core
## Using Templates
### Template Selection
1. **Open Template Selector**: Click template button in Create Studio
2. **Filter by Platform**: Select platform to see relevant templates
3. **Search Templates**: Use search to find specific templates
4. **Select Template**: Click template to apply it
5. **Auto-Configuration**: Settings are automatically applied
### Template Benefits
**Time Saving**:
- No manual dimension calculations
- Instant optimal settings
- Quick platform setup
**Optimization**:
- Platform-specific dimensions
- Optimal aspect ratios
- Provider recommendations
**Consistency**:
- Standard sizes across content
- Brand consistency
- Professional appearance
## Template Best Practices
### For Social Media
1. **Use Platform Templates**: Always use templates for social media
2. **Match Content Type**: Choose template that matches your content
3. **Consider Format**: Square vs. portrait vs. landscape
4. **Test Display**: Verify on actual platform
### For Marketing
1. **Consistent Sizing**: Use same templates across campaigns
2. **Platform Optimization**: Optimize for each platform
3. **Brand Alignment**: Ensure templates match brand guidelines
4. **Quality Settings**: Use Premium for important campaigns
### For Content Libraries
1. **Template Variety**: Use different templates for diversity
2. **Platform Coverage**: Generate for all relevant platforms
3. **Reusability**: Create assets that work across platforms
4. **Organization**: Tag by template type in Asset Library
## Template Recommendations
### By Content Type
#### Product Photography
- **Instagram**: Feed Post (Square) or Feed Post (Portrait)
- **Facebook**: Feed Post or Feed Post (Square)
- **Pinterest**: Pin
- **E-commerce**: Blog Header or Website Hero
#### Social Media Posts
- **Instagram**: Feed Post (Square) or Story
- **LinkedIn**: Post
- **Facebook**: Feed Post
- **Twitter**: Post
#### Blog Content
- **Featured Image**: Blog Header
- **Social Sharing**: Instagram Feed Post (Square)
- **Article Cover**: LinkedIn Article
#### Brand Assets
- **Profile Headers**: Twitter Header, LinkedIn Company Cover
- **Cover Photos**: Facebook Cover, YouTube Channel Art
- **Banners**: Website Banner, Email Banner
## Custom Templates (Coming Soon)
Future feature for creating custom templates:
- Save your own template configurations
- Share templates with team
- Brand-specific templates
- Custom dimensions and settings
## Troubleshooting
### Template Issues
**Wrong Dimensions**:
- Verify template selection
- Check platform requirements
- Use correct template for platform
**Quality Issues**:
- Adjust quality level
- Try different provider
- Check template recommendations
**Format Mismatch**:
- Verify template matches use case
- Check aspect ratio requirements
- Consider alternative templates
## Next Steps
- See [Create Studio Guide](create-studio.md) for template usage
- Check [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for template workflows
- Review [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md) for platform optimization
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

388
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/transform-studio.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
# Transform Studio Guide (Planned)
Transform Studio will enable conversion of images into videos, creation of talking avatars, and generation of 3D models. This guide covers the planned features and capabilities.
## Status
**Current Status**: 🚧 Planned for future release
**Priority**: High - Major differentiator feature
**Estimated Release**: Coming soon
## Overview
Transform Studio extends Image Studio's capabilities beyond static images, enabling you to create dynamic video content and 3D models from your images. This module will provide unique capabilities not available in most image generation platforms.
### Key Planned Features
- **Image-to-Video**: Animate static images into dynamic videos
- **Make Avatar**: Create talking avatars from photos
- **Image-to-3D**: Generate 3D models from 2D images
- **Audio Integration**: Add voiceovers and sound effects
- **Social Optimization**: Optimize videos for social platforms
---
## Image-to-Video
### Overview
Convert static images into dynamic videos with motion, audio, and social media optimization.
### Planned Features
#### Resolution Options
- **480p**: Fast processing, smaller file size
- **720p**: Balanced quality and size
- **1080p**: High quality for professional use
#### Duration Control
- **Maximum Duration**: Up to 10 seconds
- **Duration Selection**: Choose exact duration
- **Cost**: Based on duration ($0.05-$0.15 per second)
#### Audio Support
- **Audio Upload**: Upload custom audio/voiceover
- **Text-to-Speech**: Generate voiceover from text
- **Synchronization**: Audio synchronized with video
- **Music Library**: Optional background music
#### Motion Control
- **Motion Levels**: Subtle, medium, or dynamic motion
- **Motion Direction**: Control movement direction
- **Focus Points**: Define areas of motion
- **Preview**: Preview motion before generation
#### Social Media Optimization
- **Platform Formats**: Optimize for Instagram, TikTok, YouTube, etc.
- **Aspect Ratios**: Automatic aspect ratio adjustment
- **File Size**: Optimized file sizes for platforms
- **Format Export**: MP4, MOV, or platform-specific formats
### Use Cases
#### Product Showcases
- Animate product images
- Add voiceover descriptions
- Create engaging product videos
- Social media marketing
#### Social Media Content
- Create video posts from images
- Add motion to static content
- Enhance engagement
- Multi-platform distribution
#### Email Marketing
- Animated email headers
- Product video embeds
- Engaging email content
- Higher click-through rates
#### Advertising
- Animated ad creatives
- Video ad variations
- A/B testing videos
- Campaign optimization
### Workflow (Planned)
1. **Upload Image**: Select source image
2. **Choose Settings**: Select resolution, duration, motion
3. **Add Audio** (optional): Upload or generate audio
4. **Preview**: Preview motion and settings
5. **Generate**: Create video
6. **Optimize**: Optimize for target platforms
7. **Export**: Download or share
### Pricing (Estimated)
- **480p**: $0.05 per second
- **720p**: $0.10 per second
- **1080p**: $0.15 per second
**Example Costs**:
- 5-second 720p video: $0.50
- 10-second 1080p video: $1.50
---
## Make Avatar
### Overview
Create talking avatars from single photos with audio-driven lip-sync and emotion control.
### Planned Features
#### Avatar Creation
- **Photo Input**: Single portrait photo
- **Audio Input**: Upload audio or use text-to-speech
- **Lip-Sync**: Automatic lip-sync with audio
- **Emotion Control**: Adjust avatar expressions
#### Duration Options
- **Maximum Duration**: Up to 2 minutes
- **Duration Selection**: Choose exact duration
- **Cost**: Based on duration ($0.15-$0.30 per 5 seconds)
#### Resolution Options
- **480p**: Standard quality
- **720p**: High quality
#### Emotion Control
- **Emotion Types**: Neutral, happy, professional, excited
- **Emotion Intensity**: Adjust emotion strength
- **Natural Expressions**: Realistic facial expressions
#### Audio Features
- **Audio Upload**: Upload custom audio
- **Text-to-Speech**: Generate speech from text
- **Multi-Language**: Support for multiple languages
- **Voice Cloning**: Custom voice options (future)
#### Character Consistency
- **Face Preservation**: Maintain character appearance
- **Style Consistency**: Consistent avatar style
- **Quality Control**: High-quality output
### Use Cases
#### Personal Branding
- Create personal video messages
- Professional introductions
- Brand ambassador content
- Social media presence
#### Explainer Videos
- Product explanations
- Tutorial content
- Educational videos
- How-to guides
#### Customer Service
- Automated responses
- FAQ videos
- Support content
- Onboarding videos
#### Email Campaigns
- Personalized video emails
- Product announcements
- Customer communications
- Marketing campaigns
### Workflow (Planned)
1. **Upload Photo**: Select portrait photo
2. **Add Audio**: Upload or generate audio
3. **Configure Settings**: Set duration, resolution, emotion
4. **Preview**: Preview avatar with audio
5. **Generate**: Create talking avatar
6. **Review**: Review and refine if needed
7. **Export**: Download or share
### Pricing (Estimated)
- **480p**: $0.15 per 5 seconds
- **720p**: $0.30 per 5 seconds
**Example Costs**:
- 30-second 480p avatar: $0.90
- 2-minute 720p avatar: $7.20
---
## Image-to-3D
### Overview
Generate 3D models from 2D images for use in AR, 3D printing, or web applications.
### Planned Features
#### 3D Generation
- **Input**: 2D image
- **Output**: 3D model (GLB, OBJ formats)
- **Quality Options**: Multiple quality levels
- **Texture Control**: Adjust texture resolution
#### Export Formats
- **GLB**: Web and AR applications
- **OBJ**: 3D printing and modeling
- **Texture Maps**: Separate texture files
- **Metadata**: Model information and settings
#### Quality Control
- **Mesh Optimization**: Optimize polygon count
- **Texture Resolution**: Control texture quality
- **Foreground Ratio**: Adjust foreground/background balance
- **Detail Preservation**: Maintain image details
#### Use Cases
- **AR Applications**: Augmented reality content
- **3D Printing**: Physical model creation
- **Web 3D**: Interactive 3D web content
- **Gaming**: Game asset creation
### Workflow (Planned)
1. **Upload Image**: Select source image
2. **Configure Settings**: Set quality and format
3. **Generate**: Create 3D model
4. **Preview**: Preview 3D model
5. **Export**: Download in desired format
---
## Integration with Other Modules
### Complete Workflow
Transform Studio will integrate seamlessly with other Image Studio modules:
1. **Create Studio**: Generate base images
2. **Edit Studio**: Refine images before transformation
3. **Transform Studio**: Convert to video/avatar/3D
4. **Social Optimizer**: Optimize videos for platforms
5. **Asset Library**: Organize all transformed content
### Use Case Examples
#### Social Media Video Campaign
1. Create images in Create Studio
2. Edit images in Edit Studio
3. Transform to videos in Transform Studio
4. Optimize for platforms in Social Optimizer
5. Organize in Asset Library
#### Product Marketing
1. Create product images
2. Transform to product showcase videos
3. Create talking avatar for product explanations
4. Optimize for e-commerce platforms
5. Track usage in Asset Library
---
## Technical Details (Planned)
### Providers
#### WaveSpeed WAN 2.5
- **Image-to-Video**: WaveSpeed WAN 2.5 API
- **Make Avatar**: WaveSpeed Hunyuan Avatar API
- **Integration**: RESTful API integration
- **Async Processing**: Background job processing
#### Stability AI
- **Image-to-3D**: Stability Fast 3D endpoints
- **3D Generation**: Advanced 3D model generation
- **Format Support**: Multiple export formats
### Backend Architecture (Planned)
- **TransformStudioService**: Main service for transformations
- **Video Processing**: Async video generation
- **Audio Processing**: Audio synchronization
- **3D Processing**: 3D model generation
- **Job Queue**: Background processing system
### Frontend Components (Planned)
- **TransformStudio.tsx**: Main interface
- **VideoPreview**: Video preview player
- **AvatarPreview**: Avatar preview with audio
- **3DViewer**: 3D model preview
- **AudioUploader**: Audio file upload
- **MotionControls**: Motion adjustment controls
---
## Cost Considerations (Estimated)
### Image-to-Video
- **Base Cost**: $0.05-$0.15 per second
- **Resolution Impact**: Higher resolution = higher cost
- **Duration Impact**: Longer videos = higher cost
- **Example**: 10-second 1080p video = $1.50
### Make Avatar
- **Base Cost**: $0.15-$0.30 per 5 seconds
- **Resolution Impact**: 720p costs more than 480p
- **Duration Impact**: Longer avatars = higher cost
- **Example**: 2-minute 720p avatar = $7.20
### Image-to-3D
- **Cost**: TBD (to be determined)
- **Quality Impact**: Higher quality = higher cost
- **Format Impact**: Different formats may have different costs
---
## Best Practices (Planned)
### For Image-to-Video
1. **Start with High-Quality Images**: Better source = better video
2. **Choose Appropriate Motion**: Match motion to content
3. **Optimize Duration**: Shorter videos are more cost-effective
4. **Test Resolutions**: Start with 720p for balance
5. **Add Audio Strategically**: Audio enhances engagement
### For Make Avatar
1. **Use Clear Portraits**: High-quality face photos work best
2. **Match Audio Length**: Ensure audio matches desired duration
3. **Control Emotions**: Match emotions to content purpose
4. **Test Different Settings**: Experiment with emotion levels
5. **Consider Use Case**: Professional vs. casual content
### For Image-to-3D
1. **Use Clear Images**: High contrast images work best
2. **Consider Use Case**: Match quality to application
3. **Optimize Mesh**: Balance quality and file size
4. **Test Formats**: Choose format based on use case
5. **Preview Before Export**: Verify model quality
---
## Roadmap
### Phase 1: Image-to-Video
- Basic image-to-video conversion
- Resolution options (480p, 720p, 1080p)
- Duration control (up to 10 seconds)
- Audio upload support
### Phase 2: Make Avatar
- Avatar creation from photos
- Audio-driven lip-sync
- Emotion control
- Multi-language support
### Phase 3: Image-to-3D
- 3D model generation
- Multiple export formats
- Quality controls
- Texture optimization
### Phase 4: Advanced Features
- Motion control refinement
- Advanced audio features
- Custom voice cloning
- Enhanced 3D options
---
## Getting Updates
Transform Studio is currently in planning. To stay updated:
- Check the [Modules Guide](modules.md) for status updates
- Review the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical progress
- Monitor release notes for availability announcements
---
*Transform Studio features are planned for future release. For currently available features, see [Create Studio](create-studio.md), [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md), [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md), [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md), and [Asset Library](asset-library.md).*

284
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/upscale-studio.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
# Upscale Studio User Guide
Upscale Studio enhances image resolution using AI-powered upscaling. This guide covers all upscaling modes and how to achieve the best results.
## Overview
Upscale Studio uses Stability AI's advanced upscaling technology to increase image resolution while maintaining or enhancing quality. Whether you need quick 4x upscaling or professional 4K enhancement, Upscale Studio provides the right tools.
### Key Features
- **Fast 4x Upscaling**: Quick upscale in ~1 second
- **Conservative 4K**: Preserve original style and details
- **Creative 4K**: Enhance with artistic improvements
- **Quality Presets**: Web, print, and social media optimizations
- **Side-by-Side Comparison**: View original and upscaled versions
- **Prompt Support**: Guide upscaling with prompts (conservative/creative modes)
## Getting Started
### Accessing Upscale Studio
1. Navigate to **Image Studio** from the main dashboard
2. Click on **Upscale Studio** or go directly to `/image-upscale`
3. Upload your image to begin
### Basic Workflow
1. **Upload Image**: Select the image you want to upscale
2. **Choose Mode**: Select Fast, Conservative, or Creative
3. **Set Preset** (optional): Choose quality preset
4. **Add Prompt** (optional): Guide the upscaling process
5. **Upscale**: Click "Upscale Image" to process
6. **Compare**: View side-by-side comparison with zoom
7. **Download**: Save your upscaled image
## Upscaling Modes
### Fast (4x Upscale)
**Speed**: ~1 second
**Cost**: 2 credits
**Quality**: 4x resolution increase
**When to Use**:
- Quick previews
- Web display
- Social media content
- When speed is priority
**Characteristics**:
- Fastest processing
- Minimal changes to original
- Good for general use
- Cost-effective
**Best For**:
- Social media images
- Web graphics
- Quick iterations
- Low-resolution source images
### Conservative (4K Upscale)
**Speed**: 10-30 seconds
**Cost**: 6 credits
**Quality**: 4K resolution, preserves original style
**When to Use**:
- Professional printing
- High-quality display
- Preserving original style
- When accuracy is critical
**Characteristics**:
- Preserves original details
- Maintains style consistency
- High fidelity
- Professional quality
**Prompt Support**:
- Optional prompt to guide upscaling
- Example: "High fidelity upscale preserving original details"
- Helps maintain specific characteristics
**Best For**:
- Product photography
- Professional prints
- High-quality displays
- Archival purposes
### Creative (4K Upscale)
**Speed**: 10-30 seconds
**Cost**: 6 credits
**Quality**: 4K resolution with artistic enhancements
**When to Use**:
- Artistic enhancement
- Style improvement
- Creative projects
- When you want improvements
**Characteristics**:
- Enhances artistic details
- Improves style
- Adds refinements
- Creative interpretation
**Prompt Support**:
- Recommended prompt for best results
- Example: "Creative upscale with enhanced artistic details"
- Guides the enhancement process
**Best For**:
- Artistic images
- Creative projects
- Style enhancement
- Visual improvements
## Quality Presets
Quality presets help optimize upscaling for specific use cases:
### Web (2048px)
- **Target**: Web display
- **Use Case**: Website images, online galleries
- **Balance**: Quality and file size
### Print (3072px)
- **Target**: Professional printing
- **Use Case**: High-resolution prints, publications
- **Balance**: Maximum quality
### Social (1080px)
- **Target**: Social media platforms
- **Use Case**: Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn posts
- **Balance**: Platform optimization
## Using Prompts
Prompts help guide the upscaling process in Conservative and Creative modes:
### Conservative Mode Prompts
**Purpose**: Preserve specific characteristics
**Examples**:
- "High fidelity upscale preserving original details"
- "Maintain original colors and style"
- "Preserve sharp edges and fine details"
- "Keep original lighting and contrast"
### Creative Mode Prompts
**Purpose**: Enhance and improve the image
**Examples**:
- "Creative upscale with enhanced artistic details"
- "Add more detail and depth"
- "Enhance colors and vibrancy"
- "Improve texture and sharpness"
### Prompt Tips
1. **Be Specific**: Describe what to preserve or enhance
2. **Match Mode**: Conservative = preserve, Creative = enhance
3. **Consider Style**: Reference the original style
4. **Test Iteratively**: Refine prompts based on results
## Comparison Viewer
The side-by-side comparison viewer helps you evaluate upscaling results:
### Features
- **Side-by-Side Display**: Original and upscaled images
- **Synchronized Zoom**: Zoom both images together
- **Zoom Controls**: Adjust zoom level (1x to 5x)
- **Metadata Display**: View resolution and file size
### Using the Viewer
1. **Compare**: View original and upscaled side-by-side
2. **Zoom In**: Use zoom controls to inspect details
3. **Check Quality**: Evaluate sharpness and detail preservation
4. **Download**: Save if satisfied, or try different settings
## Best Practices
### For Web Images
1. **Use Fast Mode**: Quick and cost-effective
2. **Web Preset**: Optimize for web display
3. **Check File Size**: Ensure reasonable file sizes
4. **Test Display**: Verify on target devices
### For Print Materials
1. **Use Conservative Mode**: Preserve original quality
2. **Print Preset**: Maximum resolution
3. **Add Prompt**: Guide detail preservation
4. **Check Resolution**: Verify meets print requirements
### For Social Media
1. **Use Fast or Conservative**: Based on quality needs
2. **Social Preset**: Platform-optimized sizing
3. **Consider Speed**: Fast mode for quick posts
4. **Maintain Quality**: Ensure good visual quality
### For Product Photography
1. **Use Conservative Mode**: Preserve product details
2. **Add Prompt**: Emphasize detail preservation
3. **High Resolution**: Use print preset if needed
4. **Compare Carefully**: Verify product accuracy
### For Artistic Images
1. **Use Creative Mode**: Enhance artistic elements
2. **Add Prompt**: Guide artistic enhancement
3. **Experiment**: Try different prompts
4. **Compare Results**: Evaluate enhancements
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
**Low Quality Results**:
- Try Conservative mode instead of Fast
- Add a prompt to guide upscaling
- Check source image quality
- Use Print preset for maximum quality
**Artifacts or Distortions**:
- Use Conservative mode
- Add prompt to preserve details
- Check source image for issues
- Try different mode
**Slow Processing**:
- Fast mode is fastest (~1 second)
- Conservative/Creative take 10-30 seconds
- Large images take longer
- Check internet connection
**File Size Too Large**:
- Use Web preset for smaller files
- Consider Fast mode for web use
- Compress after upscaling if needed
### Getting Help
- Check mode-specific tips above
- Review the [Workflow Guide](workflow-guide.md) for common workflows
- See [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md) for technical details
## Cost Considerations
### Credit Costs
- **Fast Mode**: 2 credits
- **Conservative Mode**: 6 credits
- **Creative Mode**: 6 credits
### Cost Optimization
1. **Use Fast for Iterations**: Test with Fast mode first
2. **Choose Appropriate Mode**: Don't use Creative if Conservative is sufficient
3. **Batch Processing**: Upscale multiple images efficiently
4. **Check Before Upscaling**: Ensure source image is worth upscaling
## Next Steps
After upscaling images in Upscale Studio:
1. **Edit**: Use [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md) to refine upscaled images
2. **Optimize**: Use [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md) for platform-specific exports
3. **Organize**: Save to [Asset Library](asset-library.md) for easy access
4. **Create More**: Use [Create Studio](create-studio.md) to generate new images
---
*For technical details, see the [Implementation Overview](implementation-overview.md). For API usage, see the [API Reference](api-reference.md).*

370
docs-site/docs/features/image-studio/workflow-guide.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
# Image Studio Workflow Guide
This guide covers end-to-end workflows for common Image Studio use cases. Learn how to combine multiple modules to achieve your content creation goals efficiently.
## Overview
Image Studio workflows combine multiple modules to create complete content pipelines. This guide shows you how to use Create, Edit, Upscale, Social Optimizer, and Asset Library together for maximum efficiency.
## Workflow Patterns
### Pattern 1: Create → Use
Simple generation workflow for quick content.
### Pattern 2: Create → Edit → Use
Generation with refinement for better results.
### Pattern 3: Create → Edit → Upscale → Use
Complete quality enhancement workflow.
### Pattern 4: Create → Edit → Optimize → Use
Social media ready workflow.
### Pattern 5: Create → Edit → Upscale → Optimize → Organize
Complete professional workflow.
## Common Workflows
### Workflow 1: Social Media Campaign
**Goal**: Create campaign visuals optimized for multiple platforms
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Generate Base Images
- Use platform templates (Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn)
- Generate 3-5 variations for A/B testing
- Use Premium quality for best results
- Save to Asset Library
2. **Edit Studio** (Optional) - Refine Images
- Remove backgrounds if needed
- Adjust colors to match brand
- Fix any imperfections
- Save edited versions
3. **Social Optimizer** - Platform Optimization
- Upload final images
- Select all relevant platforms
- Choose appropriate formats
- Enable safe zones for text
- Batch export all formats
4. **Asset Library** - Organization
- Mark favorites
- Organize by campaign
- Download optimized versions
- Track usage
**Time**: 20-30 minutes for complete campaign
**Cost**: Varies by quality and variations
**Result**: Platform-optimized images ready for all social channels
---
### Workflow 2: Blog Post Featured Image
**Goal**: Create high-quality featured images for blog posts
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Generate Featured Image
- Use blog post template
- Write descriptive prompt
- Use Standard or Premium quality
- Generate 2-3 variations
2. **Edit Studio** (Optional) - Enhance Image
- Add text overlays if needed (via General Edit)
- Adjust colors for readability
- Remove unwanted elements
- Fix composition issues
3. **Upscale Studio** - Enhance Resolution
- Upload final image
- Use Conservative 4K mode
- Add prompt: "High fidelity upscale preserving original details"
- Upscale for high-quality display
4. **Social Optimizer** (Optional) - Social Sharing
- Optimize for social media sharing
- Create square version for Instagram
- Create landscape version for Twitter/LinkedIn
5. **Asset Library** - Track Usage
- Save to Asset Library
- Track downloads and shares
- Monitor performance
**Time**: 15-20 minutes per image
**Cost**: Moderate (Standard quality + upscale)
**Result**: High-quality featured image ready for blog and social sharing
---
### Workflow 3: Product Photography
**Goal**: Create professional product images with transparent backgrounds
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Generate Product Image
- Use product photography style
- Describe product in detail
- Use Premium quality
- Generate base product image
2. **Edit Studio** - Remove Background
- Upload product image
- Select "Remove Background" operation
- Get transparent PNG
- Save isolated product
3. **Edit Studio** (Optional) - Add Variations
- Use "Search & Recolor" for color variations
- Create multiple product colors
- Use "Replace Background" for different scenes
4. **Upscale Studio** (Optional) - Enhance Quality
- Upscale for high-resolution display
- Use Conservative mode to preserve details
- Ensure product details are sharp
5. **Social Optimizer** - E-commerce Optimization
- Optimize for product listings
- Create square versions for catalogs
- Optimize for social media product posts
6. **Asset Library** - Product Catalog
- Organize by product line
- Mark favorites
- Track which images perform best
**Time**: 20-30 minutes per product
**Cost**: Moderate to high (Premium quality + editing)
**Result**: Professional product images ready for e-commerce and marketing
---
### Workflow 4: Content Library Building
**Goal**: Build a library of reusable content assets
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Batch Generation
- Generate multiple variations (5-10 per prompt)
- Use different styles and templates
- Mix Draft and Standard quality
- Create diverse content library
2. **Asset Library** - Initial Organization
- Review all generated images
- Mark favorites
- Delete low-quality results
- Organize by category
3. **Edit Studio** - Refine Favorites
- Edit best images
- Remove backgrounds
- Adjust colors
- Create variations
4. **Upscale Studio** - Enhance Quality
- Upscale favorite images
- Use Conservative mode
- Prepare for various use cases
5. **Social Optimizer** - Create Formats
- Optimize for different platforms
- Create multiple format versions
- Batch export for efficiency
6. **Asset Library** - Final Organization
- Organize by use case
- Tag and categorize
- Track usage
- Build reusable library
**Time**: 1-2 hours for initial library
**Cost**: Varies by volume
**Result**: Comprehensive content library ready for various campaigns
---
### Workflow 5: Quick Social Post
**Goal**: Fast content creation for immediate posting
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Quick Generation
- Use Draft quality for speed
- Select appropriate template
- Generate 1-2 variations
- Quick preview
2. **Social Optimizer** - Immediate Optimization
- Upload generated image
- Select target platform
- Use Smart Crop
- Download optimized version
3. **Post** - Use immediately
**Time**: 2-5 minutes
**Cost**: Low (Draft quality)
**Result**: Quick social media content ready to post
---
### Workflow 6: Brand Asset Creation
**Goal**: Create consistent brand visuals
**Steps**:
1. **Create Studio** - Generate Base Assets
- Use consistent style prompts
- Match brand colors
- Use Premium quality
- Generate multiple variations
2. **Edit Studio** - Brand Consistency
- Adjust colors to brand palette
- Use "Search & Recolor" for consistency
- Remove elements that don't match brand
- Create brand-aligned variations
3. **Upscale Studio** - Professional Quality
- Upscale for various uses
- Use Conservative mode
- Maintain brand style
4. **Social Optimizer** - Multi-Platform
- Optimize for all brand channels
- Maintain brand consistency
- Create format variations
5. **Asset Library** - Brand Organization
- Organize by brand guidelines
- Mark official brand assets
- Track brand asset usage
**Time**: 30-45 minutes per asset set
**Cost**: Moderate to high (Premium quality)
**Result**: Consistent brand assets across all platforms
---
## Workflow Best Practices
### Planning Your Workflow
1. **Define Goal**: Know what you're creating
2. **Choose Quality**: Match quality to use case
3. **Plan Steps**: Decide which modules you need
4. **Estimate Cost**: Check costs before starting
5. **Batch Operations**: Group similar tasks
### Efficiency Tips
1. **Start with Draft**: Test concepts with Draft quality
2. **Batch Generate**: Create multiple variations at once
3. **Use Templates**: Save time with platform templates
4. **Organize Early**: Use Asset Library from the start
5. **Reuse Assets**: Build library for future use
### Cost Optimization
1. **Draft First**: Test with low-cost Draft quality
2. **Batch Operations**: Process multiple items together
3. **Choose Wisely**: Use appropriate quality levels
4. **Reuse Results**: Don't regenerate similar content
5. **Track Usage**: Monitor costs in Asset Library
### Quality Management
1. **Start High**: Use Premium for important content
2. **Edit Strategically**: Only edit when necessary
3. **Upscale Selectively**: Upscale only best images
4. **Compare Results**: Use comparison tools
5. **Iterate Efficiently**: Refine based on results
## Workflow Templates
### Template: Weekly Social Content
**Frequency**: Weekly
**Time**: 1-2 hours
**Output**: 10-15 optimized images
1. **Monday**: Create 5-7 base images (Draft quality)
2. **Tuesday**: Edit and refine favorites
3. **Wednesday**: Upscale best images
4. **Thursday**: Optimize for all platforms
5. **Friday**: Organize in Asset Library, schedule posts
### Template: Campaign Launch
**Timeline**: 1 week
**Time**: 4-6 hours
**Output**: Complete campaign asset set
1. **Day 1-2**: Generate campaign visuals (Premium quality)
2. **Day 3**: Edit and refine all images
3. **Day 4**: Upscale key visuals
4. **Day 5**: Optimize for all platforms
5. **Day 6-7**: Final review and organization
### Template: Content Library
**Timeline**: Ongoing
**Time**: 2-3 hours/week
**Output**: Growing content library
1. **Weekly**: Generate 20-30 new images
2. **Review**: Mark favorites, delete rejects
3. **Enhance**: Edit and upscale favorites
4. **Organize**: Categorize in Asset Library
5. **Use**: Pull from library for campaigns
## Troubleshooting Workflows
### Common Issues
**Workflow Takes Too Long**:
- Use Draft quality for iterations
- Batch operations when possible
- Skip unnecessary steps
- Use templates to save time
**Results Don't Match Expectations**:
- Refine prompts in Create Studio
- Use Edit Studio for adjustments
- Try different providers
- Iterate based on results
**Costs Too High**:
- Use Draft quality for testing
- Reduce number of variations
- Skip upscaling when not needed
- Reuse existing assets
**Quality Issues**:
- Use Premium quality for important content
- Upscale with Conservative mode
- Edit strategically
- Compare results before finalizing
## Next Steps
- Explore individual module guides for detailed instructions
- Check the [Providers Guide](providers.md) for provider selection
- Review the [Cost Guide](cost-guide.md) for cost optimization
- See [Templates Guide](templates.md) for template usage
---
*For module-specific guides, see [Create Studio](create-studio.md), [Edit Studio](edit-studio.md), [Upscale Studio](upscale-studio.md), [Social Optimizer](social-optimizer.md), and [Asset Library](asset-library.md).*

58
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/api.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
# API (Summary)
Short reference of Wix integration endpoints exposed by ALwrity’s backend.
## Authentication
### Get Authorization URL
```http
GET /api/wix/auth/url?state=optional_state
```
### OAuth Callback
```http
POST /api/wix/auth/callback
Content-Type: application/json
{
"code": "authorization_code",
"state": "optional_state"
}
```
## Connection
### Status
```http
GET /api/wix/connection/status
```
### Disconnect
```http
POST /api/wix/disconnect
```
## Publishing
### Publish blog post
```http
POST /api/wix/publish
Content-Type: application/json
{
"title": "Blog Post Title",
"content": "Markdown",
"cover_image_url": "https://example.com/image.jpg",
"category_ids": ["category_id"],
"tag_ids": ["tag_id_1", "tag_id_2"],
"publish": true
}
```
## Content Management
### Categories
```http
GET /api/wix/categories
```
### Tags
```http
GET /api/wix/tags
```

33
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
# Wix Integration (Overview)
ALwrity’s Wix integration lets you publish AI‑generated blogs directly to your Wix site, including categories/tags and SEO metadata.
## What’s Included
- OAuth connection (Headless OAuth – Client ID only)
- Markdown → Wix Ricos JSON conversion
- Image import to Wix Media Manager
- Blog creation and publish (draft or published)
- Categories/tags lookup + auto-create
- SEO metadata posting (keywords, meta, OG, Twitter, canonical)
## High-level Flow
1. Connect your Wix account (OAuth)
2. Convert blog content to Ricos JSON
3. Import images
4. Create blog post
5. Publish and return URL
## Benefits
- One-click publishing from ALwrity
- Preserves formatting and images
- Posts complete SEO metadata
- Clear error handling and feedback
See also:
- Setup: setup.md
- Publishing: publishing.md
- API: api.md
- SEO Metadata: seo-metadata.md
- Testing (Bypass): testing-bypass.md

28
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/publishing.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
# Publishing Flow
End‑to‑end flow for publishing a blog post to Wix.
## Steps
1. Check connection (tokens + `memberId`)
2. Convert markdown → Ricos JSON
3. Import images to Wix Media Manager
4. Create blog post via Wix Blog API
5. Publish (or save draft)
6. Return URL
## From the Blog Writer
- Generate content in ALwrity
- Use “Publish to Wix” action
- The publisher will:
- Verify connection
- Convert content
- Import images
- Create & publish
- Return published URL
## Notes
- Categories and tags are looked up/created automatically
- SEO metadata is posted with the blog (see SEO Metadata)
- Errors are reported with actionable messages

52
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/seo-metadata.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
# SEO Metadata (Wix)
This page summarizes what ALwrity posts to Wix and what remains out of scope.
## Posted to Wix
- Keywords (seoData.settings.keywords)
- Main keyword: `focus_keyword` → `isMain: true`
- Additional: `blog_tags`, `social_hashtags` → `isMain: false`
- Meta Tags (seoData.tags)
- `<meta name="description">` from `meta_description`
- `<meta name="title">` from `seo_title`
- Open Graph (seoData.tags)
- `og:title`, `og:description`, `og:image`, `og:type=article`, `og:url`
- Twitter Card (seoData.tags)
- `twitter:title`, `twitter:description`, `twitter:image`, `twitter:card`
- Canonical URL (seoData.tags)
- `<link rel="canonical">`
- Categories & Tags
- Auto‑lookup/create and post as `categoryIds` and `tagIds`
## Not Posted (Limitations)
- JSON‑LD structured data
- Reason: Requires Wix site frontend (`@wix/site-seo`)
- URL slug customization
- Wix auto‑generates from title
- Reading time / optimization score
- Internal metadata, not part of Wix post
## Conversion
- Markdown → Ricos JSON via official API (with custom parser fallback)
- Supports headings, paragraphs, lists, images, basic formatting
## Example (structure excerpt)
```json
{
"draftPost": {
"title": "SEO optimized title",
"memberId": "author-member-id",
"richContent": { /* Ricos JSON */ },
"excerpt": "First 200 chars...",
"categoryIds": ["uuid1"],
"tagIds": ["uuid1","uuid2"],
"seoData": {
"settings": { "keywords": [ { "term": "main", "isMain": true } ] },
"tags": [ { "type": "meta", "props": { "name": "description", "content": "..." } } ]
}
},
"publish": true
}
```

40
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/setup.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
# Wix Integration Setup
## Wix App Configuration
1. Go to Wix Developers and create an app
2. Set redirect URI: `http://localhost:3000/wix/callback` (dev)
3. Scopes: `BLOG.CREATE-DRAFT`, `BLOG.PUBLISH`, `MEDIA.MANAGE`
4. Note your Client ID (Headless OAuth uses Client ID only)
## Environment
```bash
# .env
WIX_CLIENT_ID=your_wix_client_id_here
WIX_REDIRECT_URI=http://localhost:3000/wix/callback
```
## Database (tokens)
Store tokens per user:
```sql
CREATE TABLE wix_tokens (
id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT,
user_id TEXT NOT NULL,
access_token TEXT NOT NULL,
refresh_token TEXT,
expires_at TIMESTAMP,
member_id TEXT,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
updated_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
);
```
## Third‑Party App Requirement
`memberId` is mandatory for third‑party blog creation. The OAuth flow retrieves and stores it and it is used when creating posts.
## Key Files
- Backend service: `backend/services/wix_service.py`
- API routes: `backend/api/wix_routes.py`
- Test page: `frontend/src/components/WixTestPage/WixTestPage.tsx`
- Blog publisher: `frontend/src/components/BlogWriter/Publisher.tsx`

34
docs-site/docs/features/integrations/wix/testing-bypass.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
# Testing (Bypass Guide)
Local testing options to exercise Wix integration without onboarding blockers.
## Routes
| Option | URL | Purpose |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Primary | `http://localhost:3000/wix-test` | Main Wix test page |
| Backup | `http://localhost:3000/wix-test-direct` | Direct route (no protections) |
| Backend | `http://localhost:8000/api/wix/auth/url` | Direct API testing |
## How to Test
1. Start backend: `python start_alwrity_backend.py`
2. Start frontend: `npm start`
3. Navigate to `/wix-test`, connect account, publish a test post
## Env (backend)
```bash
WIX_CLIENT_ID=your_wix_client_id_here
WIX_REDIRECT_URI=http://localhost:3000/wix/callback
```
## Restore After Testing
- Re‑enable monitoring middleware in `backend/app.py` if disabled
- Remove any temporary onboarding mocks
- Restore `ProtectedRoute` for `/wix-test` if removed
## Expected Results
- No onboarding redirect
- Wix OAuth works
- Blog posting works
- No rate‑limit errors

255
docs-site/docs/features/linkedin-writer/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
# LinkedIn Writer: Overview
The ALwrity LinkedIn Writer is a specialized AI-powered tool designed to help you create professional, engaging LinkedIn content that builds your personal brand, drives engagement, and establishes thought leadership in your industry.
## What is LinkedIn Writer?
LinkedIn Writer is an AI-powered content creation tool specifically optimized for LinkedIn's professional platform. It helps you create compelling posts, articles, and content that resonates with your professional network while maintaining authenticity and professional credibility.
### Key Capabilities
- **Professional Content Generation**: Create LinkedIn-optimized posts and articles
- **Fact Checking**: Built-in fact verification for professional credibility
- **Engagement Optimization**: Content designed to maximize LinkedIn engagement
- **Brand Voice Consistency**: Maintain consistent professional brand voice
- **Industry-Specific Content**: Tailored content for different industries and roles
## Core Features
### Content Types
#### LinkedIn Posts
- **Professional Updates**: Share industry insights and updates
- **Thought Leadership**: Establish expertise and authority
- **Company News**: Share company updates and achievements
- **Career Insights**: Share career advice and experiences
- **Industry Commentary**: Comment on industry trends and developments
#### LinkedIn Articles
- **Long-Form Content**: Comprehensive articles for deeper engagement
- **Industry Analysis**: In-depth analysis of industry trends
- **Case Studies**: Share success stories and lessons learned
- **How-To Guides**: Educational content for your network
- **Opinion Pieces**: Share professional opinions and perspectives
#### LinkedIn Stories
- **Behind-the-Scenes**: Show your professional journey
- **Quick Tips**: Share bite-sized professional advice
- **Event Updates**: Share conference and event insights
- **Team Highlights**: Showcase your team and company culture
- **Personal Branding**: Build your personal professional brand
### AI-Powered Features
#### Content Generation
- **Professional Tone**: Maintains appropriate professional tone
- **Industry Relevance**: Content relevant to your industry and role
- **Engagement Optimization**: Designed to maximize likes, comments, and shares
- **Hashtag Strategy**: Intelligent hashtag selection and placement
- **Call-to-Action**: Effective CTAs for professional engagement
#### Fact Checking
- **Information Verification**: Verify facts and claims in your content
- **Source Attribution**: Proper attribution of sources and data
- **Credibility Enhancement**: Ensure content maintains professional credibility
- **Bias Detection**: Identify and address potential bias in content
- **Accuracy Assurance**: Maintain high accuracy standards
#### Personalization
- **Brand Voice**: Adapts to your unique professional brand voice
- **Industry Expertise**: Incorporates your industry knowledge and experience
- **Audience Targeting**: Content tailored to your LinkedIn audience
- **Professional Goals**: Aligns content with your professional objectives
- **Network Building**: Content designed to build and strengthen professional relationships
## Content Strategy
### Professional Branding
#### Thought Leadership
- **Industry Insights**: Share unique insights and perspectives
- **Trend Analysis**: Comment on industry trends and developments
- **Expert Commentary**: Provide expert analysis on relevant topics
- **Future Predictions**: Share predictions about industry future
- **Innovation Discussion**: Discuss innovation and change in your field
#### Personal Brand Development
- **Professional Story**: Share your professional journey and experiences
- **Skills Showcase**: Highlight your skills and expertise
- **Achievement Sharing**: Share professional achievements and milestones
- **Learning Journey**: Document your continuous learning and growth
- **Mentorship Content**: Share advice and mentorship insights
### Engagement Strategy
#### Content Mix
- **Educational Content**: 40% - Share knowledge and insights
- **Personal Stories**: 30% - Share professional experiences
- **Industry Commentary**: 20% - Comment on industry developments
- **Company Content**: 10% - Share company updates and culture
#### Posting Schedule
- **Optimal Timing**: Post when your audience is most active
- **Consistency**: Maintain regular posting schedule
- **Frequency**: Balance between visibility and quality
- **Platform Optimization**: Optimize for LinkedIn's algorithm
- **Engagement Timing**: Respond to comments and messages promptly
## Best Practices
### Content Creation
#### Professional Standards
1. **Maintain Professionalism**: Keep content professional and appropriate
2. **Add Value**: Ensure content provides value to your network
3. **Be Authentic**: Share genuine insights and experiences
4. **Stay Relevant**: Keep content relevant to your industry and audience
5. **Engage Actively**: Respond to comments and engage with others' content
#### Content Quality
1. **Clear Messaging**: Ensure your message is clear and concise
2. **Visual Appeal**: Use images, videos, and formatting effectively
3. **Readability**: Make content easy to read and understand
4. **Actionable Insights**: Provide actionable advice and insights
5. **Professional Tone**: Maintain appropriate professional tone
### Engagement Optimization
#### Hashtag Strategy
- **Industry Hashtags**: Use relevant industry hashtags
- **Trending Hashtags**: Include trending professional hashtags
- **Brand Hashtags**: Use company or personal brand hashtags
- **Event Hashtags**: Include conference and event hashtags
- **Community Hashtags**: Engage with professional communities
#### Content Formatting
- **Short Paragraphs**: Use short, scannable paragraphs
- **Bullet Points**: Use bullet points for easy reading
- **Questions**: Ask engaging questions to encourage comments
- **Call-to-Action**: Include clear calls-to-action
- **Visual Elements**: Use images, videos, and formatting
## Integration with Other Features
### Blog Writer Integration
- **Content Repurposing**: Repurpose blog content for LinkedIn
- **Cross-Platform Strategy**: Coordinate content across platforms
- **SEO Benefits**: Leverage LinkedIn for SEO and brand building
- **Content Amplification**: Amplify blog content through LinkedIn
- **Audience Building**: Build audience for blog content
### SEO Dashboard Integration
- **Professional SEO**: Optimize LinkedIn profile for search
- **Content Performance**: Track LinkedIn content performance
- **Keyword Strategy**: Use SEO insights for LinkedIn content
- **Brand Monitoring**: Monitor brand mentions and sentiment
- **Competitive Analysis**: Analyze competitor LinkedIn strategies
### Content Strategy Integration
- **Strategic Planning**: Align LinkedIn content with overall strategy
- **Persona Alignment**: Ensure content matches target personas
- **Goal Support**: Support business and professional goals
- **Brand Consistency**: Maintain brand consistency across platforms
- **Performance Tracking**: Track LinkedIn content performance
## Advanced Features
### Analytics and Insights
#### Performance Metrics
- **Engagement Rate**: Track likes, comments, and shares
- **Reach and Impressions**: Monitor content reach and visibility
- **Click-Through Rate**: Track link clicks and profile visits
- **Follower Growth**: Monitor follower growth and quality
- **Content Performance**: Analyze which content performs best
#### Audience Insights
- **Demographics**: Understand your LinkedIn audience
- **Industry Distribution**: See which industries your audience represents
- **Engagement Patterns**: Understand when your audience is most active
- **Content Preferences**: Identify what content resonates most
- **Network Growth**: Track professional network growth
### Automation Features
#### Content Scheduling
- **Optimal Timing**: Schedule posts for optimal engagement
- **Consistent Posting**: Maintain regular posting schedule
- **Content Calendar**: Plan and organize content in advance
- **Cross-Platform**: Coordinate with other social media platforms
- **Event Integration**: Schedule content around events and conferences
#### Engagement Management
- **Comment Responses**: Automated responses to common comments
- **Message Management**: Organize and prioritize messages
- **Connection Requests**: Manage connection requests efficiently
- **Content Monitoring**: Monitor mentions and brand references
- **Relationship Tracking**: Track professional relationships and interactions
## Industry-Specific Features
### Technology Industry
- **Tech Trends**: Content about technology trends and developments
- **Innovation Focus**: Emphasis on innovation and disruption
- **Technical Insights**: Share technical knowledge and expertise
- **Startup Culture**: Content relevant to startup and tech culture
- **Digital Transformation**: Focus on digital transformation topics
### Finance and Business
- **Market Analysis**: Share market insights and analysis
- **Business Strategy**: Content about business strategy and growth
- **Financial Insights**: Share financial knowledge and expertise
- **Leadership Content**: Focus on leadership and management
- **Economic Commentary**: Comment on economic trends and developments
### Healthcare and Life Sciences
- **Medical Advances**: Share information about medical advances
- **Healthcare Policy**: Comment on healthcare policy and regulations
- **Patient Care**: Focus on patient care and outcomes
- **Research Insights**: Share research findings and insights
- **Industry Challenges**: Discuss healthcare industry challenges
### Marketing and Sales
- **Marketing Trends**: Share marketing trends and best practices
- **Sales Strategies**: Content about sales strategies and techniques
- **Customer Experience**: Focus on customer experience and satisfaction
- **Brand Building**: Content about brand building and marketing
- **Digital Marketing**: Emphasis on digital marketing strategies
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Content Performance
- **Low Engagement**: Improve content quality and relevance
- **Poor Reach**: Optimize posting times and hashtag strategy
- **Limited Growth**: Focus on valuable, shareable content
- **Brand Consistency**: Maintain consistent brand voice and messaging
- **Audience Targeting**: Better understand and target your audience
#### Technical Issues
- **Posting Problems**: Check LinkedIn platform status
- **Formatting Issues**: Ensure proper content formatting
- **Image Problems**: Optimize images for LinkedIn
- **Link Issues**: Check link functionality and tracking
- **Scheduling Problems**: Verify scheduling tool integration
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review LinkedIn Writer documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch LinkedIn content creation tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow LinkedIn best practices
- **Community**: Join LinkedIn marketing communities
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Content Analysis**: Regularly analyze content performance
- **Audience Research**: Continuously research your audience
- **Trend Monitoring**: Stay updated on LinkedIn trends
- **Competitor Analysis**: Monitor competitor LinkedIn strategies
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve content strategy
---
*Ready to build your professional brand on LinkedIn? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Content Strategy Features](../content-strategy/overview.md) to begin creating compelling LinkedIn content!*

621
docs-site/docs/features/persona/implementation-examples.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
# Persona Implementation Examples
This document provides real-world examples of how the ALwrity Persona System works, from initial onboarding through content generation and optimization. These examples demonstrate the complete workflow and showcase the system's capabilities.
## 🎯 Complete Workflow Example
### Step 1: Onboarding Data Collection
Based on the 6-step onboarding process, the system collects comprehensive data about your business and writing style:
```json
{
"session_info": {
"session_id": 1,
"current_step": 6,
"progress": 100.0
},
"website_analysis": {
"website_url": "https://techfounders.blog",
"writing_style": {
"tone": "professional",
"voice": "authoritative",
"complexity": "intermediate",
"engagement_level": "high"
},
"content_characteristics": {
"sentence_structure": "varied",
"vocabulary": "technical",
"paragraph_organization": "logical",
"average_sentence_length": 14.2
},
"target_audience": {
"demographics": ["startup founders", "tech professionals"],
"expertise_level": "intermediate",
"industry_focus": "technology"
},
"style_patterns": {
"common_phrases": ["let's dive in", "the key insight", "bottom line"],
"sentence_starters": ["Here's the thing:", "The reality is"],
"rhetorical_devices": ["metaphors", "data_points", "examples"]
}
},
"research_preferences": {
"research_depth": "Comprehensive",
"content_types": ["blog", "case_study", "tutorial"],
"auto_research": true,
"factual_content": true
}
}
```
### Step 2: Core Persona Generation
The system processes the onboarding data to create a comprehensive core persona:
```json
{
"persona_id": 123,
"persona_name": "The Tech Visionary",
"archetype": "Thought Leader",
"core_belief": "Technology should solve real problems and create meaningful impact",
"linguistic_fingerprint": {
"sentence_metrics": {
"average_sentence_length_words": 14.2,
"preferred_sentence_type": "declarative",
"active_to_passive_ratio": "85:15"
},
"lexical_features": {
"go_to_words": ["innovation", "strategy", "growth", "transformation"],
"go_to_phrases": ["let's dive in", "the key insight", "bottom line"],
"avoid_words": ["buzzword", "hype", "trendy"],
"vocabulary_level": "intermediate_technical"
},
"rhetorical_devices": {
"questions": 12,
"metaphors": 8,
"alliteration": ["strategic success", "business breakthrough"],
"repetition_patterns": {
"key_phrases": ["growth", "innovation"],
"frequency": "moderate"
}
}
},
"confidence_score": 87.5,
"created_at": "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z"
}
```
### Step 3: Platform-Specific Adaptations
The core persona is then adapted for each platform:
#### LinkedIn Adaptation
```json
{
"platform": "linkedin",
"optimization_focus": "professional_networking",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "professional_authoritative",
"content_length": "150-300_words",
"engagement_approach": "thought_leadership",
"audience_targeting": "B2B_professionals"
},
"algorithm_optimization": {
"posting_times": "business_hours",
"content_types": ["industry_insights", "career_advice", "business_trends"],
"engagement_tactics": ["professional_questions", "industry_discussions"],
"hashtag_strategy": "professional_hashtags"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"professional_context_score": 92.5,
"industry_relevance_score": 89.1,
"thought_leadership_score": 87.8,
"engagement_potential_score": 85.3
}
}
```
#### Facebook Adaptation
```json
{
"platform": "facebook",
"optimization_focus": "community_building",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "social_engaging",
"content_length": "100-200_words",
"engagement_approach": "community_interaction",
"audience_targeting": "social_community"
},
"algorithm_optimization": {
"posting_times": "evening_weekends",
"content_types": ["personal_stories", "community_updates", "engaging_questions"],
"engagement_tactics": ["community_polls", "share_requests", "personal_insights"],
"visual_strategy": "image_video_optimized"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"social_engagement_score": 88.7,
"community_building_score": 91.2,
"viral_potential_score": 84.5,
"authenticity_score": 89.8
}
}
```
## 📝 Content Generation Examples
### LinkedIn Post Generation
**Input**: "Write a LinkedIn post about the importance of data-driven decision making in startups"
**Generated Content**:
```
Here's the thing: In the startup world, gut feelings can only take you so far. The key insight I've learned after working with 50+ startups is that data-driven decision making isn't just a buzzword—it's the difference between scaling and failing.
Let's dive in:
📊 **The Reality**: 90% of startups fail, but those using data-driven approaches have a 3x higher success rate
🎯 **The Strategy**: Start with one key metric that directly impacts your bottom line
🚀 **The Growth**: Build systems to track, analyze, and act on data insights
The bottom line? Your intuition is valuable, but data is your competitive advantage.
What's the one metric that's driving your startup's growth right now? Share below—I'd love to learn from your experience.
#StartupLife #DataDriven #Entrepreneurship #GrowthStrategy
```
**Persona Analysis**:
- **Tone**: Professional and authoritative ✅
- **Structure**: Clear, scannable format ✅
- **Engagement**: Question at the end ✅
- **Hashtags**: Professional and relevant ✅
- **Length**: 280 words (optimal for LinkedIn) ✅
### Facebook Post Generation
**Input**: "Create a Facebook post about overcoming startup challenges"
**Generated Content**:
```
The reality is, building a startup is like climbing a mountain in the dark—you know the peak exists, but every step forward feels uncertain.
Here's the thing I wish someone had told me when I started my first company: the challenges never stop, but you get better at handling them.
Let me share what I've learned:
🌟 **The Struggle is Real**: Every successful founder has a story of almost giving up
💪 **You're Stronger Than You Think**: Each challenge makes you more resilient
🤝 **Community Matters**: Surround yourself with people who understand the journey
The key insight? It's not about avoiding challenges—it's about building the strength to overcome them.
Who else has been through the startup rollercoaster? Drop a comment and let's support each other! 💙
#StartupLife #Entrepreneurship #Community #Resilience
```
**Persona Analysis**:
- **Tone**: Personal and relatable ✅
- **Structure**: Story-driven with clear points ✅
- **Engagement**: Community-focused question ✅
- **Hashtags**: Social and community-oriented ✅
- **Length**: 180 words (optimal for Facebook) ✅
### Blog Post Generation
**Input**: "Write a comprehensive blog post about building a data-driven startup culture"
**Generated Content**:
```
# Building a Data-Driven Startup Culture: The Complete Guide
Here's the thing about startup culture: it's not just about ping-pong tables and free snacks. The reality is, the most successful startups have one thing in common—they've built a culture that embraces data-driven decision making at every level.
Let's dive in and explore how you can transform your startup into a data-driven powerhouse.
## The Foundation: Why Data-Driven Culture Matters
The key insight from analyzing 100+ successful startups is clear: companies that prioritize data-driven decision making grow 3x faster than their competitors. But building this culture isn't just about implementing analytics tools—it's about fundamentally changing how your team thinks about decisions.
### The Three Pillars of Data-Driven Culture
1. **Transparency**: Everyone has access to relevant data
2. **Accountability**: Decisions are backed by data, not assumptions
3. **Continuous Learning**: Every decision becomes a learning opportunity
## Implementation Strategy: From Zero to Data-Driven
### Phase 1: Foundation Building (Months 1-2)
- Establish key metrics and KPIs
- Implement basic analytics tools
- Train team on data interpretation
- Create data-sharing protocols
### Phase 2: Culture Integration (Months 3-6)
- Integrate data into daily decision-making
- Establish regular data review sessions
- Create data-driven performance metrics
- Build cross-functional data teams
### Phase 3: Advanced Optimization (Months 6+)
- Implement predictive analytics
- Build automated decision systems
- Create data-driven product development
- Establish continuous improvement processes
## Real-World Examples
### Case Study 1: TechCorp's Transformation
TechCorp increased their conversion rate by 40% after implementing a data-driven culture. The key was giving every team member access to customer data and training them to make data-backed decisions.
### Case Study 2: StartupXYZ's Growth
StartupXYZ reduced their customer acquisition cost by 60% by building a culture where every marketing decision was backed by data analysis.
## Common Pitfalls and How to Avoid Them
1. **Analysis Paralysis**: Don't let perfect data prevent good decisions
2. **Tool Overload**: Start simple and add complexity gradually
3. **Cultural Resistance**: Address concerns and provide training
4. **Data Quality Issues**: Establish data governance from day one
## The Bottom Line
Building a data-driven startup culture isn't just about technology—it's about people. The reality is, your team needs to understand not just how to use data, but why it matters for your company's success.
Here's the thing: start small, be consistent, and remember that culture change takes time. But the results? They're worth every effort.
## Next Steps
Ready to transform your startup culture? Start with these actionable steps:
1. **Audit Your Current State**: What data do you have? What's missing?
2. **Define Your Metrics**: What does success look like for your startup?
3. **Start Small**: Pick one area to focus on first
4. **Measure Progress**: Track your culture transformation journey
The key insight? Every successful data-driven culture started with a single decision to prioritize data over assumptions. What will your first data-driven decision be?
---
*Ready to build your data-driven startup culture? [Contact us](mailto:hello@alwrity.com) for personalized guidance and support.*
```
**Persona Analysis**:
- **Structure**: Comprehensive, well-organized ✅
- **Tone**: Professional and authoritative ✅
- **Engagement**: Clear calls-to-action ✅
- **SEO**: Optimized headings and structure ✅
- **Length**: 1,200 words (optimal for blog) ✅
## 🔄 Quality Assessment Examples
### Persona Quality Metrics
```json
{
"persona_id": 123,
"quality_assessment": {
"overall_quality_score": 87.5,
"linguistic_quality": 89.2,
"consistency_score": 85.8,
"authenticity_score": 88.1,
"platform_optimization_quality": 86.3,
"user_satisfaction": 84.7,
"improvement_suggestions": [
{
"category": "sentence_variety",
"priority": "low",
"suggestion": "Consider adding more complex sentence structures",
"action": "analyze_sentence_patterns"
},
{
"category": "platform_optimization",
"priority": "medium",
"suggestion": "Enhance Facebook engagement tactics",
"action": "update_facebook_strategies"
}
]
}
}
```
### Content Quality Validation
```json
{
"content_id": "linkedin_post_456",
"quality_validation": {
"style_consistency": 92.3,
"platform_optimization": 89.7,
"engagement_potential": 87.1,
"professional_context": 94.2,
"overall_quality": 90.8,
"validation_status": "approved",
"recommendations": [
"Consider adding a personal anecdote to increase engagement",
"The hashtag strategy is well-optimized for LinkedIn",
"Professional tone is consistent with persona"
]
}
}
```
## 📊 Performance Tracking Examples
### LinkedIn Performance Metrics
```json
{
"platform": "linkedin",
"performance_period": "30_days",
"metrics": {
"posts_published": 12,
"average_engagement_rate": 8.7,
"total_impressions": 15420,
"total_clicks": 892,
"total_comments": 156,
"total_shares": 89,
"network_growth": 45,
"quality_score_trend": "increasing"
},
"persona_impact": {
"engagement_improvement": "+23%",
"consistency_score": 91.2,
"audience_alignment": 88.7,
"thought_leadership_score": 89.5
}
}
```
### Facebook Performance Metrics
```json
{
"platform": "facebook",
"performance_period": "30_days",
"metrics": {
"posts_published": 15,
"average_engagement_rate": 12.3,
"total_reach": 8934,
"total_likes": 445,
"total_comments": 123,
"total_shares": 67,
"community_growth": 28,
"viral_coefficient": 1.4
},
"persona_impact": {
"community_engagement": "+31%",
"authenticity_score": 92.1,
"social_proof": 87.3,
"viral_potential": 84.6
}
}
```
## 🎯 Continuous Learning Examples
### Feedback Integration
```json
{
"feedback_session": {
"user_id": 123,
"content_id": "linkedin_post_456",
"feedback_type": "user_rating",
"rating": 4.5,
"comments": "Great post! The data points really strengthened the argument. Maybe add a personal story next time?",
"improvement_areas": ["personal_stories", "anecdotes"],
"positive_aspects": ["data_driven", "professional_tone", "clear_structure"]
},
"persona_updates": {
"sentence_patterns": {
"personal_stories": "increase_frequency",
"anecdotes": "add_to_repertoire"
},
"content_strategy": {
"linkedin": {
"personal_elements": "moderate_increase",
"storytelling": "enhance"
}
}
}
}
```
### Performance-Based Learning
```json
{
"performance_analysis": {
"analysis_period": "90_days",
"successful_patterns": {
"optimal_length_range": {"min": 150, "max": 300, "average": 225},
"preferred_content_types": ["educational", "inspirational"],
"successful_topic_categories": ["technology", "business", "leadership"],
"best_posting_times": ["9:00 AM", "1:00 PM", "5:00 PM"],
"effective_hashtag_count": {"min": 3, "max": 7, "average": 5}
},
"recommendations": {
"content_length_optimization": "Focus on 200-250 word posts",
"content_type_preferences": "Increase educational content ratio",
"topic_focus_areas": "Emphasize technology and leadership topics",
"posting_schedule": "Optimize for 9 AM and 1 PM posting times",
"hashtag_strategy": "Use 5-6 relevant hashtags per post"
}
}
}
```
## 🔧 Technical Implementation Examples
### API Request/Response
#### Generate Persona Request
```http
POST /api/personas/generate
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer YOUR_API_KEY
{
"user_id": 123,
"onboarding_data": {
"website_url": "https://techfounders.blog",
"business_type": "SaaS",
"target_audience": "B2B professionals",
"content_preferences": {
"tone": "professional",
"style": "authoritative",
"length": "medium"
}
}
}
```
#### Generate Persona Response
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"persona_id": 456,
"persona_name": "The Tech Visionary",
"archetype": "Thought Leader",
"confidence_score": 87.5,
"platform_personas": {
"linkedin": {
"optimization_level": "high",
"quality_score": 89.2
},
"facebook": {
"optimization_level": "medium",
"quality_score": 82.1
}
},
"created_at": "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z"
}
}
```
### Content Generation Request
```http
POST /api/personas/456/generate-content
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer YOUR_API_KEY
{
"platform": "linkedin",
"topic": "The importance of data-driven decision making in startups",
"content_type": "post",
"length": "medium",
"tone": "professional"
}
```
### Content Generation Response
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"content_id": "linkedin_post_789",
"generated_content": "Here's the thing: In the startup world...",
"quality_metrics": {
"style_consistency": 92.3,
"platform_optimization": 89.7,
"engagement_potential": 87.1
},
"persona_analysis": {
"tone_match": 94.2,
"style_consistency": 91.8,
"platform_optimization": 88.5
}
}
}
```
## 🎉 Success Stories
### Case Study 1: Tech Startup Founder
**Background**: Sarah, a tech startup founder, was struggling to maintain consistent, engaging content across LinkedIn and Facebook while managing her growing company.
**Challenge**:
- Limited time for content creation
- Inconsistent brand voice across platforms
- Low engagement rates on social media
- Difficulty balancing personal and professional content
**Solution**: Implemented ALwrity Persona System with platform-specific optimizations.
**Results**:
- **Time Savings**: 70% reduction in content creation time
- **Engagement Improvement**: 45% increase in LinkedIn engagement, 60% increase in Facebook engagement
- **Brand Consistency**: 95% consistency score across platforms
- **Content Volume**: 3x increase in content production
**Testimonial**: "The persona system has transformed how I approach content creation. It's like having a personal writing assistant that understands my voice and optimizes it for each platform. I can now focus on growing my business while maintaining a strong social media presence."
### Case Study 2: Marketing Consultant
**Background**: Mike, a marketing consultant, needed to establish thought leadership on LinkedIn while building community on Facebook.
**Challenge**:
- Different audiences on different platforms
- Need for platform-specific content strategies
- Maintaining professional credibility while being approachable
- Scaling content creation for multiple clients
**Solution**: Created specialized personas for LinkedIn (professional) and Facebook (community-focused).
**Results**:
- **LinkedIn**: 200% increase in professional connections, 150% increase in engagement
- **Facebook**: 300% increase in community engagement, 100% increase in group members
- **Client Acquisition**: 40% increase in new clients from social media
- **Thought Leadership**: Recognized as industry expert in marketing automation
**Testimonial**: "The platform-specific personas have been a game-changer. My LinkedIn content positions me as a thought leader, while my Facebook content builds genuine community connections. The system understands the nuances of each platform and helps me maintain authenticity across both."
## 🔮 Future Implementation Examples
### Multi-Language Support
```json
{
"persona_id": 123,
"language_adaptations": {
"english": {
"confidence_score": 87.5,
"optimization_level": "high"
},
"spanish": {
"confidence_score": 82.1,
"optimization_level": "medium"
},
"french": {
"confidence_score": 78.9,
"optimization_level": "medium"
}
}
}
```
### Industry-Specific Personas
```json
{
"persona_id": 123,
"industry_adaptations": {
"technology": {
"confidence_score": 89.2,
"specialized_terminology": ["API", "scalability", "infrastructure"],
"content_focus": ["innovation", "digital transformation", "tech trends"]
},
"healthcare": {
"confidence_score": 85.7,
"specialized_terminology": ["patient care", "clinical outcomes", "healthcare delivery"],
"content_focus": ["patient safety", "healthcare innovation", "medical technology"]
}
}
}
```
---
*These examples demonstrate the power and flexibility of the ALwrity Persona System. Ready to create your own personalized content? [Start with our User Guide](user-guide.md) and [Explore Technical Architecture](technical-architecture.md) to begin your journey!*

272
docs-site/docs/features/persona/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
# Persona System Overview
The ALwrity Persona System is a revolutionary AI-powered feature that creates personalized writing assistants tailored specifically to your voice, style, and communication preferences. It analyzes your writing patterns and creates platform-specific optimizations for LinkedIn, Facebook, and other social media platforms.
## 🎯 What is the Persona System?
The Persona System transforms generic content generation into hyper-personalized, platform-optimized content creation. It builds upon a sophisticated core persona that captures your authentic writing style, voice, and communication preferences, then intelligently adapts for each platform while maintaining your core identity and brand voice.
### Key Benefits
- **Authentic Voice**: Maintains your unique writing style across all platforms
- **Platform Optimization**: Adapts content for each platform's algorithm and audience
- **Quality Consistency**: Ensures consistent, high-quality content generation
- **Time Efficiency**: Automates personalized content creation
- **Engagement Improvement**: Optimizes content for better audience engagement
## 🏗️ System Architecture
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Data Collection Layer"
A[Onboarding Data] --> B[Website Analysis]
B --> C[Social Media Analysis]
C --> D[User Preferences]
end
subgraph "AI Processing Layer"
E[Gemini AI Analysis] --> F[Linguistic Fingerprinting]
F --> G[Style Pattern Recognition]
G --> H[Core Persona Generation]
end
subgraph "Platform Adaptation Layer"
I[LinkedIn Optimization] --> J[Facebook Optimization]
J --> K[Blog Optimization]
K --> L[Other Platforms]
end
subgraph "Quality Assurance Layer"
M[Confidence Scoring] --> N[Quality Validation]
N --> O[Performance Tracking]
O --> P[Continuous Learning]
end
D --> E
H --> I
L --> M
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style E fill:#f3e5f5
style I fill:#e8f5e8
style M fill:#fff3e0
```
## 🚀 Core Features
### 1. Hyper-Personalized Content Generation
#### Intelligent Persona Creation
- **AI-Powered Analysis**: Advanced machine learning algorithms analyze your writing patterns, tone, and communication style
- **Comprehensive Data Collection**: Extracts insights from website content, social media presence, and user preferences
- **Multi-Dimensional Profiling**: Creates detailed linguistic fingerprints including vocabulary, sentence structure, and rhetorical devices
- **Confidence Scoring**: Provides quality metrics and confidence levels for each generated persona
#### Platform-Specific Optimization
- **Algorithm Awareness**: Each persona understands and optimizes for platform-specific algorithms
- **Content Format Adaptation**: Automatically adjusts content structure for platform constraints
- **Audience Targeting**: Leverages platform demographics and user behavior patterns
- **Engagement Optimization**: Implements platform-specific engagement strategies
### 2. Platform-Specific Adaptations
#### LinkedIn Integration
- **Professional Networking Optimization**: Specialized for professional networking and B2B communication
- **Thought Leadership**: Optimizes content for establishing industry authority
- **Professional Tone**: Maintains appropriate business communication standards
- **Industry Context**: Incorporates industry-specific terminology and best practices
#### Facebook Integration
- **Community Building Focus**: Optimized for community building and social engagement
- **Viral Content Potential**: Strategies for creating shareable, engaging content
- **Community Features**: Leverages Facebook Groups, Events, and Live features
- **Audience Interaction**: Emphasizes community building and social sharing
#### Blog/Medium Integration
- **Long-Form Content**: Optimized for comprehensive, in-depth content
- **SEO Optimization**: Built-in SEO analysis and recommendations
- **Reader Engagement**: Strategies for maintaining reader interest
- **Content Structure**: Intelligent outline generation and content organization
### 3. Quality Assurance and Learning
#### Continuous Improvement
- **Performance Learning**: Learns from your content performance and engagement metrics
- **Feedback Integration**: Incorporates your feedback and preferences
- **Algorithm Updates**: Adapts to platform algorithm changes
- **Quality Enhancement**: Continuous optimization of persona generation
#### Quality Metrics
- **Style Consistency Score**: Measures how well the persona maintains your writing style
- **Authenticity Score**: Evaluates how authentic the generated content feels
- **Readability Score**: Ensures content is readable and engaging
- **Engagement Potential**: Predicts content performance based on persona optimization
## 🎨 Understanding Your Persona
### Persona Banner
You'll see a persona banner at the top of each writing tool that displays:
- **Persona Name**: Your personalized writing assistant name
- **Archetype**: Your communication style archetype (e.g., "The Professional Connector")
- **Confidence Score**: How well the system understands your style (0-100%)
- **Platform Optimization**: Which platform the persona is optimized for
### Hover for Details
Hover over the persona banner to see comprehensive details about:
- How your persona was created
- What makes it unique
- How it helps with content creation
- Platform-specific optimizations
- CopilotKit integration features
## 📊 Quality Metrics and Assessment
### Confidence Score
Your persona's confidence score (0-100%) indicates how well the system understands your writing style:
- **90-100%**: Excellent understanding, highly personalized content
- **80-89%**: Good understanding, well-personalized content
- **70-79%**: Fair understanding, moderately personalized content
- **Below 70%**: Limited understanding, may need more data
### Quality Validation
The system continuously validates your persona quality across multiple dimensions:
- **Completeness**: How comprehensive your persona data is
- **Platform Optimization**: How well optimized for each platform
- **Professional Context**: Industry and role-specific validation
- **Algorithm Performance**: Platform algorithm optimization effectiveness
## 🔄 Persona Lifecycle
### 1. Onboarding and Data Collection
- **Website Analysis**: Analyzes your existing content and writing style
- **Social Media Review**: Reviews your social media presence and engagement patterns
- **Preference Collection**: Gathers your content preferences and goals
- **Target Audience Definition**: Identifies your target audience and communication goals
### 2. Core Persona Generation
- **Linguistic Analysis**: Creates detailed linguistic fingerprints
- **Style Pattern Recognition**: Identifies your unique writing patterns
- **Tone and Voice Analysis**: Captures your communication tone and voice
- **Quality Assessment**: Evaluates and scores the generated persona
### 3. Platform Adaptation
- **LinkedIn Optimization**: Adapts persona for professional networking
- **Facebook Optimization**: Optimizes for social engagement and community building
- **Blog Optimization**: Adapts for long-form content and SEO
- **Quality Validation**: Ensures platform-specific optimizations are effective
### 4. Continuous Learning and Improvement
- **Performance Monitoring**: Tracks content performance and engagement
- **Feedback Integration**: Incorporates user feedback and preferences
- **Algorithm Adaptation**: Adapts to platform algorithm changes
- **Quality Enhancement**: Continuously improves persona accuracy and effectiveness
## 🎛️ Customization and Control
### Persona Settings
You can customize various aspects of your persona:
- **Tone Adjustments**: Fine-tune the tone for different contexts
- **Platform Preferences**: Adjust optimization levels for different platforms
- **Content Types**: Specify preferred content types and formats
- **Audience Targeting**: Refine audience targeting parameters
### Manual Override
When needed, you can temporarily disable persona features:
- **Disable Persona**: Turn off persona optimization for specific content
- **Platform Override**: Use different settings for specific platforms
- **Content Type Override**: Apply different persona settings for different content types
- **Temporary Adjustments**: Make temporary changes without affecting your core persona
## 🚀 Getting Started
### Step 1: Complete Onboarding
The persona system automatically activates when you complete the ALwrity onboarding process. During onboarding, the system analyzes:
- Your website content and writing style
- Your target audience and business goals
- Your content preferences and research needs
- Your platform preferences and integration requirements
### Step 2: Persona Generation
Once onboarding is complete, the system automatically generates your personalized writing persona. This process typically takes 1-2 minutes and includes:
- Core persona creation based on your writing style
- Platform-specific adaptations for LinkedIn and Facebook
- Quality validation and confidence scoring
- Optimization for each platform's algorithm
### Step 3: Start Creating Content
Your persona is now active and will automatically enhance your content creation across all supported platforms.
## 🎯 Best Practices
### Maximizing Persona Effectiveness
- **Complete Onboarding Thoroughly**: Provide detailed, accurate information during onboarding
- **Regular Content Creation**: Use the system regularly to improve persona understanding
- **Provide Feedback**: Give feedback on generated content to improve quality
- **Stay Updated**: Keep your website and social media profiles updated
### Content Creation Tips
- **Trust Your Persona**: Let the persona guide your content creation
- **Review Suggestions**: Consider all persona-generated suggestions
- **Maintain Consistency**: Use your persona consistently across platforms
- **Monitor Performance**: Track how persona-optimized content performs
### Platform Optimization
- **Use Platform-Specific Features**: Leverage platform-specific optimizations
- **Follow Platform Guidelines**: Ensure content follows platform best practices
- **Engage with Audience**: Use persona insights to improve audience engagement
- **Measure Results**: Track performance metrics to validate persona effectiveness
## 🔮 Advanced Features
### Multi-Platform Management
- **Unified Persona**: Single persona that adapts to multiple platforms
- **Platform Switching**: Seamlessly switch between platform optimizations
- **Cross-Platform Consistency**: Maintain consistent voice across platforms
- **Platform-Specific Optimization**: Leverage unique features of each platform
### Analytics and Insights
- **Performance Tracking**: Monitor how your persona affects content performance
- **Engagement Analysis**: Analyze engagement patterns and trends
- **Quality Metrics**: Track content quality improvements over time
- **ROI Measurement**: Measure the return on investment of persona optimization
### Integration Capabilities
- **API Access**: Programmatic access to persona features
- **Third-Party Integration**: Integrate with other tools and platforms
- **Workflow Automation**: Automate persona-based content creation
- **Custom Development**: Develop custom features using persona data
## 🆘 Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Low Confidence Score
If your persona has a low confidence score:
- **Complete More Onboarding**: Provide more detailed information during onboarding
- **Update Website Content**: Ensure your website has sufficient content for analysis
- **Add Social Media Profiles**: Connect more social media accounts for better analysis
- **Provide Feedback**: Give feedback on generated content to improve the persona
#### Persona Not Working
If your persona isn't working as expected:
- **Check Internet Connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection
- **Refresh the Page**: Try refreshing your browser
- **Clear Cache**: Clear your browser cache and cookies
- **Contact Support**: Reach out to ALwrity support for assistance
#### Platform-Specific Issues
If you're having issues with specific platforms:
- **Check Platform Status**: Verify the platform is supported and active
- **Update Platform Settings**: Ensure your platform preferences are correct
- **Test with Different Content**: Try creating different types of content
- **Review Platform Guidelines**: Check if your content follows platform guidelines
## 🎉 Conclusion
The ALwrity Persona System transforms your content creation experience by providing personalized, platform-optimized assistance that maintains your authentic voice while maximizing engagement and performance. By understanding and leveraging your persona, you can create more effective, engaging content that resonates with your audience across all social media platforms.
Remember: Your persona is a powerful tool that learns and improves over time. The more you use it, the better it becomes at understanding your style and helping you create exceptional content.
---
*Ready to create your personalized writing persona? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Platform-Specific Features](platform-integration.md) to begin your personalized content creation journey!*

421
docs-site/docs/features/persona/platform-integration.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
# Platform Integration Guide
This comprehensive guide covers how the ALwrity Persona System integrates with different social media platforms, providing platform-specific optimizations while maintaining your authentic voice and brand identity.
## 🎯 Platform-Specific Persona Adaptations
The Persona System creates specialized adaptations for each platform, understanding their unique characteristics, algorithms, and audience expectations while maintaining your core identity.
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Core Persona Foundation"
A[User's Authentic Voice]
B[Writing Style Patterns]
C[Communication Preferences]
D[Brand Identity]
end
subgraph "Platform Adaptations"
E[LinkedIn Professional]
F[Facebook Community]
G[Blog/Medium Long-form]
H[Twitter Concise]
I[Instagram Visual]
end
subgraph "Platform Characteristics"
J[Algorithm Optimization]
K[Audience Targeting]
L[Content Format]
M[Engagement Strategies]
end
A --> E
B --> F
C --> G
D --> H
D --> I
E --> J
F --> K
G --> L
H --> M
I --> J
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style E fill:#e3f2fd
style F fill:#e8f5e8
style G fill:#fff3e0
style H fill:#f3e5f5
style I fill:#fce4ec
```
## 💼 LinkedIn Integration
### Professional Networking Optimization
LinkedIn personas are specifically designed for professional networking and B2B communication, focusing on thought leadership and industry authority.
#### Key Features
- **Professional Tone**: Maintains appropriate business communication standards
- **Industry Context**: Incorporates industry-specific terminology and best practices
- **Thought Leadership**: Optimizes content for establishing industry authority
- **Algorithm Optimization**: 8 categories of LinkedIn-specific strategies
#### LinkedIn-Specific Persona Characteristics
```json
{
"platform": "linkedin",
"optimization_focus": "professional_networking",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "professional_authoritative",
"content_length": "150-300_words",
"engagement_approach": "thought_leadership",
"audience_targeting": "B2B_professionals"
},
"algorithm_optimization": {
"posting_times": "business_hours",
"content_types": ["industry_insights", "career_advice", "business_trends"],
"engagement_tactics": ["professional_questions", "industry_discussions"],
"hashtag_strategy": "professional_hashtags"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"professional_context_score": 92.5,
"industry_relevance_score": 89.1,
"thought_leadership_score": 87.8,
"engagement_potential_score": 85.3
}
}
```
#### LinkedIn-Specific Actions
When using LinkedIn writer, you'll have access to:
- **Generate LinkedIn Post**: Creates professional posts optimized for your persona
- **Optimize for LinkedIn Algorithm**: Applies LinkedIn-specific optimization strategies
- **Professional Networking Tips**: AI-generated networking strategies
- **Industry-Specific Content**: Tailored content for your professional sector
- **Engagement Optimization**: Strategies for professional audience engagement
#### Quality Features
- **Professional Context Validation**: Ensures content appropriateness for business audiences
- **Quality Scoring**: Multi-dimensional scoring for professional content
- **Algorithm Performance**: Optimized for LinkedIn's engagement metrics
- **Industry Targeting**: Content tailored to your specific industry
### LinkedIn Algorithm Optimization
#### 8 Categories of LinkedIn Strategies
1. **Content Relevance**: Industry-specific and professional content
2. **Engagement Quality**: Meaningful professional interactions
3. **Posting Consistency**: Regular, professional content schedule
4. **Network Building**: Strategic professional connections
5. **Content Format**: Optimized for LinkedIn's content types
6. **Timing Optimization**: Best times for professional engagement
7. **Hashtag Strategy**: Professional and industry-specific hashtags
8. **Call-to-Action**: Professional CTAs that drive engagement
## 📘 Facebook Integration
### Community Building Focus
Facebook personas are optimized for community building and social engagement, focusing on meaningful social connections and viral content potential.
#### Key Features
- **Social Engagement**: Focuses on meaningful social connections
- **Viral Content Potential**: Strategies for creating shareable, engaging content
- **Community Features**: Leverages Facebook Groups, Events, and Live features
- **Audience Interaction**: Emphasizes community building and social sharing
#### Facebook-Specific Persona Characteristics
```json
{
"platform": "facebook",
"optimization_focus": "community_building",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "social_engaging",
"content_length": "100-200_words",
"engagement_approach": "community_interaction",
"audience_targeting": "social_community"
},
"algorithm_optimization": {
"posting_times": "evening_weekends",
"content_types": ["personal_stories", "community_updates", "engaging_questions"],
"engagement_tactics": ["community_polls", "share_requests", "personal_insights"],
"visual_strategy": "image_video_optimized"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"social_engagement_score": 88.7,
"community_building_score": 91.2,
"viral_potential_score": 84.5,
"authenticity_score": 89.8
}
}
```
#### Facebook-Specific Actions
When using Facebook writer, you'll have access to:
- **Generate Facebook Post**: Creates community-focused posts optimized for your persona
- **Optimize for Facebook Algorithm**: Applies Facebook-specific optimization strategies
- **Community Building Tips**: AI-generated community building strategies
- **Content Format Optimization**: Optimizes for text, image, video, and carousel posts
- **Engagement Strategies**: Social sharing and viral content strategies
#### Advanced Features
- **Visual Content Strategy**: Image and video optimization for Facebook's visual-first approach
- **Community Management**: AI-powered community building and engagement strategies
- **Event Optimization**: Facebook Events and Live streaming optimization
- **Social Proof**: Strategies for building social credibility and trust
### Facebook Algorithm Optimization
#### Key Optimization Areas
1. **Engagement Signals**: Likes, comments, shares, and reactions
2. **Content Type Performance**: Text, image, video, and link posts
3. **Timing Optimization**: When your audience is most active
4. **Community Interaction**: Group participation and community engagement
5. **Visual Appeal**: Image and video optimization
6. **Storytelling**: Personal and relatable content
7. **Call-to-Action**: Clear, engaging CTAs
8. **Consistency**: Regular posting schedule
## 📝 Blog/Medium Integration
### Long-Form Content Optimization
Blog and Medium personas are optimized for comprehensive, in-depth content that provides value to readers while maintaining SEO optimization.
#### Key Features
- **Long-Form Content**: Optimized for comprehensive, in-depth content
- **SEO Optimization**: Built-in SEO analysis and recommendations
- **Reader Engagement**: Strategies for maintaining reader interest
- **Content Structure**: Intelligent outline generation and content organization
#### Blog-Specific Persona Characteristics
```json
{
"platform": "blog_medium",
"optimization_focus": "long_form_content",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "authoritative_educational",
"content_length": "1000-3000_words",
"engagement_approach": "value_providing",
"audience_targeting": "knowledge_seekers"
},
"seo_optimization": {
"keyword_strategy": "long_tail_keywords",
"content_structure": "scannable_headers",
"internal_linking": "strategic_placement",
"meta_optimization": "title_description_tags"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"content_depth_score": 93.1,
"seo_optimization_score": 87.6,
"readability_score": 89.4,
"value_proposition_score": 91.8
}
}
```
#### Blog-Specific Actions
- **Generate Blog Post**: Creates comprehensive, SEO-optimized blog content
- **SEO Analysis**: Provides detailed SEO recommendations
- **Content Structure**: Intelligent outline and section organization
- **Readability Optimization**: Ensures content is engaging and readable
- **Internal Linking**: Strategic internal linking suggestions
## 🐦 Twitter Integration
### Concise Messaging Optimization
Twitter personas are optimized for concise, impactful messaging that drives engagement in the fast-paced Twitter environment.
#### Key Features
- **Concise Messaging**: Optimized for Twitter's character limits
- **Real-Time Engagement**: Strategies for timely, relevant content
- **Trending Topics**: Integration with current trends and hashtags
- **Thread Optimization**: Multi-tweet thread strategies
#### Twitter-Specific Persona Characteristics
```json
{
"platform": "twitter",
"optimization_focus": "concise_engagement",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "conversational_punchy",
"content_length": "50-280_characters",
"engagement_approach": "real_time_interaction",
"audience_targeting": "twitter_community"
},
"algorithm_optimization": {
"posting_times": "peak_engagement_hours",
"content_types": ["quick_insights", "trending_topics", "conversation_starters"],
"engagement_tactics": ["retweet_requests", "poll_questions", "trending_hashtags"],
"thread_strategy": "multi_tweet_stories"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"conciseness_score": 94.2,
"engagement_potential_score": 87.9,
"trend_relevance_score": 83.6,
"conversation_starting_score": 88.1
}
}
```
## 📸 Instagram Integration
### Visual Storytelling Optimization
Instagram personas are optimized for visual storytelling and aesthetic consistency, focusing on visual content and story-driven posts.
#### Key Features
- **Visual Storytelling**: Optimized for Instagram's visual-first approach
- **Aesthetic Consistency**: Maintains visual brand consistency
- **Story Optimization**: Instagram Stories and Reels strategies
- **Hashtag Strategy**: Instagram-specific hashtag optimization
#### Instagram-Specific Persona Characteristics
```json
{
"platform": "instagram",
"optimization_focus": "visual_storytelling",
"content_strategy": {
"tone": "visual_inspiring",
"content_length": "caption_optimized",
"engagement_approach": "visual_engagement",
"audience_targeting": "visual_community"
},
"visual_optimization": {
"image_strategy": "aesthetic_consistency",
"story_strategy": "behind_scenes_content",
"reels_strategy": "trending_audio_effects",
"hashtag_strategy": "niche_community_hashtags"
},
"quality_metrics": {
"visual_appeal_score": 91.7,
"storytelling_score": 88.3,
"aesthetic_consistency_score": 90.5,
"engagement_potential_score": 86.8
}
}
```
## 🔄 Cross-Platform Consistency
### Maintaining Brand Voice
While each platform has specific optimizations, the Persona System ensures your core brand voice and identity remain consistent across all platforms.
#### Consistency Framework
```mermaid
graph LR
A[Core Brand Voice] --> B[Platform Adaptation]
B --> C[LinkedIn Professional]
B --> D[Facebook Social]
B --> E[Blog Educational]
B --> F[Twitter Concise]
B --> G[Instagram Visual]
C --> H[Consistent Identity]
D --> H
E --> H
F --> H
G --> H
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style H fill:#c8e6c9
```
#### Consistency Metrics
- **Brand Voice Consistency**: 92.3%
- **Message Alignment**: 89.7%
- **Tone Adaptation**: 87.1%
- **Value Proposition**: 94.2%
## 🎛️ Platform-Specific Customization
### Customization Options
Each platform persona can be customized to better match your specific needs and preferences.
#### LinkedIn Customization
- **Professional Level**: Adjust formality and professionalism
- **Industry Focus**: Specify industry-specific terminology
- **Content Types**: Choose preferred content formats
- **Engagement Style**: Customize interaction approach
#### Facebook Customization
- **Community Focus**: Adjust community building emphasis
- **Personal Level**: Control personal vs business content ratio
- **Visual Strategy**: Customize visual content approach
- **Engagement Tactics**: Choose preferred engagement methods
#### Blog Customization
- **Content Depth**: Adjust content length and depth
- **SEO Focus**: Customize SEO optimization level
- **Writing Style**: Choose formal vs casual approach
- **Structure Preference**: Customize content organization
## 📊 Performance Tracking
### Platform-Specific Metrics
Each platform persona tracks specific performance metrics relevant to that platform's success indicators.
#### LinkedIn Metrics
- **Professional Engagement**: Comments from industry professionals
- **Thought Leadership**: Shares and mentions from industry leaders
- **Network Growth**: New professional connections
- **Content Reach**: Impressions and clicks from target audience
#### Facebook Metrics
- **Community Engagement**: Likes, comments, and shares
- **Viral Potential**: Content sharing and reach
- **Community Building**: Group participation and community growth
- **Social Proof**: Mentions and tags from community members
#### Blog Metrics
- **Read Time**: Average time spent reading content
- **SEO Performance**: Search rankings and organic traffic
- **Content Engagement**: Comments and social shares
- **Lead Generation**: Conversions from blog content
## 🚀 Best Practices
### Platform Optimization Tips
#### LinkedIn Best Practices
1. **Professional Tone**: Maintain professional communication standards
2. **Industry Relevance**: Focus on industry-specific topics and insights
3. **Thought Leadership**: Share unique perspectives and expertise
4. **Network Engagement**: Actively engage with your professional network
5. **Content Quality**: Ensure high-quality, valuable content
#### Facebook Best Practices
1. **Community Focus**: Build and engage with your community
2. **Visual Content**: Use compelling images and videos
3. **Personal Touch**: Share personal insights and stories
4. **Engagement**: Ask questions and encourage interaction
5. **Consistency**: Maintain regular posting schedule
#### Blog Best Practices
1. **Value First**: Provide genuine value to readers
2. **SEO Optimization**: Optimize for search engines
3. **Readability**: Ensure content is easy to read and understand
4. **Structure**: Use clear headings and organization
5. **Call-to-Action**: Include clear next steps for readers
## 🔮 Future Platform Integrations
### Planned Integrations
- **YouTube**: Video content and channel optimization
- **TikTok**: Short-form video content creation
- **Pinterest**: Visual content and board optimization
- **Reddit**: Community-specific content strategies
- **Discord**: Community management and engagement
### Integration Framework
The modular architecture allows for easy addition of new platforms while maintaining consistency and quality across all integrations.
---
*Ready to optimize your content for specific platforms? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Technical Architecture](technical-architecture.md) to begin your platform-specific content creation journey!*

391
docs-site/docs/features/persona/roadmap.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
# Persona System Roadmap & Future Enhancements
This comprehensive roadmap outlines the future development of the ALwrity Persona System, including planned features, enhancements, and long-term vision for creating the most advanced AI-powered personalization platform.
## 🎯 Vision Statement
Our vision is to create the world's most intelligent and adaptive writing persona system that not only replicates your unique voice but continuously evolves to become an indispensable part of your content creation workflow, delivering unprecedented personalization and performance optimization.
## 🗺️ Development Roadmap
### Phase 1: Enhanced Intelligence (Q1 2024) 🚀
#### Advanced Linguistic Analysis
- **Deep Learning Models**: Implement transformer-based models for style analysis
- **Multi-Modal Analysis**: Analyze text, images, and video content for comprehensive persona building
- **Emotional Intelligence**: Detect and replicate emotional nuances in writing
- **Cultural Context**: Understand and adapt to cultural communication patterns
```mermaid
gantt
title Phase 1: Enhanced Intelligence
dateFormat YYYY-MM-DD
section Advanced Analysis
Deep Learning Models :active, dl-models, 2024-01-01, 30d
Multi-Modal Analysis :mm-analysis, after dl-models, 20d
Emotional Intelligence :emotion-ai, after mm-analysis, 25d
Cultural Context :cultural, after emotion-ai, 15d
```
#### Quality Enhancement Features
- **Real-Time Quality Assessment**: Instant feedback on content quality
- **A/B Testing Framework**: Test different persona variations
- **Performance Analytics**: Advanced metrics and insights
- **Quality Improvement Suggestions**: AI-powered recommendations
#### Platform Expansion
- **YouTube Integration**: Video content and channel optimization
- **TikTok Integration**: Short-form video content creation
- **Pinterest Integration**: Visual content and board optimization
- **Reddit Integration**: Community-specific content strategies
### Phase 2: Adaptive Learning (Q2 2024) 🧠
#### Continuous Learning System
- **Feedback Loop Integration**: Learn from user interactions and content performance
- **Performance-Based Optimization**: Automatically improve based on engagement metrics
- **User Behavior Analysis**: Understand content consumption patterns
- **Predictive Content Suggestions**: Anticipate user needs and preferences
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Learning Sources"
A[User Feedback]
B[Performance Data]
C[Behavior Analysis]
D[Content Consumption]
end
subgraph "AI Processing"
E[Machine Learning Models]
F[Pattern Recognition]
G[Predictive Analytics]
H[Optimization Engine]
end
subgraph "Persona Evolution"
I[Style Refinement]
J[Platform Optimization]
K[Content Strategy]
L[Engagement Enhancement]
end
A --> E
B --> F
C --> G
D --> H
E --> I
F --> J
G --> K
H --> L
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style E fill:#f3e5f5
style I fill:#e8f5e8
```
#### Advanced Personalization
- **Context-Aware Adaptation**: Adjust persona based on current events and trends
- **Audience-Specific Personas**: Create different personas for different audience segments
- **Time-Based Optimization**: Adapt content style based on posting time and season
- **Industry-Specific Enhancements**: Specialized personas for different industries
#### Collaboration Features
- **Team Personas**: Shared personas for organizations
- **Persona Sharing**: Allow users to share successful persona configurations
- **Collaborative Editing**: Multiple users can contribute to persona development
- **Version Control**: Track persona evolution and changes
### Phase 3: Enterprise Integration (Q3 2024) 🏢
#### Enterprise Features
- **Multi-User Management**: Admin controls for team personas
- **Brand Guidelines Integration**: Ensure compliance with brand standards
- **Approval Workflows**: Content review and approval processes
- **Analytics Dashboard**: Comprehensive reporting and insights
```mermaid
graph LR
subgraph "Enterprise Features"
A[Multi-User Management]
B[Brand Guidelines]
C[Approval Workflows]
D[Analytics Dashboard]
end
subgraph "Integration Layer"
E[CRM Integration]
F[Marketing Automation]
G[Content Management]
H[Social Media Management]
end
subgraph "Compliance & Security"
I[Data Governance]
J[Access Controls]
K[Audit Trails]
L[Privacy Protection]
end
A --> E
B --> F
C --> G
D --> H
E --> I
F --> J
G --> K
H --> L
style A fill:#e3f2fd
style E fill:#f3e5f5
style I fill:#e8f5e8
```
#### Advanced Integrations
- **CRM Integration**: Sync persona data with customer relationship management
- **Marketing Automation**: Integrate with marketing platforms
- **Content Management Systems**: Seamless integration with CMS platforms
- **Social Media Management**: Direct integration with social media tools
#### Compliance & Security
- **Data Governance**: Comprehensive data management and compliance
- **Access Controls**: Role-based access and permissions
- **Audit Trails**: Complete tracking of persona changes and usage
- **Privacy Protection**: Advanced privacy controls and data protection
### Phase 4: AI Innovation (Q4 2024) 🤖
#### Next-Generation AI
- **GPT-5 Integration**: Latest language model capabilities
- **Multimodal AI**: Text, image, and video content generation
- **Real-Time Adaptation**: Dynamic persona adjustment during content creation
- **Emotional AI**: Advanced emotional intelligence and empathy
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "AI Innovation"
A[GPT-5 Integration]
B[Multimodal AI]
C[Real-Time Adaptation]
D[Emotional AI]
end
subgraph "Advanced Capabilities"
E[Voice Synthesis]
F[Video Generation]
G[3D Content Creation]
H[AR/VR Integration]
end
subgraph "Intelligence Layer"
I[Predictive Modeling]
J[Behavioral Analysis]
K[Trend Prediction]
L[Market Intelligence]
end
A --> E
B --> F
C --> G
D --> H
E --> I
F --> J
G --> K
H --> L
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style E fill:#f3e5f5
style I fill:#e8f5e8
```
#### Advanced Content Creation
- **Voice Synthesis**: Generate audio content in your voice
- **Video Generation**: Create video content with your persona
- **3D Content Creation**: Generate 3D models and animations
- **AR/VR Integration**: Create immersive content experiences
#### Market Intelligence
- **Trend Analysis**: Predict and adapt to content trends
- **Competitor Analysis**: Monitor and learn from competitor strategies
- **Market Research**: Automated market research and insights
- **Opportunity Detection**: Identify content opportunities and gaps
## 🚀 Feature Enhancements
### Short-Term Enhancements (Next 3 Months)
#### 1. Enhanced User Experience
- **Persona Dashboard**: Comprehensive persona management interface
- **Visual Persona Editor**: Drag-and-drop persona customization
- **Real-Time Preview**: See persona changes instantly
- **Mobile Optimization**: Full mobile app support
#### 2. Advanced Analytics
- **Performance Tracking**: Detailed content performance metrics
- **Engagement Analysis**: Deep insights into audience engagement
- **ROI Measurement**: Calculate return on investment for persona optimization
- **Competitive Benchmarking**: Compare performance against industry standards
#### 3. Content Optimization
- **SEO Integration**: Built-in SEO optimization for all content
- **Accessibility Features**: Ensure content is accessible to all users
- **Multilingual Support**: Support for multiple languages
- **Content Templates**: Pre-built templates for different content types
### Medium-Term Enhancements (3-6 Months)
#### 1. AI-Powered Insights
- **Content Strategy Recommendations**: AI-generated content strategies
- **Audience Insights**: Deep understanding of target audiences
- **Optimal Timing**: AI-determined best times to post content
- **Content Calendar**: Automated content planning and scheduling
#### 2. Advanced Personalization
- **Dynamic Personas**: Personas that change based on context
- **Seasonal Adaptation**: Automatic seasonal content adjustments
- **Event-Based Content**: Content adapted to current events
- **Location-Based Optimization**: Content optimized for geographic regions
#### 3. Integration Ecosystem
- **API Marketplace**: Third-party integrations and plugins
- **Webhook Support**: Real-time data synchronization
- **Custom Integrations**: Build custom integrations
- **Partner Network**: Integration with marketing and content tools
### Long-Term Vision (6+ Months)
#### 1. Autonomous Content Creation
- **Self-Managing Personas**: Personas that improve themselves
- **Autonomous Publishing**: AI-managed content publishing
- **Intelligent Scheduling**: AI-optimized content scheduling
- **Performance Optimization**: Automatic performance improvements
#### 2. Advanced AI Capabilities
- **Emotional Intelligence**: Advanced emotional understanding
- **Creative AI**: AI that can generate creative content
- **Strategic Thinking**: AI that can develop content strategies
- **Predictive Analytics**: Predict content performance before publishing
#### 3. Global Expansion
- **Multi-Language Support**: Support for 50+ languages
- **Cultural Adaptation**: Cultural context understanding
- **Regional Optimization**: Region-specific content optimization
- **Global Analytics**: Worldwide performance tracking
## 🎯 Success Metrics & KPIs
### Technical Metrics
- **Persona Accuracy**: 95%+ style replication accuracy
- **Processing Speed**: <1 second for content generation
- **System Reliability**: 99.99% uptime
- **Learning Efficiency**: 95%+ improvement in 2 feedback cycles
### User Experience Metrics
- **User Satisfaction**: 95%+ satisfaction rating
- **Content Quality**: 4.8+ stars average rating
- **Engagement Improvement**: 50%+ increase in content engagement
- **Time Savings**: 80%+ reduction in content creation time
### Business Metrics
- **User Retention**: 95%+ monthly active users
- **Revenue Growth**: 200%+ year-over-year growth
- **Market Share**: Top 3 in AI content creation
- **Customer Acquisition**: 10x increase in new users
## 🔮 Future Technologies
### Emerging Technologies Integration
- **Quantum Computing**: Leverage quantum computing for complex analysis
- **Blockchain**: Secure persona data and intellectual property
- **IoT Integration**: Connect with smart devices and sensors
- **Edge Computing**: Process data closer to users for faster response
### Research & Development
- **Neuroscience Research**: Understanding how humans process and create content
- **Linguistics Research**: Advanced language understanding and generation
- **Psychology Research**: Understanding personality and communication patterns
- **Computer Science Research**: Advanced AI and machine learning techniques
## 🌟 Innovation Opportunities
### Breakthrough Features
1. **Consciousness Simulation**: AI that understands context and meaning
2. **Empathy Engine**: AI that can understand and respond to emotions
3. **Creative Intelligence**: AI that can generate truly creative content
4. **Predictive Personas**: Personas that predict future communication needs
### Research Partnerships
- **Academic Institutions**: Partner with universities for research
- **Technology Companies**: Collaborate with tech leaders
- **Industry Experts**: Work with communication and marketing experts
- **User Communities**: Engage with user communities for feedback
## 📊 Implementation Timeline
```mermaid
timeline
title Persona System Development Timeline
section Q1 2024
Enhanced Intelligence : Advanced Linguistic Analysis
: Quality Enhancement Features
: Platform Expansion
section Q2 2024
Adaptive Learning : Continuous Learning System
: Advanced Personalization
: Collaboration Features
section Q3 2024
Enterprise Integration : Enterprise Features
: Advanced Integrations
: Compliance & Security
section Q4 2024
AI Innovation : Next-Generation AI
: Advanced Content Creation
: Market Intelligence
```
## 🎉 Community & Feedback
### User Community
- **Beta Testing Program**: Early access to new features
- **User Feedback Portal**: Direct feedback and suggestions
- **Community Forums**: User discussions and support
- **Feature Voting**: Community-driven feature prioritization
### Developer Community
- **Open Source Components**: Open source parts of the system
- **API Documentation**: Comprehensive API documentation
- **Developer Tools**: Tools for building integrations
- **Hackathons**: Regular hackathons and competitions
## 🚀 Getting Involved
### For Users
- **Beta Testing**: Join our beta testing program
- **Feedback**: Share your ideas and suggestions
- **Community**: Join our user community
- **Advocacy**: Help spread the word about ALwrity
### For Developers
- **API Access**: Get early access to our APIs
- **Documentation**: Access comprehensive documentation
- **Support**: Get developer support and resources
- **Partnership**: Explore partnership opportunities
### For Researchers
- **Research Collaboration**: Partner with us on research
- **Data Access**: Access anonymized data for research
- **Publications**: Collaborate on research publications
- **Conferences**: Present at conferences and events
---
*This roadmap represents our commitment to continuous innovation and improvement. We're building the future of AI-powered content personalization, and we want you to be part of that journey.*
*Ready to be part of the future? [Join our community](https://github.com/AJaySi/ALwrity/discussions) and [contribute to our development](https://github.com/AJaySi/ALwrity/blob/main/.github/CONTRIBUTING.md)!*

537
docs-site/docs/features/persona/technical-architecture.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
# Persona System Technical Architecture
This document provides a comprehensive technical overview of the ALwrity Persona System architecture, including system design, data flow, API structure, and implementation details.
## 🏗️ System Architecture Overview
The ALwrity Persona System is built on a modular, scalable architecture that separates core persona logic from platform-specific implementations. This design enables easy extension to new platforms while maintaining consistency and quality across all implementations.
```mermaid
graph TB
subgraph "Frontend Layer"
UI[React UI Components]
Context[Persona Context Provider]
Copilot[CopilotKit Integration]
Cache[Frontend Cache]
end
subgraph "API Gateway Layer"
Gateway[FastAPI Gateway]
Auth[Authentication]
RateLimit[Rate Limiting]
Validation[Request Validation]
end
subgraph "Core Services Layer"
Analysis[Persona Analysis Service]
Core[Core Persona Service]
Platform[Platform Services]
Quality[Quality Assurance]
end
subgraph "AI Processing Layer"
Gemini[Google Gemini API]
NLP[Natural Language Processing]
ML[Machine Learning Models]
Validation[AI Validation]
end
subgraph "Data Layer"
DB[(PostgreSQL Database)]
Redis[(Redis Cache)]
Files[File Storage]
Logs[Application Logs]
end
UI --> Context
Context --> Copilot
Copilot --> Gateway
Gateway --> Auth
Auth --> RateLimit
RateLimit --> Validation
Validation --> Analysis
Analysis --> Core
Core --> Platform
Platform --> Quality
Analysis --> Gemini
Core --> NLP
Platform --> ML
Quality --> Validation
Analysis --> DB
Core --> Redis
Platform --> Files
Quality --> Logs
style UI fill:#e3f2fd
style Gateway fill:#f3e5f5
style Analysis fill:#e8f5e8
style Gemini fill:#fff3e0
style DB fill:#ffebee
```
## 🔧 Core Architecture Components
### 1. Persona Analysis Service
The central orchestrator that coordinates persona generation, validation, and optimization across all platforms.
**Key Responsibilities:**
- Orchestrates the complete persona generation workflow
- Manages data collection from onboarding processes
- Coordinates between core and platform-specific services
- Handles database operations and persona storage
- Provides API endpoints for frontend integration
**Architecture Pattern:** Service Layer with Dependency Injection
### 2. Core Persona Service
Handles the generation of the foundational persona that serves as the base for all platform adaptations.
**Key Responsibilities:**
- Analyzes onboarding data to create core persona
- Generates linguistic fingerprints and writing patterns
- Establishes tonal range and stylistic constraints
- Provides quality scoring and validation
- Serves as the foundation for platform-specific adaptations
**Architecture Pattern:** Domain Service with Data Transfer Objects
### 3. Platform-Specific Services
Modular services that handle platform-specific persona adaptations and optimizations.
**Current Implementations:**
- **LinkedIn Persona Service**: Professional networking optimization
- **Facebook Persona Service**: Community building and social engagement
- **Blog Persona Service**: Long-form content and SEO optimization
**Architecture Pattern:** Strategy Pattern with Platform-Specific Implementations
## 📊 Data Flow Architecture
### Persona Generation Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant Frontend
participant API
participant Analysis
participant Gemini
participant DB
User->>Frontend: Complete Onboarding
Frontend->>API: Submit Onboarding Data
API->>Analysis: Process Data
Analysis->>Gemini: Analyze Writing Style
Gemini->>Analysis: Return Analysis Results
Analysis->>Analysis: Generate Core Persona
Analysis->>Analysis: Create Platform Adaptations
Analysis->>DB: Store Persona Data
Analysis->>API: Return Persona
API->>Frontend: Return Persona Data
Frontend->>User: Display Persona Banner
```
### Content Generation Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant Frontend
participant API
participant Persona
participant Platform
participant Gemini
User->>Frontend: Request Content Generation
Frontend->>API: Submit Content Request
API->>Persona: Get User Persona
Persona->>API: Return Persona Data
API->>Platform: Get Platform-Specific Persona
Platform->>API: Return Platform Persona
API->>Gemini: Generate Content with Persona
Gemini->>API: Return Generated Content
API->>Frontend: Return Content
Frontend->>User: Display Generated Content
```
## 🗄️ Database Architecture
### Core Tables
#### writing_personas
Stores core persona data and metadata:
```sql
CREATE TABLE writing_personas (
id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
user_id INTEGER NOT NULL,
persona_name VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
archetype VARCHAR(100),
core_belief TEXT,
linguistic_fingerprint JSONB,
confidence_score FLOAT,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW(),
updated_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW(),
is_active BOOLEAN DEFAULT TRUE
);
```
#### platform_personas
Stores platform-specific adaptations:
```sql
CREATE TABLE platform_personas (
id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
writing_persona_id INTEGER REFERENCES writing_personas(id),
platform VARCHAR(50) NOT NULL,
platform_specific_data JSONB,
optimization_strategies JSONB,
quality_metrics JSONB,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW(),
updated_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW()
);
```
#### persona_analysis_results
Tracks AI analysis process and results:
```sql
CREATE TABLE persona_analysis_results (
id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
writing_persona_id INTEGER REFERENCES writing_personas(id),
analysis_type VARCHAR(100),
analysis_data JSONB,
confidence_score FLOAT,
processing_time_ms INTEGER,
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW()
);
```
#### persona_validation_results
Stores quality metrics and validation data:
```sql
CREATE TABLE persona_validation_results (
id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
writing_persona_id INTEGER REFERENCES writing_personas(id),
validation_type VARCHAR(100),
validation_data JSONB,
quality_score FLOAT,
validation_status VARCHAR(50),
created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT NOW()
);
```
### Data Relationships
- **One-to-Many**: Core persona to platform personas
- **One-to-One**: Persona to analysis results
- **One-to-One**: Persona to validation results
### Data Storage Strategy
- **Core Persona**: Stored in normalized format for consistency
- **Platform Data**: Stored in JSONB format for flexibility
- **Analysis Results**: Stored with full audit trail
- **Validation Data**: Stored with timestamps and quality metrics
## 🔌 API Architecture
### RESTful API Design
- **Resource-Based URLs**: Clear, intuitive endpoint structure
- **HTTP Methods**: Proper use of GET, POST, PUT, DELETE
- **Status Codes**: Meaningful HTTP status code responses
- **Error Handling**: Consistent error response format
### API Endpoints Structure
```http
# Core Persona Management
GET /api/personas/user/{user_id} # Get user's personas
POST /api/personas/generate # Generate new persona
PUT /api/personas/{persona_id} # Update persona
DELETE /api/personas/{persona_id} # Delete persona
# Platform-Specific Personas
GET /api/personas/{persona_id}/platform/{platform} # Get platform persona
POST /api/personas/{persona_id}/platform/{platform}/optimize # Optimize platform persona
# LinkedIn Integration
GET /api/personas/linkedin/user/{user_id} # Get LinkedIn persona
POST /api/personas/linkedin/validate # Validate LinkedIn persona
POST /api/personas/linkedin/optimize # Optimize LinkedIn persona
# Facebook Integration
GET /api/personas/facebook/user/{user_id} # Get Facebook persona
POST /api/personas/facebook/validate # Validate Facebook persona
POST /api/personas/facebook/optimize # Optimize Facebook persona
# Quality and Analytics
GET /api/personas/{persona_id}/quality # Get quality metrics
POST /api/personas/{persona_id}/feedback # Submit feedback
GET /api/personas/{persona_id}/analytics # Get performance analytics
```
### Request/Response Patterns
#### Generate Persona Request
```json
{
"user_id": 123,
"onboarding_data": {
"website_url": "https://example.com",
"business_type": "SaaS",
"target_audience": "B2B professionals",
"content_preferences": {
"tone": "professional",
"style": "authoritative",
"length": "medium"
}
}
}
```
#### Generate Persona Response
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"persona_id": 456,
"persona_name": "The Professional Connector",
"archetype": "Thought Leader",
"confidence_score": 87.5,
"platform_personas": {
"linkedin": {
"optimization_level": "high",
"quality_score": 89.2
},
"facebook": {
"optimization_level": "medium",
"quality_score": 82.1
}
},
"created_at": "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z"
}
}
```
## 🤖 AI Processing Architecture
### Gemini AI Integration
#### Analysis Pipeline
```python
class PersonaAnalysisService:
def __init__(self):
self.gemini_client = GeminiClient()
self.nlp_processor = NLPProcessor()
self.quality_assessor = QualityAssessor()
async def analyze_writing_style(self, content_data):
# 1. Content preprocessing
processed_content = await self.nlp_processor.preprocess(content_data)
# 2. Gemini AI analysis
analysis_prompt = self._build_analysis_prompt(processed_content)
ai_analysis = await self.gemini_client.analyze(analysis_prompt)
# 3. Quality assessment
quality_metrics = await self.quality_assessor.assess(ai_analysis)
return {
"linguistic_fingerprint": ai_analysis.linguistic_data,
"style_patterns": ai_analysis.style_data,
"quality_metrics": quality_metrics
}
```
#### Linguistic Analysis
```python
linguistic_analysis = {
"sentence_analysis": {
"sentence_length_distribution": {"min": 8, "max": 45, "average": 18.5},
"sentence_type_distribution": {"declarative": 0.7, "question": 0.2, "exclamation": 0.1},
"sentence_complexity": {"complex_ratio": 0.3, "compound_ratio": 0.4}
},
"vocabulary_analysis": {
"lexical_diversity": 0.65,
"vocabulary_sophistication": 0.72,
"most_frequent_content_words": ["innovation", "strategy", "growth"],
"word_length_distribution": {"short": 0.4, "medium": 0.45, "long": 0.15}
},
"rhetorical_analysis": {
"questions": 12,
"metaphors": 8,
"alliteration": ["strategic success", "business breakthrough"],
"repetition_patterns": {"key_phrases": ["growth", "innovation"]}
}
}
```
### Platform-Specific Optimization
#### LinkedIn Optimization
```python
class LinkedInPersonaService:
def optimize_for_linkedin(self, core_persona):
return {
"professional_tone": self._enhance_professional_tone(core_persona),
"industry_context": self._add_industry_context(core_persona),
"thought_leadership": self._optimize_for_authority(core_persona),
"algorithm_strategies": self._get_linkedin_strategies(),
"content_length_optimization": {"optimal_range": [150, 300]},
"engagement_tactics": self._get_professional_engagement_tactics()
}
```
#### Facebook Optimization
```python
class FacebookPersonaService:
def optimize_for_facebook(self, core_persona):
return {
"social_engagement": self._enhance_social_tone(core_persona),
"viral_potential": self._optimize_for_sharing(core_persona),
"community_focus": self._add_community_elements(core_persona),
"visual_content_strategy": self._get_visual_strategies(),
"content_format_optimization": self._get_format_preferences(),
"engagement_tactics": self._get_social_engagement_tactics()
}
```
## 🔄 Quality Assurance System
### Quality Metrics Framework
#### Multi-Dimensional Scoring
```python
quality_metrics = {
"overall_quality_score": 85.2,
"linguistic_quality": 88.0,
"consistency_score": 82.5,
"authenticity_score": 87.0,
"platform_optimization_quality": 83.5,
"user_satisfaction": 84.0,
"improvement_suggestions": [
{
"category": "linguistic_analysis",
"priority": "medium",
"suggestion": "Enhance sentence complexity analysis",
"action": "reanalyze_source_content"
}
]
}
```
#### Continuous Learning System
```python
class PersonaQualityImprover:
def improve_persona_quality(self, persona_id, feedback_data):
# 1. Assess current quality
quality_metrics = self.assess_persona_quality(persona_id, feedback_data)
# 2. Generate improvements
improvements = self.generate_improvements(quality_metrics)
# 3. Apply improvements
updated_persona = self.apply_improvements(persona_id, improvements)
# 4. Track learning
self.save_learning_data(persona_id, feedback_data, improvements)
return updated_persona
```
## 🚀 Performance and Scalability
### Caching Strategy
#### Multi-Level Caching
```python
class PersonaCacheManager:
def __init__(self):
self.redis_client = redis.Redis()
self.memory_cache = {}
async def get_persona(self, user_id, platform=None):
# 1. Check memory cache
cache_key = f"persona:{user_id}:{platform}"
if cache_key in self.memory_cache:
return self.memory_cache[cache_key]
# 2. Check Redis cache
cached_data = await self.redis_client.get(cache_key)
if cached_data:
persona_data = json.loads(cached_data)
self.memory_cache[cache_key] = persona_data
return persona_data
# 3. Fetch from database
persona_data = await self.fetch_from_database(user_id, platform)
# 4. Cache the result
await self.redis_client.setex(cache_key, 300, json.dumps(persona_data))
self.memory_cache[cache_key] = persona_data
return persona_data
```
### Database Optimization
#### Indexing Strategy
```sql
-- Performance indexes
CREATE INDEX idx_writing_personas_user_active ON writing_personas(user_id, is_active);
CREATE INDEX idx_platform_personas_persona_platform ON platform_personas(writing_persona_id, platform);
CREATE INDEX idx_analysis_results_persona_type ON persona_analysis_results(writing_persona_id, analysis_type);
CREATE INDEX idx_validation_results_persona_status ON persona_validation_results(writing_persona_id, validation_status);
-- Composite indexes for common queries
CREATE INDEX idx_personas_user_platform ON writing_personas(user_id) INCLUDE (id, persona_name, confidence_score);
CREATE INDEX idx_platform_personas_optimization ON platform_personas(platform, writing_persona_id) INCLUDE (optimization_strategies);
```
## 🔒 Security and Privacy
### Data Protection
- **Encryption**: All persona data encrypted at rest and in transit
- **Access Control**: Role-based access control for persona data
- **Audit Logging**: Comprehensive audit trail for all persona operations
- **Data Retention**: Configurable data retention policies
- **Privacy Compliance**: GDPR and CCPA compliant data handling
### API Security
- **Authentication**: JWT-based authentication for all API endpoints
- **Rate Limiting**: API rate limiting to prevent abuse
- **Input Validation**: Comprehensive input validation and sanitization
- **Error Handling**: Secure error handling without information leakage
## 📈 Monitoring and Analytics
### Performance Monitoring
- **Response Times**: Track API response times and performance
- **Error Rates**: Monitor error rates and system health
- **Usage Metrics**: Track persona usage and engagement
- **Quality Metrics**: Monitor persona quality scores over time
### Business Analytics
- **User Engagement**: Track how users interact with personas
- **Content Performance**: Monitor content performance with personas
- **Platform Effectiveness**: Compare effectiveness across platforms
- **ROI Metrics**: Measure return on investment for persona features
## 🔮 Future Enhancements
### Advanced Features
1. **Multi-Language Support**: Personas for different languages
2. **Industry-Specific Personas**: Specialized personas for different industries
3. **Collaborative Personas**: Team-based persona development
4. **AI-Powered Style Transfer**: Advanced style mimicry techniques
5. **Real-Time Adaptation**: Dynamic persona adjustment during content creation
### Integration Opportunities
1. **CRM Integration**: Persona data from customer interactions
2. **Analytics Integration**: Advanced performance tracking
3. **Content Management**: Integration with content planning tools
4. **Social Media APIs**: Direct performance data collection
---
*This technical architecture provides the foundation for a robust, scalable persona system that can grow with user needs while maintaining high performance and reliability.*

377
docs-site/docs/features/persona/user-guide.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
# Persona System User Guide
This comprehensive user guide will help you understand, set up, and maximize the effectiveness of your ALwrity Persona System. Follow this guide to create personalized, platform-optimized content that maintains your authentic voice.
## 🚀 Getting Started
### Step 1: Complete Onboarding
The persona system automatically activates when you complete the ALwrity onboarding process. During onboarding, the system analyzes:
- **Your website content and writing style**
- **Your target audience and business goals**
- **Your content preferences and research needs**
- **Your platform preferences and integration requirements**
#### Onboarding Data Collection
```mermaid
journey
title Persona Onboarding Journey
section Data Collection
Website Analysis: 5: User
Business Information: 4: User
Content Preferences: 4: User
Platform Selection: 5: User
section AI Processing
Style Analysis: 5: System
Persona Generation: 5: System
Platform Adaptation: 5: System
Quality Validation: 4: System
section Activation
Persona Display: 5: User
First Content Creation: 5: User
Feedback Collection: 4: User
Optimization: 5: System
```
### Step 2: Persona Generation
Once onboarding is complete, the system automatically generates your personalized writing persona. This process typically takes 1-2 minutes and includes:
- **Core persona creation** based on your writing style
- **Platform-specific adaptations** for LinkedIn and Facebook
- **Quality validation and confidence scoring**
- **Optimization for each platform's algorithm**
### Step 3: Start Creating Content
Your persona is now active and will automatically enhance your content creation across all supported platforms.
## 🎨 Understanding Your Persona
### Persona Banner
You'll see a persona banner at the top of each writing tool that displays:
- **Persona Name**: Your personalized writing assistant name
- **Archetype**: Your communication style archetype (e.g., "The Professional Connector")
- **Confidence Score**: How well the system understands your style (0-100%)
- **Platform Optimization**: Which platform the persona is optimized for
### Hover for Details
Hover over the persona banner to see comprehensive details about:
- How your persona was created
- What makes it unique
- How it helps with content creation
- Platform-specific optimizations
- CopilotKit integration features
### Persona Information Panel
```mermaid
graph TB
A[Persona Banner] --> B[Persona Name]
A --> C[Archetype]
A --> D[Confidence Score]
A --> E[Platform Status]
B --> F[Hover Details]
C --> F
D --> F
E --> F
F --> G[Creation Details]
F --> H[Unique Features]
F --> I[Content Benefits]
F --> J[Platform Optimizations]
F --> K[CopilotKit Features]
style A fill:#e1f5fe
style F fill:#f3e5f5
style G fill:#e8f5e8
style H fill:#fff3e0
style I fill:#fce4ec
```
## 📱 Platform-Specific Features
### LinkedIn Integration
#### Professional Networking Optimization
Your LinkedIn persona is specifically designed for professional networking and B2B communication:
- **Professional Tone**: Maintains appropriate business communication standards
- **Industry Context**: Incorporates industry-specific terminology and best practices
- **Thought Leadership**: Optimizes content for establishing industry authority
- **Algorithm Optimization**: 8 categories of LinkedIn-specific strategies
#### LinkedIn-Specific Actions
When using LinkedIn writer, you'll have access to:
- **Generate LinkedIn Post**: Creates professional posts optimized for your persona
- **Optimize for LinkedIn Algorithm**: Applies LinkedIn-specific optimization strategies
- **Professional Networking Tips**: AI-generated networking strategies
- **Industry-Specific Content**: Tailored content for your professional sector
- **Engagement Optimization**: Strategies for professional audience engagement
#### Quality Features
- **Professional Context Validation**: Ensures content appropriateness for business audiences
- **Quality Scoring**: Multi-dimensional scoring for professional content
- **Algorithm Performance**: Optimized for LinkedIn's engagement metrics
- **Industry Targeting**: Content tailored to your specific industry
### Facebook Integration
#### Community Building Focus
Your Facebook persona is optimized for community building and social engagement:
- **Social Engagement**: Focuses on meaningful social connections
- **Viral Content Potential**: Strategies for creating shareable, engaging content
- **Community Features**: Leverages Facebook Groups, Events, and Live features
- **Audience Interaction**: Emphasizes community building and social sharing
#### Facebook-Specific Actions
When using Facebook writer, you'll have access to:
- **Generate Facebook Post**: Creates community-focused posts optimized for your persona
- **Optimize for Facebook Algorithm**: Applies Facebook-specific optimization strategies
- **Community Building Tips**: AI-generated community building strategies
- **Content Format Optimization**: Optimizes for text, image, video, and carousel posts
- **Engagement Strategies**: Social sharing and viral content strategies
#### Advanced Features
- **Visual Content Strategy**: Image and video optimization for Facebook's visual-first approach
- **Community Management**: AI-powered community building and engagement strategies
- **Event Optimization**: Facebook Events and Live streaming optimization
- **Social Proof**: Strategies for building social credibility and trust
## 🤖 CopilotKit Integration
### Intelligent Chat Assistant
Your persona integrates with CopilotKit to provide intelligent, contextual assistance:
#### Contextual Conversations
- **Persona-Aware Responses**: The AI understands your writing style and preferences
- **Platform-Specific Suggestions**: Recommendations tailored to the platform you're using
- **Real-Time Optimization**: Live suggestions for improving your content
- **Interactive Guidance**: Step-by-step assistance for content creation
#### Enhanced Actions
- **Persona-Aware Content Generation**: Creates content that matches your authentic voice
- **Platform Optimization**: Automatically optimizes content for the target platform
- **Quality Validation**: Real-time content quality assessment and improvement suggestions
- **Engagement Prediction**: Estimates potential engagement based on your persona and platform data
### How to Use CopilotKit with Your Persona
1. **Start a Conversation**: Open the CopilotKit chat panel
2. **Ask for Help**: Request content creation, optimization, or strategy advice
3. **Get Personalized Suggestions**: Receive recommendations tailored to your persona
4. **Apply Optimizations**: Use the suggested improvements to enhance your content
## 📊 Understanding Quality Metrics
### Confidence Score
Your persona's confidence score (0-100%) indicates how well the system understands your writing style:
- **90-100%**: Excellent understanding, highly personalized content
- **80-89%**: Good understanding, well-personalized content
- **70-79%**: Fair understanding, moderately personalized content
- **Below 70%**: Limited understanding, may need more data
### Quality Validation
The system continuously validates your persona quality across multiple dimensions:
- **Completeness**: How comprehensive your persona data is
- **Platform Optimization**: How well optimized for each platform
- **Professional Context**: Industry and role-specific validation
- **Algorithm Performance**: Platform algorithm optimization effectiveness
### Performance Insights
Track how your persona affects your content performance:
- **Engagement Metrics**: How your persona-optimized content performs
- **Quality Improvements**: Measurable improvements in content quality
- **Platform Performance**: Performance across different platforms
- **User Satisfaction**: Feedback on persona effectiveness
## 🎛️ Customizing Your Persona
### Persona Settings
You can customize various aspects of your persona:
- **Tone Adjustments**: Fine-tune the tone for different contexts
- **Platform Preferences**: Adjust optimization levels for different platforms
- **Content Types**: Specify preferred content types and formats
- **Audience Targeting**: Refine audience targeting parameters
### Manual Override
When needed, you can temporarily disable persona features:
- **Disable Persona**: Turn off persona optimization for specific content
- **Platform Override**: Use different settings for specific platforms
- **Content Type Override**: Apply different persona settings for different content types
- **Temporary Adjustments**: Make temporary changes without affecting your core persona
## 🔄 Persona Updates and Improvements
### Automatic Updates
Your persona continuously improves through:
- **Performance Learning**: Learns from your content performance
- **Feedback Integration**: Incorporates your feedback and preferences
- **Algorithm Updates**: Adapts to platform algorithm changes
- **Quality Enhancement**: Continuous optimization of persona generation
### Manual Refresh
You can manually refresh your persona by:
- **Re-running Onboarding**: Complete onboarding again with updated information
- **Data Updates**: Update your website or social media profiles
- **Preference Changes**: Modify your content preferences and goals
- **Platform Additions**: Add new platforms or content types
## 🆘 Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Low Confidence Score
If your persona has a low confidence score:
- **Complete More Onboarding**: Provide more detailed information during onboarding
- **Update Website Content**: Ensure your website has sufficient content for analysis
- **Add Social Media Profiles**: Connect more social media accounts for better analysis
- **Provide Feedback**: Give feedback on generated content to improve the persona
#### Persona Not Working
If your persona isn't working as expected:
- **Check Internet Connection**: Ensure you have a stable internet connection
- **Refresh the Page**: Try refreshing your browser
- **Clear Cache**: Clear your browser cache and cookies
- **Contact Support**: Reach out to ALwrity support for assistance
#### Platform-Specific Issues
If you're having issues with specific platforms:
- **Check Platform Status**: Verify the platform is supported and active
- **Update Platform Settings**: Ensure your platform preferences are correct
- **Test with Different Content**: Try creating different types of content
- **Review Platform Guidelines**: Check if your content follows platform guidelines
### Getting Help
If you need assistance:
- **In-App Help**: Use the help system within ALwrity
- **Documentation**: Refer to the comprehensive documentation
- **Community Support**: Join the ALwrity community for peer support
- **Direct Support**: Contact ALwrity support for personalized assistance
## 🎯 Best Practices
### Maximizing Persona Effectiveness
- **Complete Onboarding Thoroughly**: Provide detailed, accurate information during onboarding
- **Regular Content Creation**: Use the system regularly to improve persona understanding
- **Provide Feedback**: Give feedback on generated content to improve quality
- **Stay Updated**: Keep your website and social media profiles updated
### Content Creation Tips
- **Trust Your Persona**: Let the persona guide your content creation
- **Review Suggestions**: Consider all persona-generated suggestions
- **Maintain Consistency**: Use your persona consistently across platforms
- **Monitor Performance**: Track how persona-optimized content performs
### Platform Optimization
- **Use Platform-Specific Features**: Leverage platform-specific optimizations
- **Follow Platform Guidelines**: Ensure content follows platform best practices
- **Engage with Audience**: Use persona insights to improve audience engagement
- **Measure Results**: Track performance metrics to validate persona effectiveness
## 🚀 Advanced Features
### Multi-Platform Management
- **Unified Persona**: Single persona that adapts to multiple platforms
- **Platform Switching**: Seamlessly switch between platform optimizations
- **Cross-Platform Consistency**: Maintain consistent voice across platforms
- **Platform-Specific Optimization**: Leverage unique features of each platform
### Analytics and Insights
- **Performance Tracking**: Monitor how your persona affects content performance
- **Engagement Analysis**: Analyze engagement patterns and trends
- **Quality Metrics**: Track content quality improvements over time
- **ROI Measurement**: Measure the return on investment of persona optimization
### Integration Capabilities
- **API Access**: Programmatic access to persona features
- **Third-Party Integration**: Integrate with other tools and platforms
- **Workflow Automation**: Automate persona-based content creation
- **Custom Development**: Develop custom features using persona data
## 📈 Success Metrics
### Key Performance Indicators
Track these metrics to measure your persona's effectiveness:
#### Content Quality Metrics
- **Style Consistency**: How well content matches your persona
- **Engagement Rate**: Audience engagement with persona-optimized content
- **Quality Score**: Overall content quality assessment
- **User Satisfaction**: Your satisfaction with generated content
#### Platform Performance Metrics
- **LinkedIn**: Professional engagement and network growth
- **Facebook**: Community engagement and viral potential
- **Blog**: SEO performance and reader engagement
- **Cross-Platform**: Overall brand consistency and reach
#### Business Impact Metrics
- **Time Savings**: Reduction in content creation time
- **Content Volume**: Increase in content production
- **Audience Growth**: Growth in followers and engagement
- **Lead Generation**: Business leads from content
## 🔮 Future Enhancements
### Upcoming Features
- **Multi-Language Support**: Personas for different languages
- **Industry-Specific Personas**: Specialized personas for different industries
- **Collaborative Personas**: Team-based persona development
- **AI-Powered Style Transfer**: Advanced style mimicry techniques
- **Real-Time Adaptation**: Dynamic persona adjustment during content creation
### Integration Opportunities
- **CRM Integration**: Persona data from customer interactions
- **Analytics Integration**: Advanced performance tracking
- **Content Management**: Integration with content planning tools
- **Social Media APIs**: Direct performance data collection
## 🎉 Conclusion
The ALwrity Persona System transforms your content creation experience by providing personalized, platform-optimized assistance that maintains your authentic voice while maximizing engagement and performance. By understanding and leveraging your persona, you can create more effective, engaging content that resonates with your audience across all social media platforms.
Remember: Your persona is a powerful tool that learns and improves over time. The more you use it, the better it becomes at understanding your style and helping you create exceptional content.
---
*Ready to start using your persona? [Begin with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore Platform Integration](platform-integration.md) to maximize your content creation potential!*

520
docs-site/docs/features/seo-dashboard/design-document.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
# SEO Dashboard Design Document
This comprehensive design document outlines the architecture, features, and implementation details for ALwrity's SEO Dashboard, a powerful tool for optimizing content performance and improving search engine visibility.
## Executive Summary
The ALwrity SEO Dashboard is an AI-powered platform designed to provide comprehensive SEO analysis, optimization recommendations, and performance tracking for content creators and digital marketers. It integrates with Google Search Console, provides real-time analytics, and offers actionable insights to improve search engine rankings and organic traffic.
### Key Objectives
- **Comprehensive SEO Analysis**: Provide detailed SEO analysis and recommendations
- **Real-Time Performance Tracking**: Monitor SEO performance in real-time
- **Actionable Insights**: Deliver actionable insights and optimization recommendations
- **User-Friendly Interface**: Create an intuitive and user-friendly dashboard
- **Integration Capabilities**: Integrate with existing tools and platforms
## System Architecture
### High-Level Architecture
```
┌─────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐
│ Frontend │ │ Backend │ │ External │
│ (React) │◄──►│ (FastAPI) │◄──►│ Services │
└─────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘
│ │ │
│ │ │
▼ ▼ ▼
┌─────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐ ┌─────────────────┐
│ Dashboard │ │ API Gateway │ │ Google │
│ Components │ │ & Services │ │ Search │
└─────────────────┘ └─────────────────┘ │ Console │
└─────────────────┘
│
▼
┌─────────────────┐
│ Analytics │
│ Services │
└─────────────────┘
```
### Technology Stack
#### Frontend
- **Framework**: React 18+ with TypeScript
- **UI Library**: Material-UI (MUI) v5
- **State Management**: Redux Toolkit
- **Charts**: Chart.js or D3.js
- **Routing**: React Router v6
- **HTTP Client**: Axios
#### Backend
- **Framework**: FastAPI (Python 3.10+)
- **Database**: PostgreSQL with SQLAlchemy ORM
- **Caching**: Redis
- **Background Tasks**: Celery
- **API Documentation**: OpenAPI/Swagger
#### External Services
- **Google Search Console API**: Search performance data
- **Google Analytics API**: Website analytics
- **SEO Tools**: Various SEO analysis tools
- **Content Analysis**: AI-powered content analysis
## Core Features
### 1. Performance Overview
#### Dashboard Homepage
- **Key Metrics**: Display key SEO performance metrics
- **Trend Charts**: Show performance trends over time
- **Quick Actions**: Provide quick access to common actions
- **Alerts**: Display important alerts and notifications
- **Recent Activity**: Show recent SEO activities and changes
#### Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
- **Organic Traffic**: Total organic search traffic
- **Keyword Rankings**: Average keyword ranking position
- **Click-Through Rate**: Average CTR from search results
- **Conversion Rate**: Organic traffic conversion rate
- **Page Speed**: Average page loading speed
- **Core Web Vitals**: LCP, FID, CLS scores
### 2. Keyword Analysis
#### Keyword Performance
- **Top Keywords**: Display top-performing keywords
- **Ranking Trends**: Track keyword ranking changes
- **Search Volume**: Show search volume data
- **Competition Level**: Display keyword competition
- **Click-Through Rate**: Show CTR for each keyword
#### Keyword Research
- **Keyword Suggestions**: Provide keyword suggestions
- **Long-Tail Keywords**: Identify long-tail opportunities
- **Related Keywords**: Find related keyword opportunities
- **Competitor Keywords**: Analyze competitor keywords
- **Keyword Difficulty**: Assess keyword difficulty
### 3. Content Analysis
#### Content Performance
- **Top Pages**: Display top-performing pages
- **Content Quality**: Assess content quality scores
- **Engagement Metrics**: Track user engagement
- **Bounce Rate**: Monitor bounce rates
- **Time on Page**: Track time spent on pages
#### Content Optimization
- **SEO Recommendations**: Provide SEO optimization suggestions
- **Content Gaps**: Identify content gaps and opportunities
- **Duplicate Content**: Find and address duplicate content
- **Internal Linking**: Analyze internal linking structure
- **Content Updates**: Suggest content updates and improvements
### 4. Technical SEO
#### Site Health
- **Crawl Errors**: Monitor and display crawl errors
- **Index Coverage**: Track index coverage issues
- **Sitemap Status**: Monitor sitemap submission and status
- **Mobile Usability**: Check mobile usability issues
- **Security Issues**: Monitor security issues and warnings
#### Performance Metrics
- **Page Speed**: Monitor page loading speed
- **Core Web Vitals**: Track Core Web Vitals scores
- **Mobile Performance**: Monitor mobile performance
- **User Experience**: Assess overall user experience
- **Technical Issues**: Identify and track technical issues
### 5. Competitive Analysis
#### Competitor Monitoring
- **Competitor Rankings**: Track competitor keyword rankings
- **Content Analysis**: Analyze competitor content strategies
- **Backlink Analysis**: Monitor competitor backlinks
- **Social Signals**: Track competitor social media performance
- **Market Share**: Analyze market share and positioning
#### Gap Analysis
- **Keyword Gaps**: Identify keyword opportunities
- **Content Gaps**: Find content opportunities
- **Link Gaps**: Identify link building opportunities
- **Social Gaps**: Find social media opportunities
- **Market Opportunities**: Identify market opportunities
## User Interface Design
### Dashboard Layout
#### Header
- **Navigation**: Main navigation menu
- **Search**: Global search functionality
- **User Profile**: User profile and settings
- **Notifications**: Notification center
- **Help**: Help and support access
#### Sidebar
- **Main Navigation**: Primary navigation menu
- **Quick Actions**: Quick action buttons
- **Favorites**: Favorite pages and reports
- **Recent**: Recently accessed pages
- **Settings**: User settings and preferences
#### Main Content Area
- **Widgets**: Customizable dashboard widgets
- **Charts**: Interactive charts and graphs
- **Tables**: Data tables with sorting and filtering
- **Forms**: Input forms and controls
- **Modals**: Popup modals for detailed views
### Responsive Design
#### Mobile Optimization
- **Responsive Layout**: Adapt to different screen sizes
- **Touch-Friendly**: Optimize for touch interactions
- **Mobile Navigation**: Mobile-optimized navigation
- **Performance**: Optimize for mobile performance
- **Accessibility**: Ensure mobile accessibility
#### Tablet Optimization
- **Tablet Layout**: Optimize for tablet screen sizes
- **Touch Interactions**: Support touch interactions
- **Orientation**: Support both portrait and landscape
- **Performance**: Optimize for tablet performance
- **User Experience**: Ensure good tablet user experience
## Data Management
### Data Sources
#### Google Search Console
- **Search Performance**: Query and page performance data
- **Core Web Vitals**: Core Web Vitals data
- **Coverage**: Index coverage and crawl data
- **Sitemaps**: Sitemap submission and status
- **URL Inspection**: Individual URL analysis
#### Google Analytics
- **Traffic Data**: Website traffic and user behavior
- **Conversion Data**: Conversion tracking and goals
- **Audience Data**: User demographics and interests
- **Acquisition Data**: Traffic sources and campaigns
- **Behavior Data**: User behavior and engagement
#### Internal Data
- **Content Data**: Content performance and metrics
- **User Data**: User preferences and settings
- **Configuration Data**: System configuration and settings
- **Historical Data**: Historical performance data
- **Custom Data**: Custom metrics and KPIs
### Data Processing
#### Real-Time Processing
- **Data Ingestion**: Real-time data ingestion from APIs
- **Data Validation**: Validate data quality and accuracy
- **Data Transformation**: Transform data for analysis
- **Data Aggregation**: Aggregate data for reporting
- **Data Storage**: Store processed data in database
#### Batch Processing
- **Scheduled Jobs**: Run scheduled data processing jobs
- **Data Updates**: Update historical data
- **Report Generation**: Generate scheduled reports
- **Data Cleanup**: Clean up old and unnecessary data
- **Backup**: Backup data and configurations
## API Design
### RESTful API
#### Endpoints
```http
# Performance Overview
GET /api/seo-dashboard/overview
GET /api/seo-dashboard/metrics
GET /api/seo-dashboard/trends
# Keyword Analysis
GET /api/seo-dashboard/keywords
GET /api/seo-dashboard/keywords/{keyword_id}
POST /api/seo-dashboard/keywords/research
# Content Analysis
GET /api/seo-dashboard/content
GET /api/seo-dashboard/content/{content_id}
POST /api/seo-dashboard/content/analyze
# Technical SEO
GET /api/seo-dashboard/technical
GET /api/seo-dashboard/technical/issues
POST /api/seo-dashboard/technical/audit
# Competitive Analysis
GET /api/seo-dashboard/competitors
GET /api/seo-dashboard/competitors/{competitor_id}
POST /api/seo-dashboard/competitors/analyze
```
#### Response Format
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"metrics": {
"organic_traffic": 12500,
"keyword_rankings": 45,
"click_through_rate": 3.2,
"conversion_rate": 2.1
},
"trends": {
"traffic_trend": "up",
"ranking_trend": "up",
"ctr_trend": "stable"
},
"recommendations": [
{
"type": "content",
"priority": "high",
"title": "Optimize title tags",
"description": "Improve title tags for better CTR"
}
]
},
"metadata": {
"last_updated": "2024-01-15T10:30:00Z",
"data_freshness": "real-time"
}
}
```
### GraphQL API
#### Schema Definition
```graphql
type Query {
seoDashboard: SEODashboard
keywords(filter: KeywordFilter): [Keyword]
content(filter: ContentFilter): [Content]
technical: TechnicalSEO
competitors: [Competitor]
}
type SEODashboard {
metrics: Metrics
trends: Trends
recommendations: [Recommendation]
alerts: [Alert]
}
type Metrics {
organicTraffic: Int
keywordRankings: Float
clickThroughRate: Float
conversionRate: Float
pageSpeed: Float
coreWebVitals: CoreWebVitals
}
type Keyword {
id: ID!
keyword: String!
ranking: Int
searchVolume: Int
competition: String
ctr: Float
trends: [TrendPoint]
}
```
## Security and Privacy
### Authentication and Authorization
#### User Authentication
- **JWT Tokens**: Use JWT tokens for authentication
- **OAuth Integration**: Integrate with OAuth providers
- **Multi-Factor Authentication**: Support MFA for enhanced security
- **Session Management**: Secure session management
- **Password Policies**: Enforce strong password policies
#### Access Control
- **Role-Based Access**: Implement role-based access control
- **Permission Management**: Manage user permissions
- **API Security**: Secure API endpoints
- **Data Access**: Control data access based on user roles
- **Audit Logging**: Log all user actions and access
### Data Protection
#### Data Encryption
- **Data at Rest**: Encrypt data stored in database
- **Data in Transit**: Encrypt data in transit
- **API Security**: Secure API communications
- **Key Management**: Manage encryption keys securely
- **Compliance**: Ensure compliance with data protection regulations
#### Privacy Protection
- **Data Minimization**: Collect only necessary data
- **User Consent**: Obtain user consent for data collection
- **Data Retention**: Implement data retention policies
- **Right to Deletion**: Support user right to data deletion
- **Privacy by Design**: Implement privacy by design principles
## Performance and Scalability
### Performance Optimization
#### Frontend Performance
- **Code Splitting**: Implement code splitting for faster loading
- **Lazy Loading**: Use lazy loading for components and data
- **Caching**: Implement client-side caching
- **CDN**: Use CDN for static assets
- **Optimization**: Optimize images and assets
#### Backend Performance
- **Database Optimization**: Optimize database queries
- **Caching**: Implement server-side caching
- **API Optimization**: Optimize API performance
- **Load Balancing**: Implement load balancing
- **Monitoring**: Monitor performance metrics
### Scalability
#### Horizontal Scaling
- **Microservices**: Design as microservices architecture
- **Containerization**: Use Docker for containerization
- **Orchestration**: Use Kubernetes for orchestration
- **Auto-scaling**: Implement auto-scaling capabilities
- **Load Distribution**: Distribute load across multiple instances
#### Database Scaling
- **Read Replicas**: Use read replicas for read operations
- **Sharding**: Implement database sharding if needed
- **Caching**: Use Redis for caching
- **Connection Pooling**: Implement connection pooling
- **Query Optimization**: Optimize database queries
## Testing Strategy
### Unit Testing
#### Frontend Testing
- **Component Testing**: Test React components
- **Hook Testing**: Test custom React hooks
- **Utility Testing**: Test utility functions
- **Integration Testing**: Test component integration
- **Snapshot Testing**: Test component snapshots
#### Backend Testing
- **API Testing**: Test API endpoints
- **Service Testing**: Test business logic services
- **Database Testing**: Test database operations
- **Integration Testing**: Test service integration
- **Performance Testing**: Test API performance
### End-to-End Testing
#### User Journey Testing
- **Dashboard Navigation**: Test dashboard navigation
- **Data Visualization**: Test charts and graphs
- **Form Interactions**: Test form submissions
- **Error Handling**: Test error scenarios
- **Performance**: Test overall performance
#### Cross-Browser Testing
- **Browser Compatibility**: Test across different browsers
- **Device Testing**: Test on different devices
- **Responsive Testing**: Test responsive design
- **Accessibility Testing**: Test accessibility features
- **Performance Testing**: Test performance across devices
## Deployment and DevOps
### Deployment Strategy
#### CI/CD Pipeline
- **Source Control**: Use Git for source control
- **Automated Testing**: Run automated tests in CI/CD
- **Build Process**: Automated build and deployment
- **Environment Management**: Manage different environments
- **Rollback Strategy**: Implement rollback capabilities
#### Infrastructure
- **Cloud Platform**: Deploy on cloud platform (AWS, GCP, Azure)
- **Containerization**: Use Docker for containerization
- **Orchestration**: Use Kubernetes for orchestration
- **Monitoring**: Implement comprehensive monitoring
- **Logging**: Centralized logging system
### Monitoring and Observability
#### Application Monitoring
- **Performance Monitoring**: Monitor application performance
- **Error Tracking**: Track and monitor errors
- **User Analytics**: Track user behavior and usage
- **API Monitoring**: Monitor API performance
- **Database Monitoring**: Monitor database performance
#### Infrastructure Monitoring
- **Server Monitoring**: Monitor server resources
- **Network Monitoring**: Monitor network performance
- **Storage Monitoring**: Monitor storage usage
- **Security Monitoring**: Monitor security events
- **Alerting**: Set up alerts for critical issues
## Future Enhancements
### Planned Features
#### Advanced Analytics
- **Predictive Analytics**: Implement predictive analytics
- **Machine Learning**: Use ML for insights and recommendations
- **Custom Dashboards**: Allow custom dashboard creation
- **Advanced Reporting**: Enhanced reporting capabilities
- **Data Export**: Advanced data export options
#### Integration Enhancements
- **More Data Sources**: Integrate with more data sources
- **Third-Party Tools**: Integrate with third-party SEO tools
- **API Extensions**: Extend API capabilities
- **Webhook Support**: Add webhook support
- **Real-Time Updates**: Enhance real-time capabilities
### Technology Roadmap
#### Short Term (3-6 months)
- **Core Features**: Complete core dashboard features
- **Basic Analytics**: Implement basic analytics
- **User Management**: Complete user management system
- **API Development**: Complete API development
- **Testing**: Complete testing and quality assurance
#### Medium Term (6-12 months)
- **Advanced Features**: Implement advanced features
- **Machine Learning**: Add ML capabilities
- **Mobile App**: Develop mobile application
- **Third-Party Integrations**: Add third-party integrations
- **Performance Optimization**: Optimize performance
#### Long Term (12+ months)
- **AI Integration**: Advanced AI integration
- **Global Expansion**: Support for global markets
- **Enterprise Features**: Enterprise-level features
- **Advanced Analytics**: Advanced analytics and insights
- **Platform Expansion**: Expand to other platforms
## Conclusion
The ALwrity SEO Dashboard represents a comprehensive solution for SEO analysis and optimization. With its AI-powered insights, real-time performance tracking, and user-friendly interface, it provides content creators and digital marketers with the tools they need to improve their search engine visibility and organic traffic.
The modular architecture, robust security measures, and scalable design ensure that the platform can grow with user needs while maintaining high performance and reliability. The comprehensive testing strategy and deployment approach ensure quality and reliability.
This design document serves as a blueprint for the development and implementation of the SEO Dashboard, providing clear guidance for the development team and stakeholders throughout the project lifecycle.
---
*This design document provides the technical foundation for building a robust, scalable SEO Dashboard. For implementation details, refer to the individual feature documentation and API specifications.*

359
docs-site/docs/features/seo-dashboard/gsc-integration.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
# Google Search Console Integration
ALwrity's SEO Dashboard includes comprehensive Google Search Console (GSC) integration that connects your GSC account to pull real-time performance data, analyze search trends, and optimize your content for better search visibility.
## What is GSC Integration?
Google Search Console Integration allows ALwrity to access your Google Search Console data directly, providing real-time insights into your website's search performance, keyword rankings, and optimization opportunities.
### Key Benefits
- **Real-Time Data**: Access live search performance data
- **Keyword Insights**: Track keyword rankings and performance
- **Content Optimization**: Identify content optimization opportunities
- **Technical SEO**: Monitor technical SEO issues and improvements
- **Performance Tracking**: Track SEO performance over time
## GSC Integration Flow
```mermaid
sequenceDiagram
participant User
participant ALwrity
participant GSC as Google Search Console
participant API as GSC API
participant DB as Database
User->>ALwrity: Connect GSC Account
ALwrity->>GSC: Initiate OAuth Flow
GSC->>User: Request Permission
User->>GSC: Grant Permission
GSC->>ALwrity: Return Auth Code
ALwrity->>API: Exchange Code for Token
API->>ALwrity: Return Access Token
ALwrity->>DB: Store Credentials
Note over ALwrity,API: Data Synchronization
ALwrity->>API: Request Search Performance Data
API->>ALwrity: Return Query & Page Data
ALwrity->>API: Request Core Web Vitals
API->>ALwrity: Return Performance Metrics
ALwrity->>API: Request Coverage Data
API->>ALwrity: Return Index Status
ALwrity->>DB: Store & Process Data
ALwrity->>User: Display Analytics Dashboard
Note over ALwrity,API: Real-time Updates
loop Every Hour
ALwrity->>API: Sync Latest Data
API->>ALwrity: Return Updated Metrics
ALwrity->>DB: Update Database
ALwrity->>User: Refresh Dashboard
end
```
## Setup and Configuration
### 1. Google Search Console Setup
#### Account Requirements
- **Google Account**: Valid Google account with GSC access
- **Website Verification**: Verified website property in GSC
- **API Access**: Google Search Console API enabled
- **Permissions**: Appropriate permissions for data access
- **Data History**: Sufficient data history for analysis
#### Verification Process
1. **Access GSC**: Log into your Google Search Console account
2. **Select Property**: Choose the website property to connect
3. **API Setup**: Enable Google Search Console API
4. **Credentials**: Generate API credentials for ALwrity
5. **Connection**: Connect ALwrity to your GSC account
### 2. ALwrity Integration
#### Connection Setup
```json
{
"gsc_property": "https://your-website.com",
"api_credentials": {
"client_id": "your_client_id",
"client_secret": "your_client_secret",
"refresh_token": "your_refresh_token"
},
"data_permissions": [
"search_analytics",
"sitemaps",
"url_inspection",
"core_web_vitals"
]
}
```
#### Authentication Flow
1. **OAuth Setup**: Configure OAuth 2.0 authentication
2. **Permission Request**: Request necessary GSC permissions
3. **Token Exchange**: Exchange authorization code for access token
4. **Token Refresh**: Set up automatic token refresh
5. **Data Access**: Verify data access and permissions
## Data Synchronization
### Real-Time Data Access
#### Search Performance Data
- **Queries**: Search queries driving traffic to your site
- **Pages**: Top-performing pages and content
- **Countries**: Geographic distribution of search traffic
- **Devices**: Device types used for search
- **Search Appearance**: How your site appears in search results
#### Core Web Vitals
- **Largest Contentful Paint (LCP)**: Loading performance metrics
- **First Input Delay (FID)**: Interactivity metrics
- **Cumulative Layout Shift (CLS)**: Visual stability metrics
- **Mobile Usability**: Mobile-specific performance metrics
- **Page Experience**: Overall page experience scores
### Data Processing
#### Data Aggregation
- **Daily Aggregation**: Aggregate daily performance data
- **Weekly Trends**: Identify weekly performance trends
- **Monthly Analysis**: Monthly performance analysis
- **Year-over-Year**: Compare performance year-over-year
- **Seasonal Patterns**: Identify seasonal performance patterns
#### Data Enrichment
- **Keyword Classification**: Classify keywords by intent and category
- **Content Mapping**: Map search data to specific content
- **Competitor Analysis**: Compare performance with competitors
- **Trend Analysis**: Identify emerging trends and opportunities
- **Insight Generation**: Generate actionable insights from data
## SEO Analysis Features
### Keyword Performance
#### Search Query Analysis
- **Top Queries**: Identify top-performing search queries
- **Query Trends**: Track query performance over time
- **Click-Through Rates**: Analyze CTR for different queries
- **Average Position**: Track average position for queries
- **Impression Share**: Monitor impression share for queries
#### Keyword Opportunities
- **Low-Hanging Fruit**: Identify easy optimization opportunities
- **High-Volume Keywords**: Find high-volume keyword opportunities
- **Long-Tail Keywords**: Discover long-tail keyword opportunities
- **Featured Snippet Opportunities**: Identify featured snippet opportunities
- **Local SEO Keywords**: Find local SEO opportunities
### Content Performance
#### Page-Level Analysis
- **Top Pages**: Identify top-performing pages
- **Page Performance**: Analyze individual page performance
- **Content Gaps**: Identify content gaps and opportunities
- **Duplicate Content**: Find and address duplicate content issues
- **Content Quality**: Assess content quality and relevance
#### Content Optimization
- **Title Tag Optimization**: Optimize title tags for better performance
- **Meta Description**: Improve meta descriptions for higher CTR
- **Header Structure**: Optimize heading structure for better SEO
- **Internal Linking**: Improve internal linking structure
- **Content Updates**: Identify content that needs updates
### Technical SEO
#### Site Health Monitoring
- **Crawl Errors**: Monitor and fix crawl errors
- **Index Coverage**: Track index coverage and issues
- **Sitemap Status**: Monitor sitemap submission and status
- **Mobile Usability**: Check mobile usability issues
- **Security Issues**: Monitor security issues and warnings
#### Performance Optimization
- **Page Speed**: Monitor and improve page loading speed
- **Core Web Vitals**: Track and optimize Core Web Vitals
- **Mobile Performance**: Optimize mobile performance
- **User Experience**: Improve overall user experience
- **Technical Issues**: Identify and fix technical SEO issues
## Reporting and Analytics
### Performance Dashboards
#### Overview Dashboard
- **Key Metrics**: Display key SEO performance metrics
- **Trend Charts**: Show performance trends over time
- **Top Performers**: Highlight top-performing content and keywords
- **Issues Alerts**: Alert on critical SEO issues
- **Quick Actions**: Provide quick access to common actions
#### Detailed Reports
- **Keyword Reports**: Detailed keyword performance reports
- **Content Reports**: Comprehensive content performance analysis
- **Technical Reports**: Technical SEO health and performance
- **Competitive Reports**: Competitive analysis and benchmarking
- **Custom Reports**: Customizable reports for specific needs
### Automated Insights
#### Performance Insights
- **Trend Analysis**: Automatic trend analysis and insights
- **Anomaly Detection**: Detect unusual performance patterns
- **Opportunity Identification**: Identify optimization opportunities
- **Issue Alerts**: Alert on critical issues and problems
- **Recommendation Engine**: Provide actionable recommendations
#### Predictive Analytics
- **Performance Forecasting**: Predict future performance trends
- **Seasonal Analysis**: Analyze seasonal performance patterns
- **Growth Projections**: Project growth based on current trends
- **Risk Assessment**: Assess risks to SEO performance
- **Opportunity Scoring**: Score optimization opportunities
## Integration with Other Features
### Blog Writer Integration
#### Content Optimization
- **Keyword Integration**: Use GSC data to inform content creation
- **Performance Feedback**: Get feedback on content performance
- **Optimization Suggestions**: Receive optimization suggestions
- **Content Gaps**: Identify content gaps from search data
- **Trend Integration**: Incorporate search trends into content
#### SEO Analysis
- **Real-Time Analysis**: Analyze content performance in real-time
- **Keyword Performance**: Track keyword performance for content
- **Content Rankings**: Monitor content rankings and performance
- **Optimization Opportunities**: Identify content optimization opportunities
- **Performance Tracking**: Track content performance over time
### Content Strategy Integration
#### Strategic Planning
- **Data-Driven Strategy**: Use GSC data to inform content strategy
- **Keyword Strategy**: Develop keyword strategy based on GSC data
- **Content Planning**: Plan content based on search performance
- **Competitive Analysis**: Analyze competitor performance
- **Market Opportunities**: Identify market opportunities
#### Performance Optimization
- **Strategy Refinement**: Refine strategy based on performance data
- **Content Prioritization**: Prioritize content based on performance
- **Resource Allocation**: Allocate resources based on performance
- **ROI Analysis**: Analyze ROI of content and SEO efforts
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve based on data
## Best Practices
### Data Management
#### Data Quality
1. **Regular Sync**: Ensure regular data synchronization
2. **Data Validation**: Validate data accuracy and completeness
3. **Error Handling**: Handle data errors and inconsistencies
4. **Backup**: Maintain data backups and recovery procedures
5. **Monitoring**: Monitor data quality and performance
#### Data Security
1. **Access Control**: Implement proper access controls
2. **Data Encryption**: Encrypt sensitive data
3. **Audit Logging**: Maintain audit logs for data access
4. **Compliance**: Ensure compliance with data regulations
5. **Privacy**: Protect user privacy and data
### Performance Optimization
#### Data Processing
1. **Efficient Queries**: Optimize data queries for performance
2. **Caching**: Implement appropriate caching strategies
3. **Batch Processing**: Use batch processing for large datasets
4. **Real-Time Updates**: Balance real-time updates with performance
5. **Resource Management**: Manage system resources efficiently
#### User Experience
1. **Fast Loading**: Ensure fast loading of dashboards and reports
2. **Responsive Design**: Provide responsive design for all devices
3. **Intuitive Interface**: Create intuitive and user-friendly interfaces
4. **Customization**: Allow customization of dashboards and reports
5. **Accessibility**: Ensure accessibility for all users
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Connection Problems
- **Authentication Issues**: Resolve OAuth authentication problems
- **Permission Errors**: Fix permission and access issues
- **API Limits**: Handle API rate limits and quotas
- **Token Expiration**: Manage token expiration and refresh
- **Network Issues**: Resolve network connectivity problems
#### Data Issues
- **Sync Problems**: Fix data synchronization issues
- **Data Quality**: Address data quality and accuracy issues
- **Missing Data**: Handle missing or incomplete data
- **Data Delays**: Manage data processing delays
- **Format Issues**: Resolve data format and structure issues
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review GSC integration documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch GSC integration tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow GSC integration best practices
- **Community**: Join user community discussions
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Regular Monitoring**: Monitor integration performance regularly
- **Data Validation**: Validate data accuracy and completeness
- **Performance Tuning**: Tune performance for optimal results
- **Error Handling**: Implement robust error handling
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve integration
## Advanced Features
### Custom Analytics
#### Custom Metrics
- **Business Metrics**: Track business-specific metrics
- **Custom KPIs**: Define and track custom KPIs
- **Performance Indicators**: Monitor key performance indicators
- **Success Metrics**: Track success metrics and goals
- **ROI Metrics**: Measure ROI of SEO efforts
#### Advanced Reporting
- **Custom Dashboards**: Create custom dashboards
- **Scheduled Reports**: Set up automated report generation
- **Data Export**: Export data in various formats
- **API Access**: Provide API access to data
- **Integration**: Integrate with other analytics tools
### Machine Learning
#### Predictive Analytics
- **Performance Prediction**: Predict future performance
- **Trend Analysis**: Analyze trends and patterns
- **Anomaly Detection**: Detect unusual patterns
- **Recommendation Engine**: Provide intelligent recommendations
- **Optimization Suggestions**: Suggest optimization opportunities
#### Automated Insights
- **Insight Generation**: Automatically generate insights
- **Pattern Recognition**: Recognize patterns in data
- **Opportunity Identification**: Identify opportunities automatically
- **Issue Detection**: Detect issues and problems
- **Action Recommendations**: Recommend actions based on data
---
*Ready to integrate Google Search Console with your SEO strategy? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore SEO Dashboard Features](overview.md) to begin leveraging GSC data for better SEO performance!*

384
docs-site/docs/features/seo-dashboard/metadata.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
# Metadata Generation
ALwrity's SEO Dashboard includes powerful metadata generation capabilities that automatically create optimized title tags, meta descriptions, and other SEO metadata to improve your content's search engine visibility and click-through rates.
## What is Metadata Generation?
Metadata Generation is an AI-powered feature that automatically creates optimized SEO metadata for your content, including title tags, meta descriptions, Open Graph tags, and structured data markup to improve search engine visibility and social media sharing.
### Key Benefits
- **Search Optimization**: Optimize content for search engines
- **Click-Through Rate**: Improve CTR with compelling metadata
- **Social Sharing**: Enhance social media sharing with rich metadata
- **Brand Consistency**: Maintain consistent brand messaging
- **Time Savings**: Automate metadata creation process
## Metadata Types
### Title Tags
#### Optimization Features
- **Length Optimization**: Optimize title length (50-60 characters)
- **Keyword Integration**: Naturally integrate target keywords
- **Brand Consistency**: Include brand name when appropriate
- **Click-Worthy**: Create compelling, click-worthy titles
- **Uniqueness**: Ensure unique titles for each page
#### Title Tag Examples
```html
<!-- Optimized Title Tag -->
<title>AI in Digital Marketing: Complete Guide for 2024 | ALwrity</title>
<!-- Branded Title -->
<title>Content Strategy: How to Build Your Brand | ALwrity</title>
<!-- Question-Based Title -->
<title>How to Create SEO-Optimized Content? | ALwrity Guide</title>
```
### Meta Descriptions
#### Optimization Features
- **Length Optimization**: Optimize description length (150-160 characters)
- **Keyword Integration**: Include target keywords naturally
- **Call-to-Action**: Include compelling call-to-action
- **Value Proposition**: Highlight content value and benefits
- **Uniqueness**: Create unique descriptions for each page
#### Meta Description Examples
```html
<!-- Optimized Meta Description -->
<meta name="description" content="Learn how AI is transforming digital marketing in 2024. Get actionable insights, strategies, and tools to boost your marketing ROI with AI technology.">
<!-- Benefit-Focused Description -->
<meta name="description" content="Boost your content strategy with our comprehensive guide. Learn proven techniques to create engaging content that drives traffic and conversions.">
<!-- Question-Based Description -->
<meta name="description" content="Wondering how to create SEO-optimized content? Our complete guide covers everything from keyword research to content optimization techniques.">
```
### Open Graph Tags
#### Social Media Optimization
- **Title**: Optimized title for social sharing
- **Description**: Compelling description for social platforms
- **Image**: High-quality, engaging images
- **URL**: Canonical URL for sharing
- **Type**: Content type (article, website, etc.)
#### Open Graph Examples
```html
<!-- Open Graph Tags -->
<meta property="og:title" content="AI in Digital Marketing: Complete Guide for 2024">
<meta property="og:description" content="Learn how AI is transforming digital marketing. Get actionable insights and strategies to boost your marketing ROI.">
<meta property="og:image" content="https://alwrity.com/images/ai-marketing-guide.jpg">
<meta property="og:url" content="https://alwrity.com/guides/ai-digital-marketing">
<meta property="og:type" content="article">
<meta property="og:site_name" content="ALwrity">
```
### Twitter Cards
#### Twitter Optimization
- **Card Type**: Choose appropriate card type (summary, large image, etc.)
- **Title**: Optimized title for Twitter
- **Description**: Compelling description for Twitter
- **Image**: High-quality image for Twitter
- **Creator**: Twitter handle of content creator
#### Twitter Card Examples
```html
<!-- Twitter Card Tags -->
<meta name="twitter:card" content="summary_large_image">
<meta name="twitter:title" content="AI in Digital Marketing: Complete Guide for 2024">
<meta name="twitter:description" content="Learn how AI is transforming digital marketing. Get actionable insights and strategies.">
<meta name="twitter:image" content="https://alwrity.com/images/ai-marketing-guide.jpg">
<meta name="twitter:creator" content="@alwrity">
```
## AI-Powered Generation
### Content Analysis
#### Content Understanding
- **Topic Analysis**: Analyze content topic and main themes
- **Keyword Extraction**: Extract relevant keywords from content
- **Content Structure**: Understand content structure and organization
- **Value Proposition**: Identify content value and benefits
- **Target Audience**: Determine target audience and intent
#### Context Awareness
- **Industry Context**: Consider industry-specific terminology
- **Brand Voice**: Maintain consistent brand voice and tone
- **Competitive Analysis**: Analyze competitor metadata strategies
- **Search Intent**: Match metadata to user search intent
- **Content Type**: Adapt metadata to content type and format
### Optimization Algorithms
#### Keyword Optimization
- **Primary Keywords**: Optimize for primary target keywords
- **Secondary Keywords**: Include relevant secondary keywords
- **Long-Tail Keywords**: Incorporate long-tail keyword variations
- **Semantic Keywords**: Use semantically related terms
- **Keyword Density**: Maintain optimal keyword density
#### Performance Optimization
- **Click-Through Rate**: Optimize for higher CTR
- **Search Rankings**: Improve search engine rankings
- **Social Engagement**: Enhance social media engagement
- **Brand Recognition**: Improve brand recognition and recall
- **User Experience**: Enhance overall user experience
## Metadata Templates
### Content Type Templates
#### Blog Post Template
```html
<!-- Blog Post Metadata Template -->
<title>{Primary Keyword} | {Secondary Keyword} | {Brand Name}</title>
<meta name="description" content="Learn about {topic} with our comprehensive guide. {Value proposition} {Call-to-action}">
<meta property="og:title" content="{Primary Keyword} | {Brand Name}">
<meta property="og:description" content="{Value proposition} {Call-to-action}">
<meta property="og:type" content="article">
<meta name="twitter:card" content="summary_large_image">
```
#### Product Page Template
```html
<!-- Product Page Metadata Template -->
<title>{Product Name} | {Brand Name} - {Key Benefit}</title>
<meta name="description" content="{Product description} {Key benefits} {Call-to-action}">
<meta property="og:title" content="{Product Name} | {Brand Name}">
<meta property="og:description" content="{Product description} {Key benefits}">
<meta property="og:type" content="product">
<meta property="product:price:amount" content="{Price}">
<meta property="product:price:currency" content="USD">
```
#### Service Page Template
```html
<!-- Service Page Metadata Template -->
<title>{Service Name} | {Brand Name} - {Key Benefit}</title>
<meta name="description" content="{Service description} {Key benefits} {Call-to-action}">
<meta property="og:title" content="{Service Name} | {Brand Name}">
<meta property="og:description" content="{Service description} {Key benefits}">
<meta property="og:type" content="website">
<meta name="twitter:card" content="summary">
```
### Industry-Specific Templates
#### Technology Industry
- **Focus**: Innovation, efficiency, cutting-edge solutions
- **Keywords**: Technology, innovation, digital transformation
- **Tone**: Professional, forward-thinking, technical
- **Benefits**: Efficiency, productivity, competitive advantage
#### Healthcare Industry
- **Focus**: Patient care, outcomes, medical advances
- **Keywords**: Healthcare, medical, patient care, treatment
- **Tone**: Professional, trustworthy, compassionate
- **Benefits**: Better outcomes, improved care, patient satisfaction
#### Finance Industry
- **Focus**: Financial growth, security, investment returns
- **Keywords**: Finance, investment, wealth management, security
- **Tone**: Professional, trustworthy, authoritative
- **Benefits**: Financial growth, security, peace of mind
## Advanced Features
### Structured Data
#### Schema Markup
- **Article Schema**: Mark up article content with structured data
- **Organization Schema**: Mark up organization information
- **Product Schema**: Mark up product information
- **Service Schema**: Mark up service information
- **FAQ Schema**: Mark up frequently asked questions
#### Schema Examples
```html
<!-- Article Schema -->
<script type="application/ld+json">
{
"@context": "https://schema.org",
"@type": "Article",
"headline": "AI in Digital Marketing: Complete Guide for 2024",
"description": "Learn how AI is transforming digital marketing...",
"author": {
"@type": "Person",
"name": "ALwrity Team"
},
"publisher": {
"@type": "Organization",
"name": "ALwrity",
"logo": {
"@type": "ImageObject",
"url": "https://alwrity.com/logo.png"
}
},
"datePublished": "2024-01-15",
"dateModified": "2024-01-15"
}
</script>
```
### Dynamic Metadata
#### Personalization
- **User Preferences**: Customize metadata based on user preferences
- **Location-Based**: Adapt metadata for different locations
- **Device-Specific**: Optimize metadata for different devices
- **Time-Based**: Adjust metadata based on time and season
- **Behavior-Based**: Personalize based on user behavior
#### A/B Testing
- **Title Testing**: Test different title variations
- **Description Testing**: Test different description variations
- **Image Testing**: Test different social media images
- **CTA Testing**: Test different call-to-action variations
- **Performance Tracking**: Track performance of different variations
## Quality Assurance
### Validation and Testing
#### Metadata Validation
- **Length Validation**: Ensure metadata meets length requirements
- **Keyword Validation**: Validate keyword usage and density
- **Uniqueness Check**: Ensure metadata uniqueness across pages
- **Format Validation**: Validate metadata format and structure
- **Compliance Check**: Ensure compliance with best practices
#### Performance Testing
- **CTR Testing**: Test click-through rates of different metadata
- **Ranking Testing**: Monitor search engine rankings
- **Social Testing**: Test social media sharing performance
- **User Testing**: Conduct user testing for metadata effectiveness
- **Analytics Tracking**: Track metadata performance in analytics
### Continuous Optimization
#### Performance Monitoring
- **Analytics Integration**: Monitor metadata performance in analytics
- **Search Console**: Track performance in Google Search Console
- **Social Analytics**: Monitor social media sharing performance
- **User Feedback**: Collect user feedback on metadata effectiveness
- **Competitive Analysis**: Analyze competitor metadata strategies
#### Optimization Recommendations
- **Performance Analysis**: Analyze metadata performance data
- **Improvement Suggestions**: Provide improvement suggestions
- **Best Practice Recommendations**: Recommend best practices
- **Trend Analysis**: Analyze trends in metadata performance
- **ROI Analysis**: Analyze ROI of metadata optimization efforts
## Integration Features
### Content Management
#### CMS Integration
- **WordPress**: Integrate with WordPress CMS
- **Drupal**: Integrate with Drupal CMS
- **Custom CMS**: Integrate with custom CMS systems
- **Headless CMS**: Integrate with headless CMS solutions
- **API Integration**: Provide API for metadata management
#### Workflow Integration
- **Content Creation**: Integrate with content creation workflow
- **Review Process**: Include metadata in content review process
- **Publishing Workflow**: Integrate with publishing workflow
- **Approval Process**: Include metadata in approval process
- **Quality Assurance**: Integrate with quality assurance process
### Analytics Integration
#### Performance Tracking
- **Google Analytics**: Track metadata performance in Google Analytics
- **Search Console**: Monitor performance in Google Search Console
- **Social Analytics**: Track social media performance
- **Custom Analytics**: Integrate with custom analytics solutions
- **Real-Time Monitoring**: Provide real-time performance monitoring
#### Reporting
- **Performance Reports**: Generate metadata performance reports
- **Trend Analysis**: Analyze trends in metadata performance
- **Competitive Reports**: Generate competitive analysis reports
- **ROI Reports**: Generate ROI analysis reports
- **Custom Reports**: Create custom reports for specific needs
## Best Practices
### Metadata Creation
#### Content Quality
1. **Relevance**: Ensure metadata is relevant to content
2. **Accuracy**: Maintain accuracy in metadata descriptions
3. **Clarity**: Use clear and concise language
4. **Engagement**: Create engaging and compelling metadata
5. **Consistency**: Maintain consistency across all metadata
#### SEO Optimization
1. **Keyword Integration**: Naturally integrate target keywords
2. **Length Optimization**: Optimize metadata length for platforms
3. **Uniqueness**: Ensure unique metadata for each page
4. **Value Proposition**: Highlight content value and benefits
5. **Call-to-Action**: Include compelling call-to-action
### Performance Optimization
#### Testing and Validation
1. **A/B Testing**: Test different metadata variations
2. **Performance Monitoring**: Monitor metadata performance
3. **User Feedback**: Collect user feedback on metadata
4. **Analytics Tracking**: Track metadata performance in analytics
5. **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve metadata
#### Quality Assurance
1. **Validation**: Validate metadata quality and accuracy
2. **Review Process**: Include metadata in review process
3. **Best Practices**: Follow metadata best practices
4. **Compliance**: Ensure compliance with platform requirements
5. **Documentation**: Document metadata standards and guidelines
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
#### Metadata Problems
- **Length Issues**: Fix metadata length problems
- **Keyword Overuse**: Avoid keyword stuffing in metadata
- **Duplicate Content**: Resolve duplicate metadata issues
- **Format Problems**: Fix metadata format and structure issues
- **Performance Issues**: Address metadata performance problems
#### Technical Issues
- **Integration Problems**: Resolve integration issues
- **API Issues**: Fix API connectivity and data issues
- **Validation Errors**: Resolve metadata validation errors
- **Display Problems**: Fix metadata display issues
- **Caching Issues**: Resolve metadata caching problems
### Getting Help
#### Support Resources
- **Documentation**: Review metadata generation documentation
- **Tutorials**: Watch metadata generation tutorials
- **Best Practices**: Follow metadata best practices
- **Community**: Join user community discussions
- **Support**: Contact technical support
#### Optimization Tips
- **Regular Review**: Regularly review and update metadata
- **Performance Monitoring**: Monitor metadata performance continuously
- **Testing**: Test different metadata variations
- **Analytics**: Use analytics to guide metadata optimization
- **Continuous Improvement**: Continuously improve metadata quality
---
*Ready to optimize your content metadata for better SEO performance? [Start with our First Steps Guide](../../getting-started/first-steps.md) and [Explore SEO Dashboard Features](overview.md) to begin creating compelling, optimized metadata!*

154
docs-site/docs/features/seo-dashboard/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
# SEO Dashboard Overview
The ALwrity SEO Dashboard provides comprehensive SEO analysis and optimization tools to help you improve your website's search engine visibility and performance. It's designed for users with medium to low technical knowledge, making SEO optimization accessible to everyone.
## Key Features
### 🔍 Real-Time SEO Analysis
- **URL Analysis**: Analyze any website URL for comprehensive SEO performance
- **Progressive Analysis**: Real-time analysis with smart timeout handling
- **Health Scoring**: Get an overall SEO health score (0-100) with detailed breakdown
- **AI Insights**: Receive personalized recommendations based on your analysis
### 📊 Performance Dashboard
- **Mock Data Display**: Currently shows sample performance metrics (traffic, rankings, mobile speed)
- **Google Search Console Integration**: Connect your GSC account for real search data
- **Authentication Required**: Sign in with Google to access all features
- **Freshness Tracking**: Monitor when your data was last updated
### 🎯 Comprehensive Analysis Categories
- **Technical SEO**: Site structure, sitemaps, robots.txt, and technical elements
- **Content Analysis**: Content quality, relevance, and optimization
- **Performance Metrics**: Page speed, loading times, and Core Web Vitals
- **Accessibility**: How accessible your site is to all users
- **User Experience**: Site usability and navigation
- **Security**: HTTPS implementation and security headers
## Dashboard Components
### 1. Performance Overview Cards
The dashboard displays key metrics in easy-to-read cards:
- **Organic Traffic**: 12,500 visitors (+15% growth) - Shows your monthly organic traffic
- **Average Ranking**: 8.5 position (+2.3 improvement) - Your average position in search results
- **Mobile Speed**: 92 score (-3 decline) - Mobile performance score
- **Keywords Tracked**: 150 keywords (+12 new) - Number of keywords you're monitoring
### 2. SEO Analyzer Panel
- **URL Input Field**: Enter any website URL to analyze
- **Analysis Button**: Start comprehensive SEO analysis
- **Real-time Progress**: Watch analysis progress with live updates
- **Results Display**: Get detailed breakdown of SEO performance
### 3. AI Insights Panel
Receive intelligent recommendations organized by priority:
- **High Priority**: Critical issues requiring immediate action
- **Medium Priority**: Important improvements for better performance
- **Low Priority**: Nice-to-have optimizations
## SEO Analysis Features
### What You Get When You Analyze a URL
When you run an SEO analysis, you receive:
#### Overall Assessment
- **Health Score**: A single number (0-100) representing your SEO health
- **Health Status**: Excellent, Good, Needs Improvement, or Poor
- **Analysis Timestamp**: When the analysis was performed
#### Detailed Breakdown by Category
- **URL Structure Score**: How well-organized your URLs are
- **Meta Data Score**: Title tags, descriptions, and headers optimization
- **Content Analysis Score**: Content quality, relevance, and optimization
- **Technical SEO Score**: Site structure, sitemaps, robots.txt
- **Performance Score**: Page speed and loading times
- **Accessibility Score**: How accessible your site is to all users
- **User Experience Score**: Site usability and navigation
- **Security Score**: HTTPS implementation and security headers
#### Actionable Insights
- **Critical Issues**: Problems that hurt your rankings (must fix)
- **Warnings**: Issues that could become problems (should fix)
- **Recommendations**: Specific steps to improve your SEO (nice to fix)
## Google Search Console Integration
### Current Implementation
- **GSC Login Button**: Connect your Google Search Console account
- **Authentication Required**: Must sign in with Google to access GSC features
- **Real Data Integration**: When connected, shows actual search performance data
- **Platform Status**: Dashboard shows connection status for Google, Bing, and other platforms
### Available Features
- **Connection Status**: See if GSC is connected and syncing
- **Data Points**: Track number of data points imported
- **Last Sync**: Monitor when data was last updated
- **Performance Data**: Real search queries, clicks, and impressions (when connected)
### Setup Process
1. **Sign In**: Use your Google account to authenticate
2. **Connect GSC**: Click the "Connect Google Search Console" button
3. **Authorize Access**: Grant permissions for data access
4. **Data Sync**: System automatically imports your search data
## How to Use the SEO Dashboard
### Getting Started
1. **Sign In**: Use your Google account to access the dashboard
2. **Connect GSC**: Link your Google Search Console for real data (optional)
3. **Enter Website URL**: Add your website URL to the analyzer
4. **Run Analysis**: Click analyze to get comprehensive SEO insights
### Daily Workflow
1. **Check Performance Overview**: Monitor your key metrics cards
2. **Review AI Insights**: Look for new recommendations and priority alerts
3. **Run URL Analysis**: Analyze specific pages that need attention
4. **Track Progress**: Use the refresh button to get updated analysis
### Understanding Your Results
- **Health Score 90-100**: Excellent SEO performance
- **Health Score 80-89**: Good performance with minor improvements needed
- **Health Score 70-79**: Average performance requiring attention
- **Health Score Below 70**: Poor performance needing immediate action
### Making Improvements
1. **Focus on Critical Issues**: Address problems that hurt your rankings first
2. **Implement Recommendations**: Follow the step-by-step suggestions
3. **Monitor Progress**: Re-run analysis to see improvements
4. **Track Changes**: Use the freshness indicator to know when to refresh
## Best Practices for Non-Technical Users
### Start Simple
1. **Focus on Critical Issues**: Address problems that hurt your rankings first
2. **One Thing at a Time**: Don't try to fix everything at once
3. **Use the Recommendations**: Follow the AI suggestions step by step
4. **Track Your Progress**: Re-run analysis monthly to see improvements
### What to Prioritize
1. **Page Speed**: Fast-loading pages rank better
2. **Mobile-Friendly**: Make sure your site works on phones
3. **Content Quality**: Write helpful, original content
4. **Technical Issues**: Fix broken links and errors
### Don't Worry About
- Complex technical SEO (leave that to developers if needed)
- Perfect scores (aim for improvement, not perfection)
- Every single recommendation (focus on high-priority items)
- Frequent changes (monthly analysis is usually enough)
## Getting Started
1. **[GSC Integration](gsc-integration.md)** - Connect Google Search Console for real data
2. **[Analysis Guide](metadata.md)** - Learn how to read your SEO analysis results
3. **[Best Practices](../../guides/best-practices.md)** - Simple SEO optimization tips
## Related Features
- **[Blog Writer](../blog-writer/overview.md)** - Content creation with SEO
- **[Content Strategy](../content-strategy/overview.md)** - Strategic planning
- **[AI Features](../ai/grounding-ui.md)** - Advanced AI capabilities
- **[API Reference](../../api/overview.md)** - Technical integration
---
*Ready to optimize your SEO? Check out our [GSC Integration Guide](gsc-integration.md) to get started!*

445
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/api-reference.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
# Subscription API Reference
Complete API endpoint documentation for the ALwrity subscription system.
## Base URL
All endpoints are prefixed with `/api/subscription`
## Authentication
All endpoints require user authentication. Include the user ID in the request path or headers as appropriate.
## Subscription Management Endpoints
### Get All Subscription Plans
Get a list of all available subscription plans.
```http
GET /api/subscription/plans
```
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": [
{
"id": 1,
"name": "Free",
"price": 0.0,
"billing_cycle": "monthly",
"limits": {
"gemini_calls": 100,
"tokens": 100000
}
},
{
"id": 2,
"name": "Basic",
"price": 29.0,
"billing_cycle": "monthly",
"limits": {
"gemini_calls": 1000,
"openai_calls": 500,
"tokens": 1500000,
"monthly_cost": 50.0
}
}
]
}
```
### Get User Subscription
Get the current subscription details for a specific user.
```http
GET /api/subscription/user/{user_id}/subscription
```
**Parameters:**
- `user_id` (path): The user's unique identifier
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"user_id": "user123",
"plan_name": "Pro",
"plan_id": 3,
"status": "active",
"started_at": "2025-01-01T00:00:00Z",
"expires_at": "2025-02-01T00:00:00Z",
"limits": {
"gemini_calls": 5000,
"openai_calls": 2500,
"monthly_cost": 150.0
}
}
}
```
### Get API Pricing Information
Get current pricing configuration for all API providers.
```http
GET /api/subscription/pricing
```
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": [
{
"provider": "gemini",
"model": "gemini-2.5-flash",
"input_cost_per_1m": 0.125,
"output_cost_per_1m": 0.375
},
{
"provider": "tavily",
"cost_per_request": 0.001
}
]
}
```
## Usage Tracking Endpoints
### Get Current Usage Statistics
Get current usage statistics for a user.
```http
GET /api/subscription/usage/{user_id}
```
**Parameters:**
- `user_id` (path): The user's unique identifier
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"billing_period": "2025-01",
"total_calls": 1250,
"total_tokens": 210000,
"total_cost": 15.75,
"usage_status": "active",
"limits": {
"gemini_calls": 5000,
"monthly_cost": 150.0
},
"provider_breakdown": {
"gemini": {
"calls": 800,
"tokens": 125000,
"cost": 10.50
},
"openai": {
"calls": 450,
"tokens": 85000,
"cost": 5.25
}
},
"usage_percentages": {
"gemini_calls": 16.0,
"cost": 10.5
}
}
}
```
### Get Usage Trends
Get historical usage trends over time.
```http
GET /api/subscription/usage/{user_id}/trends?months=6
```
**Parameters:**
- `user_id` (path): The user's unique identifier
- `months` (query, optional): Number of months to retrieve (default: 6)
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"periods": [
{
"period": "2024-07",
"total_calls": 850,
"total_cost": 12.50,
"provider_breakdown": {
"gemini": {"calls": 600, "cost": 8.00},
"openai": {"calls": 250, "cost": 4.50}
}
}
],
"trends": {
"calls_trend": "increasing",
"cost_trend": "stable"
}
}
}
```
### Get Dashboard Data
Get comprehensive dashboard data including usage, limits, projections, and alerts.
```http
GET /api/subscription/dashboard/{user_id}
```
**Parameters:**
- `user_id` (path): The user's unique identifier
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": {
"summary": {
"total_api_calls_this_month": 1250,
"total_cost_this_month": 15.75,
"usage_status": "active",
"unread_alerts": 2
},
"current_usage": {
"billing_period": "2025-01",
"total_calls": 1250,
"total_cost": 15.75,
"usage_status": "active",
"provider_breakdown": {
"gemini": {"calls": 800, "cost": 10.50, "tokens": 125000},
"openai": {"calls": 450, "cost": 5.25, "tokens": 85000}
},
"usage_percentages": {
"gemini_calls": 16.0,
"openai_calls": 18.0,
"cost": 10.5
}
},
"limits": {
"plan_name": "Pro",
"limits": {
"gemini_calls": 5000,
"openai_calls": 2500,
"monthly_cost": 150.0
}
},
"projections": {
"projected_monthly_cost": 47.25,
"projected_usage_percentage": 31.5
},
"alerts": [
{
"id": 1,
"title": "API Usage Notice - Gemini",
"message": "You have used 800 of 5,000 Gemini API calls",
"severity": "info",
"created_at": "2025-01-15T10:30:00Z",
"read": false
}
]
}
}
```
## Alerts & Notifications Endpoints
### Get Usage Alerts
Get usage alerts and notifications for a user.
```http
GET /api/subscription/alerts/{user_id}?unread_only=false
```
**Parameters:**
- `user_id` (path): The user's unique identifier
- `unread_only` (query, optional): Filter to only unread alerts (default: false)
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"data": [
{
"id": 1,
"user_id": "user123",
"title": "API Usage Notice - Gemini",
"message": "You have used 800 of 5,000 Gemini API calls",
"severity": "info",
"alert_type": "usage_threshold",
"created_at": "2025-01-15T10:30:00Z",
"read": false
},
{
"id": 2,
"user_id": "user123",
"title": "Usage Warning",
"message": "You have reached 90% of your monthly cost limit",
"severity": "warning",
"alert_type": "cost_threshold",
"created_at": "2025-01-20T14:15:00Z",
"read": false
}
]
}
```
### Mark Alert as Read
Mark a specific alert as read.
```http
POST /api/subscription/alerts/{alert_id}/mark-read
```
**Parameters:**
- `alert_id` (path): The alert's unique identifier
**Response:**
```json
{
"success": true,
"message": "Alert marked as read"
}
```
## Usage Examples
### Get User Usage (cURL)
```bash
curl -X GET "http://localhost:8000/api/subscription/usage/user123" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json"
```
### Get Dashboard Data (cURL)
```bash
curl -X GET "http://localhost:8000/api/subscription/dashboard/user123" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json"
```
### Get Usage Trends (cURL)
```bash
curl -X GET "http://localhost:8000/api/subscription/usage/user123/trends?months=6" \
-H "Content-Type: application/json"
```
### JavaScript Example
```javascript
// Get comprehensive usage data
const response = await fetch(`/api/subscription/dashboard/${userId}`);
const data = await response.json();
console.log(data.data.summary);
// {
// total_api_calls_this_month: 1250,
// total_cost_this_month: 15.75,
// usage_status: "active",
// unread_alerts: 2
// }
// Get current usage percentages
const usage = data.data.current_usage;
console.log(usage.usage_percentages);
// {
// gemini_calls: 16.0,
// openai_calls: 18.0,
// cost: 10.5
// }
```
### Python Example
```python
import requests
# Get user usage statistics
response = requests.get(
f"http://localhost:8000/api/subscription/usage/{user_id}",
headers={"Content-Type": "application/json"}
)
data = response.json()
usage = data["data"]
print(f"Total calls: {usage['total_calls']}")
print(f"Total cost: ${usage['total_cost']}")
print(f"Status: {usage['usage_status']}")
```
## Error Responses
All endpoints return consistent error responses:
```json
{
"success": false,
"error": "error_type",
"message": "Human-readable error message",
"details": "Additional error details",
"user_id": "user123",
"timestamp": "2025-01-15T10:30:00Z"
}
```
### Common Error Codes
- `400 Bad Request`: Invalid request parameters
- `401 Unauthorized`: Authentication required
- `404 Not Found`: Resource not found
- `429 Too Many Requests`: Usage limit exceeded
- `500 Internal Server Error`: Server error
## Rate Limiting
Usage limits are enforced automatically. When a limit is exceeded, the API returns a `429 Too Many Requests` response:
```json
{
"success": false,
"error": "UsageLimitExceededException",
"message": "Usage limit exceeded for Gemini API calls",
"details": {
"provider": "gemini",
"limit_type": "api_calls",
"current_usage": 1000,
"limit_value": 1000
}
}
```
## Next Steps
- [Overview](overview.md) - System architecture and features
- [Setup](setup.md) - Installation and configuration
- [Pricing](pricing.md) - Subscription plans and API pricing
---
**Last Updated**: January 2025

339
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/frontend-integration.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
# Frontend Integration Guide
Technical specifications and integration guide for implementing the billing dashboard in the ALwrity frontend.
## Overview
The billing dashboard provides enterprise-grade insights and cost transparency for all external API usage. It integrates with the subscription system's backend APIs to display real-time usage, costs, and system health.
## Architecture
### Main Dashboard Integration Points
```
Main Dashboard
├── Header Section
│ ├── System Health Indicator
│ ├── Real-time Usage Summary
│ └── Alert Notifications
├── Billing Overview Section
│ ├── Current Usage vs Limits
│ ├── Cost Breakdown by Provider
│ └── Monthly Projections
├── API Monitoring Section
│ ├── External API Performance
│ ├── Cost per API Call
│ └── Usage Trends
└── Subscription Management
├── Plan Comparison
├── Usage Optimization Tips
└── Upgrade/Downgrade Options
```
## Service Layer
### Billing Service (`frontend/src/services/billingService.ts`)
Core functions to implement:
```typescript
export const billingService = {
// Get comprehensive dashboard data
getDashboardData: (userId: string) => Promise<DashboardData>
// Get current usage statistics
getUsageStats: (userId: string, period?: string) => Promise<UsageStats>
// Get usage trends over time
getUsageTrends: (userId: string, months?: number) => Promise<UsageTrends>
// Get subscription plans
getSubscriptionPlans: () => Promise<SubscriptionPlan[]>
// Get API pricing information
getAPIPricing: (provider?: string) => Promise<APIPricing[]>
// Get usage alerts
getUsageAlerts: (userId: string, unreadOnly?: boolean) => Promise<UsageAlert[]>
// Mark alert as read
markAlertRead: (alertId: number) => Promise<void>
}
```
### Monitoring Service (`frontend/src/services/monitoringService.ts`)
Core functions to implement:
```typescript
export const monitoringService = {
// Get system health status
getSystemHealth: () => Promise<SystemHealth>
// Get API performance statistics
getAPIStats: (minutes?: number) => Promise<APIStats>
// Get lightweight monitoring stats
getLightweightStats: () => Promise<LightweightStats>
// Get cache performance metrics
getCacheStats: () => Promise<CacheStats>
}
```
## Type Definitions
### Core Data Structures (`frontend/src/types/billing.ts`)
```typescript
interface DashboardData {
current_usage: UsageStats
trends: UsageTrends
limits: SubscriptionLimits
alerts: UsageAlert[]
projections: CostProjections
summary: UsageSummary
}
interface UsageStats {
billing_period: string
usage_status: 'active' | 'warning' | 'limit_reached'
total_calls: number
total_tokens: number
total_cost: number
avg_response_time: number
error_rate: number
limits: SubscriptionLimits
provider_breakdown: ProviderBreakdown
alerts: UsageAlert[]
usage_percentages: UsagePercentages
last_updated: string
}
interface ProviderBreakdown {
gemini: ProviderUsage
openai: ProviderUsage
anthropic: ProviderUsage
mistral: ProviderUsage
tavily: ProviderUsage
serper: ProviderUsage
metaphor: ProviderUsage
firecrawl: ProviderUsage
stability: ProviderUsage
}
interface ProviderUsage {
calls: number
tokens: number
cost: number
}
```
## Component Architecture
### BillingOverview Component
**File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/BillingOverview.tsx`
**Key Features**:
- Real-time usage display with animated counters
- Progress bars for usage limits
- Cost breakdown with interactive tooltips
- Quick action buttons for plan management
**State Management**:
```typescript
const [usageData, setUsageData] = useState<UsageStats | null>(null)
const [loading, setLoading] = useState(true)
const [error, setError] = useState<string | null>(null)
```
### CostBreakdown Component
**File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/CostBreakdown.tsx`
**Key Features**:
- Interactive pie chart with provider breakdown
- Hover effects showing detailed costs
- Click to drill down into provider details
- Cost per token calculations
### UsageTrends Component
**File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/UsageTrends.tsx`
**Key Features**:
- Multi-line chart showing usage over time
- Toggle between cost, calls, and tokens
- Trend analysis with projections
- Peak usage identification
### SystemHealthIndicator Component
**File**: `frontend/src/components/monitoring/SystemHealthIndicator.tsx`
**Key Features**:
- Color-coded health status
- Real-time performance metrics
- Error rate monitoring
- Response time tracking
## Design System
### Color Palette
```typescript
const colors = {
primary: {
50: '#eff6ff',
500: '#3b82f6',
900: '#1e3a8a'
},
success: {
50: '#f0fdf4',
500: '#22c55e',
900: '#14532d'
},
warning: {
50: '#fffbeb',
500: '#f59e0b',
900: '#78350f'
},
danger: {
50: '#fef2f2',
500: '#ef4444',
900: '#7f1d1d'
}
}
```
### Responsive Design
**Breakpoints**:
- Mobile: `640px`
- Tablet: `768px`
- Desktop: `1024px`
- Large: `1280px`
## Real-Time Updates
### Polling Strategy
Intelligent polling based on user activity:
```typescript
const useIntelligentPolling = (userId: string) => {
const [isActive, setIsActive] = useState(true)
useEffect(() => {
const interval = setInterval(() => {
if (isActive) {
fetchUsageData(userId)
}
}, isActive ? 30000 : 300000) // 30s when active, 5m when inactive
return () => clearInterval(interval)
}, [isActive, userId])
}
```
## Chart Configuration
### Recharts Theme
```typescript
const chartTheme = {
colors: ['#3b82f6', '#22c55e', '#f59e0b', '#ef4444', '#8b5cf6'],
grid: {
stroke: '#e5e7eb',
strokeWidth: 1,
strokeDasharray: '3 3'
}
}
```
## Security Implementation
### API Security
Secure API calls with authentication:
```typescript
const secureApiCall = async (endpoint: string, options: RequestInit = {}) => {
const token = await getAuthToken()
return fetch(endpoint, {
...options,
headers: {
...options.headers,
'Authorization': `Bearer ${token}`,
'Content-Type': 'application/json'
}
})
}
```
## Performance Optimization
### Code Splitting
Lazy load heavy components:
```typescript
const BillingDashboard = lazy(() => import('./BillingDashboard'))
const UsageTrends = lazy(() => import('./UsageTrends'))
```
### Memoization
Memoize expensive calculations:
```typescript
const MemoizedCostBreakdown = memo(({ data }: { data: ProviderData[] }) => {
const processedData = useMemo(() =>
data.map(item => ({
...item,
percentage: (item.cost / totalCost) * 100
}))
, [data, totalCost])
return <CostBreakdownChart data={processedData} />
})
```
## Dependencies
Required packages:
```bash
npm install recharts framer-motion lucide-react
npm install @tanstack/react-query axios
npm install zod
```
## Integration Status
### ✅ Completed
- Type definitions and validation schemas
- Service layer with all API functions
- Core components (BillingOverview, CostBreakdown, UsageTrends, UsageAlerts)
- SystemHealthIndicator component
- Main dashboard integration
- Real-time data fetching with auto-refresh
### 🔄 Ready for Enhancement
- WebSocket integration for instant updates
- Advanced analytics and optimization suggestions
- Export functionality for reports
- Mobile app optimization
## Next Steps
- [API Reference](api-reference.md) - Backend endpoint documentation
- [Implementation Status](implementation-status.md) - Current features and metrics
- [Roadmap](roadmap.md) - Future enhancements
---
**Last Updated**: January 2025

267
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/implementation-status.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
# Implementation Status
Current status of the ALwrity usage-based subscription system implementation.
## Overall Progress
**Phase 1 Complete** - Core billing dashboard integrated and functional
## Completed Components
### Backend Integration (100% Complete)
- **Database Setup**: ✅ All subscription tables created and initialized
- **API Integration**: ✅ All subscription routes integrated in `app.py`
- **Middleware Integration**: ✅ Enhanced monitoring middleware with usage tracking
- **Critical Issues Fixed**: ✅ All identified issues resolved:
- Fixed `billing_history` table detection in test suite
- Resolved `NoneType + int` error in usage tracking service
- Fixed middleware double request body consumption
### Frontend Foundation (100% Complete)
- **Dependencies**: ✅ All required packages installed
- `recharts` - Data visualization
- `framer-motion` - Animations
- `lucide-react` - Icons
- `@tanstack/react-query` - API caching
- `axios` - HTTP client
- `zod` - Type validation
### Type System (100% Complete)
- **File**: `frontend/src/types/billing.ts`
- **Interfaces**: ✅ All core interfaces defined
- `DashboardData`, `UsageStats`, `ProviderBreakdown`
- `SubscriptionLimits`, `UsageAlert`, `CostProjections`
- `UsageTrends`, `APIPricing`, `SubscriptionPlan`
- **Zod Schemas**: ✅ All validation schemas implemented
- **Type Safety**: ✅ Full TypeScript coverage with runtime validation
### Service Layer (100% Complete)
- **File**: `frontend/src/services/billingService.ts`
- **API Functions**: ✅ All core functions implemented
- `getDashboardData()`, `getUsageStats()`, `getUsageTrends()`
- `getSubscriptionPlans()`, `getAPIPricing()`, `getUsageAlerts()`
- `markAlertRead()`, `getUserSubscription()`
- **Error Handling**: ✅ Comprehensive error handling and retry logic
- **Data Coercion**: ✅ Raw API response sanitization and validation
- **File**: `frontend/src/services/monitoringService.ts`
- **Monitoring Functions**: ✅ All monitoring APIs integrated
- `getSystemHealth()`, `getAPIStats()`, `getLightweightStats()`, `getCacheStats()`
### Core Components (100% Complete)
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/BillingDashboard.tsx`
- ✅ Main container component with real-time data fetching
- ✅ Loading states and error handling
- ✅ Auto-refresh every 30 seconds
- ✅ Responsive design
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/BillingOverview.tsx`
- ✅ Usage metrics display with animated counters
- ✅ Progress bars for usage limits
- ✅ Status indicators (active/warning/limit_reached)
- ✅ Quick action buttons
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/CostBreakdown.tsx`
- ✅ Interactive pie chart with provider breakdown
- ✅ Hover effects and detailed cost information
- ✅ Provider-specific cost analysis
- ✅ Responsive chart sizing
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/UsageTrends.tsx`
- ✅ Multi-line chart for usage trends over time
- ✅ Time range selector (3m, 6m, 12m)
- ✅ Metric toggle (cost/calls/tokens)
- ✅ Trend analysis and projections
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/billing/UsageAlerts.tsx`
- ✅ Alert management interface
- ✅ Severity-based color coding
- ✅ Read/unread status management
- ✅ Alert filtering and actions
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/monitoring/SystemHealthIndicator.tsx`
- ✅ Real-time system status display
- ✅ Color-coded health indicators
- ✅ Performance metrics (response time, error rate, uptime)
- ✅ Auto-refresh capabilities
### Main Dashboard Integration (100% Complete)
- **File**: `frontend/src/components/MainDashboard/MainDashboard.tsx`
- ✅ `BillingDashboard` component integrated
- ✅ Positioned after `AnalyticsInsights` as requested
- ✅ Seamless integration with existing dashboard layout
### Build System (100% Complete)
- **TypeScript Compilation**: ✅ All type errors resolved
- **Schema Validation**: ✅ Zod schemas properly ordered and validated
- **Import Resolution**: ✅ All module imports working correctly
- **Production Build**: ✅ Successful build with optimized bundle
## Current Features
### Real-Time Monitoring
- ✅ Live usage tracking with 30-second refresh
- ✅ System health monitoring with color-coded status
- ✅ API performance metrics (response time, error rate)
- ✅ Cost tracking across all external APIs
### Cost Transparency
- ✅ Detailed cost breakdown by provider (Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic, etc.)
- ✅ Interactive pie charts with hover details
- ✅ Usage trends with 6-month historical data
- ✅ Monthly cost projections and alerts
### User Experience
- ✅ Enterprise-grade design with Tailwind CSS
- ✅ Smooth animations with Framer Motion
- ✅ Responsive design (mobile, tablet, desktop)
- ✅ Loading states and error handling
- ✅ Intuitive navigation and interactions
### Data Visualization
- ✅ Interactive charts with Recharts
- ✅ Provider cost breakdown (pie charts)
- ✅ Usage trends over time (line charts)
- ✅ Progress bars for usage limits
- ✅ Status indicators with color coding
## Implementation Metrics
### Code Quality
- **TypeScript Coverage**: 100% - All components fully typed
- **Build Status**: ✅ Successful - No compilation errors
- **Linting**: ⚠️ Minor warnings (unused imports) - Non-blocking
- **Bundle Size**: 1.12 MB (within acceptable range)
### Component Architecture
- **Total Components**: 6 billing + 1 monitoring = 7 components
- **Service Functions**: 12 billing + 4 monitoring = 16 API functions
- **Type Definitions**: 15+ interfaces with full Zod validation
- **Integration Points**: 1 main dashboard integration
### API Integration
- **Backend Endpoints**: 8 subscription + 4 monitoring = 12 endpoints
- **Error Handling**: Comprehensive with retry logic
- **Data Validation**: Runtime validation with Zod schemas
- **Caching**: React Query for intelligent data caching
## Delivered Components
### Database Models
- **SubscriptionPlan**: Defines subscription tiers (Free, Basic, Pro, Enterprise)
- **UserSubscription**: Tracks user subscription details and billing
- **APIUsageLog**: Detailed logging of every API call with cost tracking
- **UsageSummary**: Aggregated usage statistics per user per billing period
- **APIProviderPricing**: Configurable pricing for all API providers
- **UsageAlert**: Automated alerts for usage thresholds
- **BillingHistory**: Historical billing records
### Core Services
- **Pricing Service**: Real-time cost calculation for all API providers
- **Usage Tracking Service**: Comprehensive API usage tracking
- **Exception Handler**: Robust error handling with detailed logging
- **Enhanced Middleware**: Automatic API provider detection and usage tracking
### API Endpoints
- `GET /api/subscription/plans` - Available subscription plans
- `GET /api/subscription/usage/{user_id}` - Current usage statistics
- `GET /api/subscription/usage/{user_id}/trends` - Usage trends over time
- `GET /api/subscription/dashboard/{user_id}` - Comprehensive dashboard data
- `GET /api/subscription/pricing` - API pricing information
- `GET /api/subscription/alerts/{user_id}` - Usage alerts and notifications
## Success Criteria Met
### ✅ Functional Requirements
- [x] Real-time usage monitoring
- [x] Cost transparency and breakdown
- [x] System health monitoring
- [x] Usage alerts and notifications
- [x] Responsive design
- [x] Enterprise-grade UI/UX
### ✅ Technical Requirements
- [x] TypeScript type safety
- [x] Runtime data validation
- [x] Error handling and recovery
- [x] Performance optimization
- [x] Code maintainability
- [x] Integration with existing system
### ✅ User Experience Requirements
- [x] Intuitive navigation
- [x] Clear cost explanations
- [x] Real-time updates
- [x] Mobile responsiveness
- [x] Professional design
- [x] Smooth animations
## Business Impact
### Cost Transparency
- **Before**: Users had no visibility into API costs
- **After**: Complete cost breakdown with real-time tracking
- **Impact**: Reduced surprise overages, better cost awareness
### System Monitoring
- **Before**: Limited system health visibility
- **After**: Real-time monitoring with performance metrics
- **Impact**: Proactive issue detection, improved reliability
### User Experience
- **Before**: Basic dashboard with limited insights
- **After**: Enterprise-grade billing dashboard with advanced analytics
- **Impact**: Professional appearance, increased user confidence
## Next Steps
### Phase 2: Advanced Features (Optional)
1. **Real-Time WebSocket Integration**
- WebSocket connection for instant updates
- Push notifications for usage alerts
- Live cost tracking during API calls
2. **Advanced Analytics**
- Cost optimization suggestions
- Usage pattern analysis
- Predictive cost modeling
- Provider performance comparison
3. **Enhanced User Experience**
- Interactive tooltips with detailed explanations
- Advanced filtering and sorting options
- Export functionality for reports
- Mobile app optimization
4. **Subscription Management**
- Plan comparison and upgrade flows
- Billing history and invoice management
- Payment method management
- Usage-based plan recommendations
## Conclusion
The billing and subscription implementation is **100% complete** for Phase 1, successfully delivering:
1. **Complete Backend Integration** - All APIs, databases, and middleware working
2. **Full Frontend Implementation** - All components built and integrated
3. **Enterprise-Grade Design** - Professional UI with smooth animations
4. **Real-Time Monitoring** - Live usage tracking and system health
5. **Cost Transparency** - Detailed breakdowns and trend analysis
6. **Production Ready** - Successful build with no critical issues
The system is now ready for production deployment and provides users with comprehensive visibility into their API usage, costs, and system performance.
---
**Last Updated**: January 2025
**Status**: ✅ Production Ready
**Next Review**: Optional Phase 2 enhancements

157
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/overview.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
# Subscription System Overview
ALwrity's usage-based subscription system provides comprehensive API cost tracking, usage limits, and real-time monitoring for all external API providers.
## Features
### Core Functionality
- **Usage-Based Billing**: Track API calls, tokens, and costs across all providers
- **Subscription Tiers**: Free, Basic, Pro, and Enterprise plans with different limits
- **Real-Time Monitoring**: Live usage tracking and limit enforcement
- **Cost Calculation**: Accurate pricing for Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic, and other APIs
- **Usage Alerts**: Automatic notifications at 80%, 90%, and 100% usage thresholds
- **Robust Error Handling**: Comprehensive logging and exception management
### Supported API Providers
- **Gemini API**: Google's AI models with latest pricing
- **OpenAI**: GPT models and embeddings
- **Anthropic**: Claude models
- **Mistral AI**: Mistral models
- **Tavily**: AI-powered search
- **Serper**: Google search API
- **Metaphor/Exa**: Advanced search
- **Firecrawl**: Web content extraction
- **Stability AI**: Image generation
- **Hugging Face**: GPT-OSS-120B via Groq
## Architecture
### Database Schema
The system uses the following core tables:
- `subscription_plans`: Available subscription tiers and limits
- `user_subscriptions`: User subscription information
- `api_usage_logs`: Detailed log of every API call
- `usage_summaries`: Aggregated usage per user per billing period
- `api_provider_pricing`: Pricing configuration for all providers
- `usage_alerts`: Usage notifications and warnings
- `billing_history`: Historical billing records
### Service Structure
```
backend/services/subscription/
├── __init__.py # Package exports
├── pricing_service.py # API pricing and cost calculations
├── usage_tracking_service.py # Usage tracking and limits
├── exception_handler.py # Exception handling
└── monitoring_middleware.py # API monitoring middleware
```
### Core Services
#### Pricing Service
- Real-time cost calculation for all API providers
- Subscription limit management
- Usage validation and enforcement
- Support for Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic, Mistral, and search APIs
#### Usage Tracking Service
- Comprehensive API usage tracking
- Real-time usage statistics
- Trend analysis and projections
- Automatic alert generation at 80%, 90%, and 100% thresholds
#### Exception Handler
- Robust error handling with detailed logging
- Structured exception types for different scenarios
- Automatic alert creation for critical errors
- User-friendly error messages
### Enhanced Middleware
The system automatically tracks API usage through enhanced middleware:
- **Automatic API Provider Detection**: Identifies Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic, etc.
- **Token Estimation**: Estimates usage from request/response content
- **Pre-Request Validation**: Enforces usage limits before processing
- **Cost Tracking**: Real-time cost calculation and logging
- **Usage Limit Enforcement**: Returns 429 errors when limits exceeded
## Key Capabilities
### Usage-Based Billing
- ✅ **Real-time cost tracking** for all API providers
- ✅ **Token-level precision** for LLM APIs (Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic)
- ✅ **Request-based pricing** for search APIs (Tavily, Serper, Metaphor)
- ✅ **Automatic cost calculation** with configurable pricing
### Subscription Management
- ✅ **4 Subscription Tiers**: Free, Basic ($29/mo), Pro ($79/mo), Enterprise ($199/mo)
- ✅ **Flexible limits**: API calls, tokens, and monthly cost caps
- ✅ **Usage enforcement**: Pre-request validation and blocking
- ✅ **Billing cycle support**: Monthly and yearly options
### Monitoring & Analytics
- ✅ **Real-time dashboard** with usage statistics
- ✅ **Usage trends** and projections
- ✅ **Provider-specific breakdowns** (Gemini, OpenAI, etc.)
- ✅ **Performance metrics** (response times, error rates)
### Alert System
- ✅ **Automatic notifications** at 80%, 90%, and 100% usage
- ✅ **Multi-channel alerts** (database, logs, future email integration)
- ✅ **Alert management** (mark as read, severity levels)
- ✅ **Usage recommendations** and upgrade prompts
## Security & Privacy
### Data Protection
- User usage data is encrypted at rest
- API keys are never logged in usage tracking
- Sensitive information is excluded from error logs
- GDPR-compliant data handling
### Rate Limiting
- Pre-request usage validation
- Automatic limit enforcement
- Graceful degradation when limits are reached
- User-friendly error messages
## Exception Types
The system uses structured exception types:
- `UsageLimitExceededException`: When usage limits are reached
- `PricingException`: Pricing calculation errors
- `TrackingException`: Usage tracking failures
- `SubscriptionException`: General subscription errors
## Customization
### Adding New API Providers
1. Add provider to `APIProvider` enum
2. Configure pricing in `api_provider_pricing` table
3. Update detection patterns in middleware
4. Add usage tracking logic
### Modifying Subscription Plans
1. Update plans in database or via API
2. Modify limits and pricing
3. Add/remove features
4. Update billing integration
## Next Steps
- [Setup Guide](setup.md) - Installation and configuration
- [API Reference](api-reference.md) - Endpoint documentation
- [Pricing](pricing.md) - Subscription plans and API pricing
- [Frontend Integration](frontend-integration.md) - Technical specifications
- [Implementation Status](implementation-status.md) - Current features and metrics
---
**Version**: 1.0.0
**Last Updated**: January 2025

98
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/pricing.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
# Subscription Plans & API Pricing
End-to-end reference for ALwrity's usage-based subscription tiers, API cost configuration, and plan-specific limits. All data is sourced from `backend/services/subscription/pricing_service.py`.
## Subscription Plans
> **Legend**: `∞` = Unlimited. Limits reset at the start of each billing cycle.
| Plan | Price (Monthly / Yearly) | AI Text Generation Calls* | Token Limits (per provider) | Key API Limits | Video Generation | Monthly Cost Cap | Highlights |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| **Free** | `$0 / $0` | 100 Gemini • 50 Mistral (legacy enforcement) | 100K Gemini tokens | 20 Tavily • 20 Serper • 10 Metaphor • 10 Firecrawl • 5 Stability • 100 Exa | Not included | `$0` | Basic content generation & limited research |
| **Basic** | `$29 / $290` | **10 unified LLM calls** (Gemini + OpenAI + Anthropic + Mistral combined) | 20K tokens each (Gemini, OpenAI, Anthropic, Mistral) | 200 Tavily • 200 Serper • 100 Metaphor • 100 Firecrawl • 5 Stability • 500 Exa | 20 videos/mo | `$50` | Full content generation, advanced research, basic analytics |
| **Pro** | `$79 / $790` | 5K Gemini • 2.5K OpenAI • 1K Anthropic • 2.5K Mistral | 5M Gemini • 2.5M OpenAI • 1M Anthropic • 2.5M Mistral | 1K Tavily • 1K Serper • 500 Metaphor • 500 Firecrawl • 200 Stability • 2K Exa | 50 videos/mo | `$150` | Premium research, advanced analytics, priority support |
| **Enterprise** | `$199 / $1,990` | ∞ across all LLM providers | ∞ | ∞ across every research/media API | ∞ | `$500` | White-label, dedicated support, custom integrations |
\*The Basic plan now enforces a **unified** `ai_text_generation_calls_limit` of 10 requests across all LLM providers. Legacy per-provider columns remain for analytics dashboards but do not control enforcement.
### Plan Feature Notes
- **Video Generation**: Powered by Hugging Face `tencent/HunyuanVideo` ($0.10 per request). Plan limits are shown above.
- **Image Generation**: Stability AI billed at $0.04/image. Limits shown under “Key API Limits”.
- **Research APIs**: Tavily, Serper, Metaphor, Exa, and Firecrawl are individually rate-limited per plan.
- **Cost Caps**: `monthly_cost_limit` hard stops spend at $50 / $150 / $500 for paid tiers. Enterprise caps are adjustable via support.
## Provider Pricing Matrix
### Gemini 2.5 & 1.5 (Google)
- `gemini-2.5-pro` — $0.00000125 input / $0.00001 output per token ($1.25 / $10 per 1M tokens)
- `gemini-2.5-pro-large` — $0.0000025 / $0.000015 per token (large context)
- `gemini-2.5-flash` — $0.0000003 / $0.0000025 per token
- `gemini-2.5-flash-audio` — $0.000001 / $0.0000025 per token
- `gemini-2.5-flash-lite` — $0.0000001 / $0.0000004 per token
- `gemini-2.5-flash-lite-audio` — $0.0000003 / $0.0000004 per token
- `gemini-1.5-flash` — $0.000000075 / $0.0000003 per token
- `gemini-1.5-flash-8b` — $0.0000000375 / $0.00000015 per token
- `gemini-1.5-pro` — $0.00000125 / $0.000005 per token
- `gemini-1.5-pro-large` — $0.0000025 / $0.00001 per token
- `gemini-embedding` — $0.00000015 per input token
- `gemini-grounding-search` — $35 per 1,000 requests after the free tier
### OpenAI (estimates — update when official pricing changes)
- `gpt-4o` — $0.0000025 input / $0.00001 output per token
- `gpt-4o-mini` — $0.00000015 input / $0.0000006 output per token
### Anthropic
- `claude-3.5-sonnet` — $0.000003 input / $0.000015 output per token
### Hugging Face / Mistral (GPT-OSS-120B via Groq)
Pricing is configurable through environment variables:
```
HUGGINGFACE_INPUT_TOKEN_COST=0.000001 # $1 per 1M tokens
HUGGINGFACE_OUTPUT_TOKEN_COST=0.000003 # $3 per 1M tokens
```
Models covered: `openai/gpt-oss-120b:groq`, `gpt-oss-120b`, and `default` (fallback).
### Search, Image, and Video APIs
- Tavily — $0.001 per search
- Serper — $0.001 per search
- Metaphor — $0.003 per search
- Exa — $0.005 per search (1–25 results)
- Firecrawl — $0.002 per crawled page
- Stability AI — $0.04 per image
- Video Generation (HunyuanVideo) — $0.10 per video request
## Updating Pricing & Plans
1. **Initial Seed** — `python backend/scripts/create_subscription_tables.py` creates plans and pricing.
2. **Env Overrides** — Hugging Face pricing refreshes from `HUGGINGFACE_*` vars every boot.
3. **Scripts & Maintenance** — Use `backend/scripts/` utilities (e.g., `update_basic_plan_limits.py`, `cap_basic_plan_usage.py`) to roll forward changes.
4. **Direct DB Edits** — Modify `subscription_plans` or `api_provider_pricing` tables for emergency adjustments.
## Cost Examples
| Scenario | Calculation | Cost |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Gemini 2.5 Flash (1K input / 500 output tokens) | (1,000 × 0.0000003) + (500 × 0.0000025) | **$0.00155** |
| Tavily Search | 1 request × $0.001 | **$0.001** |
| Hugging Face GPT-OSS-120B (2K in / 1K out) | (2,000 × 0.000001) + (1,000 × 0.000003) | **$0.005** |
| Video Generation (Basic plan) | 1 request × $0.10 | **$0.10** (counts toward 20-video quota) |
## Enforcement & Monitoring
1. Middleware estimates usage and calls `UsageTrackingService.track_api_usage`.
2. `UsageService.enforce_usage_limits` validates the request before the downstream provider call.
3. When a limit would be exceeded, the API returns `429` with upgrade guidance.
4. The Billing Dashboard (`/billing`) shows real-time usage, cost projections, provider breakdowns, renewal history, and usage logs.
## Additional Resources
- [Billing Dashboard](billing-dashboard.md)
- [API Reference](api-reference.md)
- [Setup Guide](setup.md)
- [Gemini Pricing](https://ai.google.dev/gemini-api/docs/pricing)
- [OpenAI Pricing](https://openai.com/pricing)
---
**Last Updated**: November 2025

232
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/roadmap.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
# Subscription System Roadmap
Implementation phases and future enhancements for the ALwrity subscription system.
## Phase 1: Foundation & Core Components ✅ Complete
**Status**: ✅ **100% Complete**
### Completed Deliverables
#### Project Setup & Dependencies
- ✅ Installed required packages (recharts, framer-motion, lucide-react, react-query, axios, zod)
- ✅ Created folder structure for billing and monitoring components
#### Type Definitions
- ✅ Defined core interfaces (DashboardData, UsageStats, ProviderBreakdown, etc.)
- ✅ Created validation schemas with Zod
- ✅ Exported all type definitions
#### Service Layer
- ✅ Implemented billing service with all API client functions
- ✅ Implemented monitoring service with monitoring API functions
- ✅ Added error handling and retry logic
- ✅ Implemented request/response interceptors
#### Core Components
- ✅ BillingOverview component with usage metrics
- ✅ SystemHealthIndicator component with health status
- ✅ CostBreakdown component with interactive charts
- ✅ UsageTrends component with time range selection
- ✅ UsageAlerts component with alert management
- ✅ BillingDashboard main container component
#### Dashboard Integration
- ✅ Integrated BillingDashboard into MainDashboard
- ✅ Added responsive grid layout
- ✅ Implemented section navigation
## Phase 2: Data Visualization & Charts ✅ Complete
**Status**: ✅ **100% Complete**
### Completed Deliverables
#### Chart Components
- ✅ Implemented pie chart with Recharts for cost breakdown
- ✅ Added interactive tooltips and provider legend
- ✅ Created line chart for usage trends
- ✅ Implemented metric toggle (cost/calls/tokens)
- ✅ Added trend analysis display
#### Dashboard Integration
- ✅ Enhanced dashboard header with system health indicator
- ✅ Added usage summary and alert notification badge
- ✅ Created billing section wrapper
- ✅ Implemented responsive grid layout
## Phase 3: Real-Time Updates & Animations ✅ Complete
**Status**: ✅ **100% Complete**
### Completed Deliverables
#### Real-Time Updates
- ✅ Implemented intelligent polling (30s when active, 5m when inactive)
- ✅ Added auto-refresh capabilities
- ✅ Implemented loading states and error handling
#### Animations
- ✅ Added Framer Motion animations for page transitions
- ✅ Implemented card hover effects
- ✅ Added number animations for metrics
- ✅ Created skeleton loaders for loading states
#### Responsive Design
- ✅ Implemented mobile-first responsive design
- ✅ Added breakpoint-specific layouts
- ✅ Optimized chart sizing for different screen sizes
## Phase 4: Advanced Features & Optimization 🔄 Optional
**Status**: 🔄 **Future Enhancements**
### Planned Features
#### Real-Time WebSocket Integration
- [ ] WebSocket connection for instant updates
- [ ] Push notifications for usage alerts
- [ ] Live cost tracking during API calls
- [ ] Real-time dashboard updates without polling
#### Advanced Analytics
- [ ] Cost optimization suggestions
- [ ] Usage pattern analysis
- [ ] Predictive cost modeling
- [ ] Provider performance comparison
- [ ] Anomaly detection for unusual usage patterns
#### Enhanced User Experience
- [ ] Interactive tooltips with detailed explanations
- [ ] Advanced filtering and sorting options
- [ ] Export functionality for reports (PDF, CSV)
- [ ] Mobile app optimization
- [ ] Dark mode support
- [ ] Customizable dashboard layouts
#### Subscription Management
- [ ] Plan comparison interface
- [ ] Upgrade/downgrade flows
- [ ] Billing history and invoice management
- [ ] Payment method management
- [ ] Usage-based plan recommendations
- [ ] Automatic plan suggestions based on usage
#### Performance Optimizations
- [ ] Code splitting for large components
- [ ] Lazy loading for chart components
- [ ] Data pagination for large datasets
- [ ] Memoization for expensive calculations
- [ ] Virtual scrolling for long lists
## Phase 5: Enterprise Features 🚀 Future
**Status**: 🚀 **Long-Term Roadmap**
### Planned Enterprise Features
#### Multi-Tenant Support
- [ ] Organization-level usage tracking
- [ ] Team usage allocation and limits
- [ ] Department-level cost allocation
- [ ] Budget management per team/department
#### Advanced Reporting
- [ ] Custom report builder
- [ ] Scheduled report generation
- [ ] Email report delivery
- [ ] Executive dashboards
- [ ] Cost forecasting and budgeting
#### Integration Enhancements
- [ ] Slack/Teams notifications
- [ ] Webhook support for external integrations
- [ ] API for third-party billing systems
- [ ] SSO integration for enterprise customers
- [ ] Audit log and compliance reporting
#### Advanced Monitoring
- [ ] Custom alert rules
- [ ] Alert escalation policies
- [ ] Performance SLA tracking
- [ ] Provider health monitoring
- [ ] Cost anomaly detection
## Technical Debt & Optimizations
### Minor Issues (Non-Critical)
- [ ] Remove unused imports (linting warnings)
- [ ] Optimize bundle size with code splitting
- [ ] Add React error boundaries for better error handling
- [ ] Improve TypeScript strict mode compliance
### Performance Optimizations
- [ ] Add React.memo for expensive components
- [ ] Implement lazy loading for chart components
- [ ] Add data pagination for large datasets
- [ ] Optimize API response caching
## Testing Enhancements
### Recommended Testing
- [ ] Component unit tests for React components
- [ ] Integration testing for end-to-end billing flow
- [ ] Visual regression testing for UI consistency
- [ ] Performance testing for real-time updates
- [ ] Load testing for high-traffic scenarios
## Documentation Updates
### Planned Documentation
- [ ] Video tutorials for billing dashboard
- [ ] Interactive API documentation
- [ ] Best practices guide for cost optimization
- [ ] Troubleshooting guide with common issues
- [ ] Migration guide for existing users
## Timeline Estimates
### Phase 4 (Advanced Features)
- **Estimated Duration**: 4-6 weeks
- **Priority**: Medium
- **Dependencies**: Phase 1-3 completion ✅
### Phase 5 (Enterprise Features)
- **Estimated Duration**: 8-12 weeks
- **Priority**: Low
- **Dependencies**: Phase 4 completion, enterprise customer demand
## Success Metrics
### Phase 4 Success Criteria
- [ ] WebSocket integration reduces polling overhead by 80%
- [ ] Cost optimization suggestions reduce user costs by 15%
- [ ] Export functionality used by 30% of users
- [ ] Mobile app optimization increases mobile usage by 50%
### Phase 5 Success Criteria
- [ ] Multi-tenant support enables 10+ enterprise customers
- [ ] Advanced reporting reduces support tickets by 40%
- [ ] Integration enhancements increase customer retention by 25%
## Contributing
We welcome contributions to the subscription system roadmap. Please:
1. Review existing issues and feature requests
2. Discuss major features before implementation
3. Follow the established code standards
4. Add comprehensive tests for new features
5. Update documentation with changes
## Next Steps
- [Implementation Status](implementation-status.md) - Current features and metrics
- [Frontend Integration](frontend-integration.md) - Technical specifications
- [API Reference](api-reference.md) - Endpoint documentation
---
**Last Updated**: January 2025
**Current Phase**: Phase 3 Complete, Phase 4 Planning

241
docs-site/docs/features/subscription/setup.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
# Subscription System Setup
Complete guide for installing and configuring the ALwrity usage-based subscription system.
## Prerequisites
- Python 3.8+
- PostgreSQL database (or SQLite for development)
- FastAPI backend environment
- Required Python packages: `sqlalchemy`, `loguru`, `fastapi`
## Installation
### 1. Database Migration
Run the database setup script to create all subscription tables:
```bash
cd backend
python scripts/create_subscription_tables.py
```
This script will:
- Create all subscription-related database tables
- Initialize default subscription plans (Free, Basic, Pro, Enterprise)
- Configure API pricing for all providers
- Verify the setup
### 2. Verify Installation
Test the subscription system:
```bash
python test_subscription_system.py
```
This will verify:
- Database table creation
- Pricing calculations
- Usage tracking
- Limit enforcement
- Error handling
- API endpoints
### 3. Start the Server
```bash
python start_alwrity_backend.py
```
## Configuration
### Environment Variables
Create or update your `.env` file with the following:
```env
# Database Configuration
DATABASE_URL=postgresql://user:password@localhost/alwrity
# For development, you can use SQLite:
# DATABASE_URL=sqlite:///./alwrity.db
# API Keys (required for usage tracking)
GEMINI_API_KEY=your_gemini_key
OPENAI_API_KEY=your_openai_key
ANTHROPIC_API_KEY=your_anthropic_key
# ... other API keys as needed
# HuggingFace Pricing (optional, for GPT-OSS-120B via Groq)
HUGGINGFACE_INPUT_TOKEN_COST=0.000001
HUGGINGFACE_OUTPUT_TOKEN_COST=0.000003
```
### HuggingFace Pricing Configuration
HuggingFace API calls (specifically for GPT-OSS-120B model via Groq) are tracked and billed using configurable pricing.
#### Environment Variables
- `HUGGINGFACE_INPUT_TOKEN_COST`: Cost per input token (default: `0.000001` = $1 per 1M tokens)
- `HUGGINGFACE_OUTPUT_TOKEN_COST`: Cost per output token (default: `0.000003` = $3 per 1M tokens)
#### Updating Pricing
The pricing is automatically initialized when the database is set up. To update pricing after changing environment variables:
1. **Option 1**: Restart the backend server (pricing will be updated on next initialization)
2. **Option 2**: Run the database setup script again:
```bash
python backend/scripts/create_subscription_tables.py
```
#### Verify Pricing
Check that pricing is correctly configured by:
1. Checking the database `api_provider_pricing` table
2. Making a test API call and checking the cost in usage logs
3. Viewing the billing dashboard to see cost calculations
## Production Setup
### 1. Database
Use PostgreSQL for production:
```env
DATABASE_URL=postgresql://user:password@host:5432/alwrity_prod
```
### 2. Caching
Set up Redis for caching (optional but recommended):
```env
REDIS_URL=redis://localhost:6379/0
```
### 3. Email Notifications
Configure email service for usage alerts:
```env
SMTP_HOST=smtp.example.com
SMTP_PORT=587
SMTP_USER=alerts@alwrity.com
SMTP_PASSWORD=your_password
```
### 4. Monitoring and Alerting
Set up monitoring and alerting systems:
- Configure log aggregation
- Set up performance monitoring
- Configure alert thresholds
### 5. Payment Processing
Implement payment processing integration:
- Stripe integration
- Payment gateway setup
- Billing cycle management
## Middleware Integration
The subscription system automatically tracks API usage through enhanced middleware. The middleware:
- Detects API provider from request patterns
- Estimates token usage from request/response content
- Validates usage limits before processing
- Calculates costs in real-time
- Logs all API calls for tracking
No additional configuration is required - the middleware is automatically active once the subscription system is installed.
## Usage Limit Enforcement
The system enforces usage limits automatically:
```python
# Usage limits are checked before processing requests
can_proceed, message, usage_info = await usage_service.enforce_usage_limits(
user_id=user_id,
provider=APIProvider.GEMINI,
tokens_requested=1000
)
if not can_proceed:
return JSONResponse(
status_code=429,
content={"error": "Usage limit exceeded", "message": message}
)
```
## Testing
### Run Tests
```bash
python test_subscription_system.py
```
### Test Coverage
The test suite covers:
- Database table creation
- Pricing calculations
- Usage tracking
- Limit enforcement
- Error handling
- API endpoints
## Troubleshooting
### Common Issues
1. **Database Connection Errors**
- Check `DATABASE_URL` configuration
- Verify database is running
- Check network connectivity
2. **Missing API Keys**
- Verify all required keys are set in `.env`
- Check environment variable names match exactly
3. **Usage Not Tracking**
- Verify middleware is integrated
- Check database connection
- Review logs for errors
4. **Pricing Errors**
- Verify provider pricing configuration in database
- Check `api_provider_pricing` table
- Review pricing initialization logs
### Debug Mode
Enable debug logging:
```python
import logging
logging.basicConfig(level=logging.DEBUG)
```
### Support
For issues and questions:
1. Check the logs in `logs/subscription_errors.log`
2. Run the test suite to identify problems
3. Review the error handling documentation
4. Contact the development team
## Next Steps
- [API Reference](api-reference.md) - Endpoint documentation and examples
- [Pricing](pricing.md) - Subscription plans and API pricing details
- [Frontend Integration](frontend-integration.md) - Technical specifications for frontend
---
**Last Updated**: January 2025